business plan with 10k

10 Best Businesses To Start With $10K In 2024

Updated: May 1, 2024, 7:19pm

Table of Contents

1. professional cleaning service, 2. professional moving service, 3. meal prep business, 4. private educational services, 5. personal training business, 6. social media marketing agency, 7. web design agency, 8. personal styling service, 9. dropshipping business, 10. software as a service (saas) business, how to start a small business in 2024, bottom line, frequently asked questions (faqs).

As much work as it is to start a business, it’s a very attractive idea to millions of people. Granted, one thing that holds many back is a lack of financial resources as many business ideas can cost millions to launch and grow. However, not every business costs a fortune to build. In fact, there are a number of profitable small businesses you can start with less than $10,000.

Here are ten of the top businesses to start with $10,000 or less in 2024:

From household maid services to commercial cleaning—there’s a substantial demand for high-quality janitorial services from customers and businesses alike. The market size for janitorial services stood at $100 billion in 2022 and it continues to grow. By 2024, 80% of dual-income households are expected to employ a house cleaner.

To start a successful cleaning business, you’ll need to first decide on your niche—B2C or B2B. Then evaluate the expected market size in your area, i.e., the number of unserviced customers who require your service and agree with the offered prices.

Afterward, you will need to register a company and get a business license (if applicable in your state). Budget approximately $200 to $1,500 for state registrations.

Featured Partners

ZenBusiness

$0 + State Fees

Varies By State & Package

On ZenBusiness' Website

On LegalZoom's Website

Northwest Registered Agent

$39 + State Fees

On Northwest Registered Agent's Website

The next two biggest expenses will be client acquisition and staff hiring. Both processes should happen in parallel since you’d want to avoid scenarios where you’re unable to meet the customer demand. Set up a business website and schedule a social media marketing campaign . Or work your way in person by pitching your services to local businesses and residents.

Alternatively, you can purchase a franchise cleaning business to save on marketing. Though the franchise costs can be high (from $5,000 to $50,000 and above).

The median hourly wage of a housekeeping professional is $14.40 per hour. To remain profitable, cleaning services providers need to keep a reasonable profit margin of 25% to 29% . That means your customer prices should be at around $30 per hour at least.

Likewise, you’ll need to also budget for cleaning supplies (cleaning agents, sponges, brushes, etc.) and cleaning equipment (vacuums, mops, floor scrubbers and burnishers, etc). Professional cleaning equipment can be leased to save costs. These should be covered by your profit margin to maintain a steady cash flow.

Best for: Former housekeepers and janitorial industry workers, as well as those who have a knack for (and an interest in) cleaning.

Startup costs: $3,500 to $10,000 on average to start a small cleaning firm.

On average, Americans move 11.7 times during their lifetime. With remote work on the rise, even more people choose to relocate from major hubs to lower cost of living areas. A strong housing market also drives a consistent demand for moving services.

To start a moving business, you need to obtain a business license from the Department of Transportation (DOT) and the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) for your truck(s). Getting general liability and commercial auto insurance policies is part of the requirements. Typically, you need to carry $750,000 to $5,000,000 in liability and cargo insurance.

Labor costs will be the second major spending line. The average cost of movers is $25 to $50 per mover per hour for local moves, of which 20% is the profit margin. Meaning your labor costs will be around $20 to $40 per hour. However, you may want to bump those to attract more reliable contractors.

Finally, you’ll need to market your new moving business. In busy areas, the competition may be steep as you’d be up against well-known franchises. Consider low-cost marketing tactics such as creating a Google Business Profile, securing listings in online business directories and running promotions on social media.

Best for: Entrepreneurs based in big metropolitan cities.

Startup costs: From $5,000 to $10,000-plus on average.

Meal prep services that deliver ready-to-eat luncheons are becoming increasingly popular but also competitive.

In the B2C segment, meal prep companies compete with meal kits and food delivery apps. In the B2B segment, they are against traditional caterers.

To carve your space in the market, you will need a niche . For example, you can specialize in meal prep for birthdays, dinner parties, weddings, conferences or pop-up marketing events. In this case, you can acquire customers locally through word of mouth, referrals and networking while you’re testing out your idea.

On the pro side, you can save on startup costs by operating out of your home kitchen. However, to do so, you may need to obtain a home kitchen license in your state. The licensing requirements assume that your kitchen meets certain technical characteristics and safety standards. Alternatively, you can rent a commercial kitchen. The average cost is $15 to $30 an hour, plus a security deposit on top. Alternatively, you can sign a monthly or yearly lease to lower the costs.

You can start an event catering business from your kitchen. You probably already have the basic skills required to be a decent cook. Catering for different events means that the work isn’t monotonous, and you can enjoy a flexible work schedule.

Separately, you’ll need to invest in convenient thermal packaging for meals, disposable tableware and cutlery. Depending on the order volume, this can cost anywhere from $100 to $500 per month.

Ingredient costs will depend on the selected menu. You can always choose to go with local, seasonal ingredients to save on the costs without compromising the meal quality. Negotiate supply agreements or volume discounts with the local agro-producers. You will also need a vehicle and perhaps a delivery person to run the rounds for you.

Best for: Skilled cooks and former restaurant industry workers.

Startup costs: From $1,500 to $4,500 for a one-person operation.

An increasingly competitive academic environment means that there’s always a demand for private tutors. One in five parents hired private educators since schooling became mostly remote—and many retained this habit for the longer term. Between 2020 and 2025, the private tutoring market in the U.S. is expected to grow to $8,37 billion .

In-demand tutoring services range from college test prep (SAT) to private language lessons or homework assistance (physics, chemistry, biology, etc.). Online lessons are also overtaking in-person prep, meaning you have access to a larger total addressable market.

Unlike other business ideas, online tutoring services don’t face any professional licensing requirements. Legally, private tutors don’t have to possess valid teaching licenses or any specific certifications (though both are definitely an advantage in terms of the quality of education).

You can always start solo by offering private and group classes. Once you’ve secured the initial user base, you can hire extra personnel or develop self-paced e-learning materials. On average, private tutors earn $25 to $80 an hour for K-12 subjects, and SAT prep tutors can earn up to $100 per hour.

A domain name , a website, textbooks/training materials and an online video conferencing app will make up most of your early startup costs.

Best for: Former educators and faculty workers.

Startup costs: From $500 to $1,500 for a one-person tutoring service.

Our increasingly sedentary lifestyles make staying in shape more and more challenging. But that drives a bigger demand for personal training services. The Bureau of Labor Statistics predicts a 19% increase in employment growth for fitness instructors in the next decade.

Personal training offers flexible business models. You can host private sessions or lead group classes. Then sell personalized training packages based on the client’s needs (e.g., sports event preparation, weight loss plan, etc.). Separately, trainers can launch online products—online courses—or act as consultants for fitness tech brands (e.g., advise on training regiments, develop training programs, act as product testers, etc.).

With a bigger startup capital, you can also open a fitness studio and hire other instructors to lead more classes. Or purchase a franchise. Though this option assumes having at least $50,000 in liquid capital.

The entry barrier is minimal, as you can operate as a sole proprietor during the early stages. There are no mandatory educational requirements for personal trainers. However, most trainers hold a certification from The American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) or The National Strength and Conditioning Association (NSCA) . Knowing CPR and first-aid basics is recommended as well.

Best for: Fitness enthusiasts and sports buffs.

Startup costs: From $150 to $1,500 for a solo-operated business.

Social media is a major force to reckon with. Brand building , social selling , corporate communications —companies of every size in every industry rely on social media platforms to communicate with potential customers, business stakeholders and the public at large.

At the beginning of 2023, 4.76 billion people used social media—an equivalent of 59.4% of the total population. Because social media is ever-present, the demand for social media marketing (SMM) has been growing consistently in B2C and B2B sectors.

Sprout Social

Standard $199/seat/month; Professional $299/seat/month; Advanced $399/seat/month *pricing is based on annual subscriptions

30 day free trial (all plans)

Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, Youtube, TikTok, Pinterest, Reddit, Tumblr, Yelp!, Glassdoor, Trip Advisor, Google My Business, and more

On Sprout Social's Website

Professional $99/month; Team $249/month *pricing based on annual subscriptions

Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube, TikTok, Pinterest, Threads (beta), Google Business Profile and more

On Hootsuite's Website

Types of social media marketing services you can offer:

• Content creation for multiple channels (video, audio, text and images). About 71% of in-house marketers and 68% of agencies outsource their content needs to external service providers.
• Influencer marketing is a $14.27 billion market, where agencies offer end-to-end campaign executions or merely match-make businesses with the best-fit talent in their books.
• Sentiment analysis enables businesses to evaluate their clients’ and ideal targets’ attitudes toward their company to create more effective outreach, marketing and communication strategies.
• Communication strategy development assumes analysis and creation of new social media plans for the brand, aligned to their bigger business goals and KPIs.
• Customer support. Since many social channels also double as support channels, businesses often seek extra assistance with customer issue routing, processing and resolution.

If you have the right skill set and a sizable following, bootstrapping a successful social media marketing agency is relatively easy. You can market your services to your followers and your professional network to validate your service packages and pricing. Then progressively scale your business by hiring freelancers and, eventually, full-time employees .

Best for: Former corporate digital and social media marketers. People with a larger social media following.

Startup costs: From $250 to $1,500 for a one-person agency.

A professional website is another company’s bedrock. From local retailers to innovative tech startups, there are plenty of web design niches you can choose to specialize in.

Likewise, you can select to target a market segment by web design technology, e.g., specialize in BigCommerce or Shopify online store design or work exclusively on WordPress or Wix projects. In this case, you can also market your web design business more easily by becoming a certified design partner for an online website builder .

$17 per month

On Wix's Website

Squarespace

$16 per month

On Squarespace's Website

$15 per month

AI Content Assistant, drag-and-drop editor, premium hosting, live chat

On Hubspot's Website

$1.95 per month; code BUILD50 for 50% off annual purchase

Customizable templates, Easy drag-and-drop technology, SSL certificate

On Web.com's Website

Finally, you can always specialize by industry, e.g., work primarily with restaurant owners, online retailers or service businesses. A narrow focus leads to a stronger positioning, which eases customer acquisition.

The scaling potential is also great as web design agencies can upsell extra services such as search engine optimization (SEO), conversion rate optimization (CRO) and web or mobile app development, among others.

To get started, you’ll need to set up a professional agency website and register as an LLC if you want to benefit from extra liability potential and hire full-time employees. Then focus on promoting your web design agency —both online and in-person.

Best for: Experienced corporate and freelance designers.

Startup costs: From $500 to $1,500 for a one-person agency.

The demographics of luxury buyers have changed. Upper-middle- and middle-class consumers are spending more on premium goods and fashion-related services such as personal styling and product sourcing.

Personal stylists get employed by regular consumers looking for a seasonal or occasion-based wardrobe refresh. Many are also working with production agencies, marketing firms, fashion houses, retail chains and even individual influencers.

Almost half (47.5%) of styling professionals now earn over $50,000 per year . Though the most sought-after earn north of six figures per year.

While there are no formal educational requirements for getting started in the industry, you will need to have some relevant background to attract the initial customers. Work experience with well-known brands can be an advantage, as well as certification programs from institutions such as The Fashion Institute of Technology or The Association of Image Consultants International .

That said, your personal style and brand can be as impactful for attracting local clients. Many personal stylists have jump-started their businesses from their blog or Instagram pages.

Best for: Anyone with experience in the fashion and/or retail merchandising industry.

Startup costs: From $50 to $2,500 if you intend to invest in education.

If you want to start a retail business but don’t want to carry inventory risks, consider dropshipping .

Dropshipping is a retail business model where the store owner only purchases stock items from a third-party supplier when they make a sale. Essentially, you only operate an e-commerce storefront and focus on generating sales. The selected dropshipping partner(s), in turn, handle order fulfillment—inventory management, packaging and shipping.

This business model has lower overhead costs compared to traditional retail. However, you’re increasing your dependence on suppliers when it comes to overall product quality, timely delivery and warranty support.

Typically, dropshipping works best for product categories such as office products, home tools, kitchen items, pet supplies and other goods that require regular replenishment. This way, you can increase profits by maintaining high customer lifetime value (CLV) with recruiting purchases and spending less on customer acquisition. Though the latter will still be your biggest expense line.

To start a dropshipping business , you will need to create an e-commerce website or register an Amazon Seller account. Then decide on your store specialty (e.g., pet toys) and evaluate different dropshipping suppliers. Finally, you’ll have to develop a go-to-market plan, which includes your product merchandising, pricing and customer retention strategies.

Best for: Entrepreneurs with online marketing experience.

Startup costs: From $500 to $2,500 on average.

The SaaS business model has almost replaced traditional license sales. Instead of paying a one-time fee to access a software edition, you can charge usage-based access to an online product—an accounting app, photo editing software, budgeting tool or another type of in-demand utility for consumers or businesses.

Big tech firms including Adobe, Salesforce and Microsoft, among others, have already switched to a subscription-based model. But size isn’t the definite factor for building a successful SaaS business. Micro-SaaS projects such as Park.io —a domain backorder service—generates over $1 million in revenue for its single founder. BuiltWith —a technology lookup app—makes $14 million a year in revenue with one full-time employee.

If you have coding skills, you can create and launch a simple SaaS product in four to 10 weeks—for example, a new budget tracker, an online survey tool or a personal productivity app. In this case, you should budget only for any tech costs (hosting, cloud resources, premium web/app development components, etc.), marketing and external help (e.g., assistance with interface design).

Best for: Anyone with a background in the tech industry and/or coding skills.

Startup costs: From $3,000 to more than $10,000.

Starting a small business is no easy feat, so it’s important to have a good understanding of what it entails before you start investing your time and money. For example, you will need to register your business, get any applicable licenses and/or insurance, factor in your skill set and acquire the necessary resources, talent and materials.

We recommend taking your small business seriously right from the get-go:

• Register an LLC. You can implement quite a few of these ideas as a sole proprietor, but we advise setting up an LLC (limited liability company) instead. That way, your personal assets will be protected if your business flops.
• Get small business insurance. At the core of it should be the general liability insurance that protects businesses from bodily injury and property damage claims made by customers and employees.
• Make sure that you have all the proper paperwork. It might be tempting to start providing services or selling products and sort out all the formalities later. But this can get you in serious legal trouble. It’s best to have everything in order from the start, whatever that might mean for your business—qualifications, licenses, permits, etc.
• Factor in the marketing costs. Set aside money for customer acquisition. Marketing expenses can vary wildly depending on the competition in your niche. You can always start with free marketing strategies . Then invest in paid channels.

Free; Unlimited contacts

On Brevo's Website

Constant Contact

Advanced Automation (Abandon Cart Reminders, etc.)

On Constant Contact's Website

Email, SMS, mobile push, and more

350+ integrations, no coding needed

Predictive analytics, personalized feeds, benchmarks

On Klaviyo's Website

In this post, we round up 12 business ideas under $10k, which have a proven market demand, high growth potential and low-to-moderate execution difficulty.

To start a profitable business, you need three things: a good understanding of the target market, a strong commitment to operational process research and skills to generate consistent demand for your offerings.

You can teach yourself most of these using the free and premium resources—from founder interviews and niche blogs to paid mentorship programs and bootstrapping communities. Remember: Business ownership offers a faster path to wealth, but the journey requires significant effort.

Can I start a business without money?

Yes, you can start a service business (e.g., freelance writing) without any startup capital. But you will still spend some money on state business registrations (if applicable) and a personal website (e.g., domain name). Realistically, you can start a business for under $250.

What business can I start with $1,000?

Consider a business model with no-to-low inventory or material supply costs. For example , you can start a service business such as a web design agency or private tutoring service. Alternatively, you can consider dropshipping or SaaS product development if you can handle most of the tech tasks yourself.

What businesses can I start with $10,000?

Here are the best business ideas under $10k:

• General service businesses such as a maid service, a moving business or a personal training business.
• Online business such as a web design agency, social media marketing consultancy, or launch a micro-SaaS product.
• Retail business selling handicraft or vintage goods, or one that uses a dropshipping model.

What is the best business structure?

The best business structure for your business will depend entirely on what kind of company you form, your industry and what you want to accomplish. But any successful business structure will be one that will help your company set realistic goals and follow through on set tasks.

• Best LLC Services
• Best Registered Agent Services
• Best Trademark Registration Services
• Top LegalZoom Competitors
• Best Business Loans
• Best Business Plan Software
• ZenBusiness Review
• LegalZoom LLC Review
• Northwest Registered Agent Review
• Rocket Lawyer Review
• Inc. Authority Review
• Rocket Lawyer vs. LegalZoom
• Bizee Review (Formerly Incfile)
• Swyft Filings Review
• Harbor Compliance Review
• Sole Proprietorship vs. LLC
• LLC vs. Corporation
• LLC vs. S Corp
• LLP vs. LLC
• DBA vs. LLC
• LegalZoom vs. Incfile
• LegalZoom vs. ZenBusiness
• LegalZoom vs. Rocket Lawyer
• ZenBusiness vs. Incfile
• How To Start A Business
• How to Set Up an LLC
• How to Get a Business License
• LLC Operating Agreement Template
• 501(c)(3) Application Guide
• What is a Business License?
• What is an LLC?
• What is an S Corp?
• What is a C Corp?
• What is a DBA?
• What is a Sole Proprietorship?
• What is a Registered Agent?
• How to Dissolve an LLC
• How to File a DBA
• What Are Articles Of Incorporation?
• Types Of Business Ownership

Next Up In Company Formation

• Best Online Legal Services
• How To Write A Business Plan
• Member-Managed LLC Vs. Manager-Managed LLC
• Starting An S-Corp
• LLC Vs. C Corp
• How Much Does It Cost To Start An LLC?

What Is SNMP? Simple Network Management Protocol Explained

What Is A Single-Member LLC? Definition, Pros And Cons

What Is Penetration Testing? Definition & Best Practices

What Is Network Access Control (NAC)?

What Is Network Segmentation?

How To Start A Business In Louisiana (2024 Guide)

Tomas Laurinavicius is a writer and designer. He's a co-founder of Best Writing, an all-in-one platform connecting writers with businesses. He has built multiple online businesses and helps startups and enterprises scale their content marketing operations. He worked with TIME, Observer, HuffPost, Adobe, Webflow, Envato, InVision, and BigCommerce.

• Starting a Business
• Growing a Business
• Small Business Guide
• Business News
• Science & Technology
• Money & Finance
• For Subscribers
• Write for Entrepreneur
• Tips White Papers
• Entrepreneur Store
• United States
• Asia Pacific
• Middle East
• United Kingdom
• South Africa

Copyright © 2024 Entrepreneur Media, LLC All rights reserved. Entrepreneur® and its related marks are registered trademarks of Entrepreneur Media LLC

67 Businesses to Start for Under $10,000 Need new inspiration for a business you can start with $10,000? Here are more than 60 profitable business ideas you can run with now.

By Vanessa Campos Edited by Jessica Thomas Jun 10, 2024

You know you want to start something for yourself. You just need to funnel your ambition and time into an idea that'll earn extra cash, make you proud and (hopefully) lead to a full-time venture and good money. Even better will be that amazing moment when you say, "I quit!" to your boss. But what great business should you start? From childcare to business consulting to artisan manufacturing, there is a business for every skill set, interest and budget. Below you'll find 67 different businesses you can start for less than $10,000 — and some under $2,000!

These businesses can be started on a full- or part-time basis. Your location could be your client's homes or business, a work van or truck, a small storefront or even just a website. You'll advertise locally with fliers and coupons, build a presence on social media, cold-call potential clients and set up an attractive and professional website — finding customers based on the business idea you choose.

Related: 5 Affordable Franchises You Can Start for Less Than $10,000

Each idea includes an overview of the business, a recommended skill level to provide the service or create the product, ideas for marketing your business and current average rates others are charging in this field. We've also included a list of resources for each business idea, including business associations, websites and books, which will help you continue your research should an idea spark your passion. Featuring a resource in this list of ideas is by no means an endorsement of the company or publication; it is the responsibility of every entrepreneur to make sure they are doing business with reputable organizations. Rather, these are starting points for your journey from idea to business ownership.

Businesses you can start for under $2,000 Businesses you can start for under $10,000 Franchises you can start for under $10,000

Businesses you can start for under $2,000

Resume service.

It's difficult work finding the perfect words to describe why someone's experiences, special skills and interests make them the right candidate for a job. That's why resume services continue to flourish despite the fact that most people have the tools (a computer and word processing program) to write their own. If you are a wordsmith with a human resources, management or administrative background, this idea could be the perfect opportunity for you.

One of the best parts of a resume service is that you can start small and part-time, and you can do it on your existing computer — no big investment necessary . It's the perfect opportunity for people looking to earn a few hundred extra dollars each month. In addition to resumes, other ideas include writing cover letters and thank-you notes, assisting with LinkedIn profiles and helping clients build portfolios. Separate your resume service idea from your competitors by offering to consult on how to dress for interviews, handle yourself in a stressful interview situation, make follow-up telephone calls and network for that dream job. Advertise locally, online and through career expos. Once established, word-of-mouth advertising and customer testimonials will go a long way to keeping you busy with this business idea.

Related: How to Start a Business Online

At a Glance

Investment: Under $2K

Rate: $25+/hour

• The National Resume Writers' Association
• Professional Association of Resume Writers & Career Coaches

Personal shopper

If you love to shop, this is the business idea for you. Earn great money and have fun by starting a personal shopping service assisting people who are too busy to shop, don't like to shop or can't get out to do their own shopping. Many busy and well-heeled people love the idea of hiring personal shoppers to select gifts for any number of special occasions: birthdays, births, weddings, holidays and anniversaries. And it's not just new products they're after. Interior designers and collectors also hire personal shoppers to rummage through flea markets, consignment shops, antique dealers and garage sales for collectibles, art, books, antiques and funky home and office decor.

Corporations hire personal shoppers to purchase gifts for customers, prospects, business partners, investors, employees and executives. Seniors and other people who might find it difficult to get around hire personal shoppers to purchase groceries, clothing and other home and personal products. Best of all, you don't need any experience to get started. If you love to shop, have good taste, are creative and don't mind networking with people from all walks of life, you're qualified to turn the personal shopper business idea into a reality.

• International Association of Professional Personal Shoppers
• Start Your Own Personal Concierge Service by Entrepreneur Press and Ciree Linsenman (Entrepreneur Press)

Home-based alteration service

Calling all people with sewing skills and a sewing machine! It's time to capitalize on your talent and ideas by providing garment and fabric alteration services from the convenience of your own home — while earning a bundle of money in the process.

Dry cleaners, fashion retailers, uniform retailers, bridal boutiques, costume shops, drapery studios and consignment clothing shops are all potential customers for your service. In fact, any businesses that retail or rent clothing of any sort are potential customers, as is anyone in need of alteration services.

Try this as a quick-start marketing method: Start calling on businesses most likely to require alteration services. Offer free pick-up and delivery, fast turnaround times, great service and quality workmanship — all at fair prices. Your business clients benefit because they can offer alteration services to customers for free, ensuring repeat business. Or they can profit by marking up what you charge. Along with your sewing skills, you will need the tools of the sewing trade and reliable transportation to bring this business idea to fruition.

Rate: $20+/hour

• Association of Sewing and Design Professionals
• Custom Tailors and Designers Association

Valet parking service

A driver's license, the ability to obtain third-party liability insurance and an outgoing personality are the three essentials for running a valet parking service. The business can be started with minimal cash and is a great part-time idea. The profit potential is excellent, as rates for valet parking services range from $50 to $70 per hour for a two- to three-person crew, and the tips can really add up!

Market your valet parking services directly to consumers hosting parties and events, corporations hosting conventions and trade shows, wedding planners and charity groups and organizations. Uniforms worn by all staff and emblazoned with your business name and slogan, along with incredible customer service, will make a great impression on customers and secure repeat business and word-of-mouth referrals.

Rate: $15+/hour (plus tips)

• National Parking Association

Children’s party service

A love of children and party planning are the two most important prerequisites for starting and operating a children's party service. This is a hot business idea: Parents are spending much more on their kids' parties than they did a generation ago, with more than a quarter of recently surveyed parents saying they spend more than $500 on their children's parties.

There are two ways to run a children's party service. First, you can operate on a mobile basis and throw the party at your clients' locations. Second, you can host the parties from a rented space or reserved park, requiring partygoers to come to you. Regardless of your setup, duties remain the same: Plan the party, decorate, provide entertainment, serve food and beverages, stage games and contests and make the event one heck of a lot of fun — for both kids and their parents. Rates will vary depending on the menu, entertainment, games and frills, but start at about $20 per guest and go as high as $100 per guest for highly specialized and themed party ideas.

• Event Planners Association
• Start Your Own Kid-Focused Business by Entrepreneur Press and Krista Thoren Turner (Entrepreneur Press)

Cake and cupcake bakery

Making, decorating and selling one-of-a-kind cakes and cupcakes is a great business idea for a hobby baker to pursue, and it's one that's potentially very profitable. You can get started on a shoestring budget by baking and decorating right in your own kitchen. Contact wedding planners, photographers, bridal shops, event coordinators, restaurants , kids' party planners and catering companies to let them know about the specialty cakes you bake and sell. An effective marketing idea is to send samples of your cakes so they're more likely to send business your way.

Create a website with photos of your creations, and post those photos on social media sites. On a large scale, you can rent commercial kitchen space so you have enough room to mass-produce cakes that can be sold wholesale to restaurants and grocery stores. Baking and decorating specialty cakes can be a very profitable business idea, as ingredients are only about 15 to 20% of the retail price.

Rate: $15+/hour

• International Cake Exploration Societé
• National Association of Wedding Professionals

Personal chef

With your pots and pans, cooking skills and love of food, hit the road as a personal chef for hire. Prepare gourmet meals for people hosting house parties, anniversaries and corporate luncheons — anywhere there's a kitchen on-site to create mouth-watering gourmet masterpieces.

Personal chef services are quickly becoming a popular alternative for people who don't have the budget for a full-scale catered event and for others hosting small gatherings that don't require complete catering services. This startup idea has advantages over a full-service catering business, including low overhead and initial investment, full-time or part-time operating hours and easy management from home. That idea might appeal to people who want to earn some income doing something they love.

Promote your personal chef service idea by joining business associations and social clubs to network and spread the word about your business. Once established, the service can easily be supported by word-of-mouth advertising and repeat business, provided the food is great and the service is second-to-none. Additionally, building relationships with party planners and event coordinators will help you land work. Rates vary according to factors such as the supply of food and the type of menu requested. However, average earnings are $35 to $50 per hour.

Rate: $30+/hour

• American Personal & Private Chef Association
• United States Personal Chef Association

Artisanal food manufacturing

Do you have a secret recipe that makes friends salivate? Many entrepreneurs make small-batch foods in their kitchens to sell at upscale food shops, local restaurants and farmers markets. Ideas include infused oils, flavored salt, candies and truffles, salsas and hot sauces, jerky, pickled vegetables, fruit jellies and kinds of butter. Quality is key, as consumers expect the best local ingredients if they are paying a premium for homemade goods. A good backstory and excellent salesmanship help, too!

First, educate yourself on local and federal laws regarding what you will be making in your kitchen and food labeling regulations. You might need to consider renting space at a community commercial kitchen that caters to businesses just like yours. Second, make sure you are creating your food safely, especially if you are canning foods. Next, start cooking! Have friends and family act as tasters until you perfect your creations. Then hit the local farmers and craft markets and street fairs to sell your goodies.

Rate: Varies

• Small Food Business
• Start Your Own Specialty Food Business by The Staff of Entrepreneur Media, Inc. and Cheryl Kimball (Entrepreneur Press)

Music lessons

If you know how to sing or play an instrument — guitar, piano, drums, you name it — well enough to teach others, then what are you waiting for? Capitalize on your talents and earn a great full- or part-time income by teaching clients how to play your instrument of choice. Classes can be conducted one-on-one or in a group format, and you can host students at your home, travel to theirs or rent a space at a local community center or established music store.

Expanding the business idea requires nothing more than hiring other experienced musicians to teach students. Fees are split — basically, you find the students, your instructors teach the classes, and everyone profits. Lesson rates will vary depending on class size, skill level and instrument, but on average, group lessons cost students $10 to $20 per hour, and one-on-one lessons are in the range of $40 per hour, plus the costs of instrument rentals or purchases, course materials and sheet music.

Alternatively, if you prefer the idea of teaching music without the added work of operating a business, you can subcontract your musical teaching talents to an existing music school and earn between $15 and $25 per hour.

Rate: $35+/hour

• Music Teachers National Association
• National Association for Music Education
• National Association of Teachers of Singing
• National Guild of Piano Teachers

Arts and crafts instructor

Knitting, painting, printmaking and many other arts and crafts have gained popularity in recent years, and people are more than willing to shell out their hard-earned money to learn. If you have mastered an art or craft, why not train others and earn substantial profits for your efforts? Day, evening or weekend classes can be taught from a home studio, or you can rent space with a local crafts retailer, community center or school.

Another idea is to offer lessons at art nights at bars and breweries. Promote your classes through local retailers, community magazines and online event listings. Post fliers on community bulletin boards and build a strong social media presence. Creative entrepreneurs might choose to film the training classes for online broadcast or sell instructions or patterns on craft marketplaces like Etsy. You can also create special classes for children on the weekends. Rates vary depending on how many people are in each class and material and equipment requirements, but on average, arts and crafts instructors can expect to earn in the range of $25 to $50 per hour.

• Entrepreneur: Arts and Crafts Instruction

Pet sitting

Many people have pets that cannot be boarded or left with friends or family when the need arises — pets with chronic health conditions, for example, or exotic pets that are difficult to take care of. Likewise, many people prefer the idea that their dogs, cats and other pets are in the safe and familiar surroundings of home as opposed to an unfamiliar boarding environment. When these pet owners want or need to be away from home, they can hire a pet-sitting service to take care of their beloved pets — either in their own home or the sitter's — while they are away.

If you're eyeing a small-scale business, you can be the pet sitter. But if your intention is to operate full-time with room for growth, you will need to hire or contract additional pet sitters. Good ideas for job candidates include pet-loving retirees and students. Market your pet-sitting services through pet-related businesses in your community, such as veterinarians, pet retailers, dog trainers, dog walkers and pet-grooming services. Remember, many people also hire pet sitters for short periods of time — a weekend away, a night out or time off for family events. Therefore, you will need to develop fee schedules for long- and short-term pet-sitting jobs.

Rate: $25+/night of pet sitting

• National Association of Professional Pet Sitters
• Pet Sitters International

Gardening consulting

If you enjoy working in the great outdoors and are knowledgeable about flowers, trees, shrubs and vegetable gardens, you might be the perfect candidate for starting a gardening consulting business. You will teach other would-be green thumbs everything they need to know so they can design, plant and maintain beautiful gardens full of vegetables, herbs and flowers. During the first consultation with clients, ask questions to determine their idea for the type of garden and landscape features they want, their budgets and time frames, and if they want to install the garden or hire others. From this point, you create a step-by-step garden plan suited to each client's needs.

This is a terrific business idea for green thumb entrepreneurs to stay active and fit because gardening work can be physically demanding. You'll be rewarded for your hard work with an income in the range of $25 to $50 an hour. Once established, this is a business that will thrive on repeat customers and referrals. To get the ball rolling, advertise your services locally. Then build a network of alliances at garden product retailers so they refer your services to their clients. You might even offer free seminars at local garden centers, churches and community centers to spread the word.

Rate: $50+/hour

• National Gardening Association
• Urban Farming

Backyard nursery

People with green thumbs, a backyard and some time, take note. Growing and selling trees and shrubs right from home is a fantastic way to earn an extra few thousand dollars every year — or even every month, depending on your space and ambition. Surprisingly, not much yard space is required to generate excellent profits.

Consider that you can purchase Japanese maple seedlings for about 75 cents each wholesale, plant them in pots or in burlap in the ground, wait a season or two while they grow, and resell them for $50 or more. A 20-by-20-foot garden is large enough to support 300 seedlings, which can produce approximately 150 trees annually when planting is alternated. That is as much as $7,500 every year from just a small patch of ground in your backyard. Imagine what you can earn by planting in even larger garden beds. In addition to selling directly to consumers from home and through garden shows, you can also sell the trees and shrubs to garden centers and landscape contractors in volume at wholesale pricing.

• ArborDay.org
• Mike's Backyard Growing System
• Mother Earth News: Starting a Backyard Nursery

Business plan service

With more than 33 million small businesses in the United States, there's fantastic market potential to help entrepreneurs write business plans — the roadmaps for small business success. To start a business plan service, you should have building these plans and be able to conduct the research and run the numbers such a plan requires.

Market your service by attending business networking meetings and being able to explain why different types of companies need to build business plans. Also try to obtain a list of all new and renewal business registration licenses through your local business service center. In addition to new businesses, you can aim marketing efforts at existing businesses and professionals who are expanding or need to update or create a new business plan. This service costs little to start and can be operated part-time or full-time, depending on your needs. Billing rates vary depending on the size and scope of the business plan being developed.

• Association of Management Consulting Firms
• Institute of Management Consultants USA
• Start Your Own Consulting Business by Entrepreneur Press and Eileen Figure Sandlin (Entrepreneur Press)

Copywriting

If you have a talent for writing clear and concise copy that can build excitement, a copywriting service might be a money-making opportunity for you. Copywriters prepare the text for websites, advertising, online and print marketing materials, social media, press releases, TV and radio commercials, catalogs and packaging labels. Most business owners, managers and marketers do not have the time or skills to write effective copy. Establishing alliances with graphic designers, publishers, editors, advertising agencies and public relations firms is a good way to get your foot in the door. You'll also want a well-written and well-designed online portfolio of your work.

Copywriting fees vary greatly depending on the content being prepared and the size of the assignment, but technical writing can be the most lucrative. To earn additional income, provide editing services, including proofreading, indexing and production.

• Editorial Freelancers Association
• Professional Writers Alliance
• Kick-Ass Copywriting in 10 Easy Steps by Susan Gunelius (Entrepreneur Press)

Online marketing and social media consultant

When you're running a business, you rarely have time to hop on Instagram, X or TikTok to interact with customers or offer special sales. And how many business owners know how to optimize their listing on Yelp, keep up with Facebook's changing algorithms or join the newest social media channel? Not a lot! This is where your expertise as a social media guru comes into play.

First, ensure your own online presence and social media sites are top-notch. To get experience, offer your services to local nonprofits or friends' businesses. Once you have the results in hand, market your services — including information on how you've increased the followers and online presence of other businesses — to local retailers, restaurants, personal service businesses and others. Network at local business associations and visit business owners to sell your services. The demand for social media and online marketing is only growing, so your clients will be grateful to have your expertise amid an ever-changing online landscape.

• Internet Marketing Association
• Social Media Association

Search engine optimization and digital advertising consultant

In the old days, it was enough to take out an ad in the Yellow Pages to ensure potential customers would find your business. These days, you need a website — and you need that website to rank high on search engines. An online marketing and advertising consultant is similar to a marketing consultant in their goal — getting their clients new business — but online consultants specialize in search engine optimization (SEO) and advertising on Google, Facebook and other websites.

Your expertise in this arena can help local businesses rise to the top of search results and ensure their advertising money is well spent. A background in digital marketing and a personality that thrives on change and is invigorated by new advances in the industry is required for this business.

• Interactive Advertising Bureau
• Digital Analytics Association

Cybersecurity consultant

Cybercrime cost companies and individuals more than $8 trillion globally in 2023, according to the U.S. Agency for International Development, and criminals don't just target major companies. Dentist's offices, school systems, shipping companies and hospitals have all come under attack in recent years.

With expertise in cybersecurity, you can save businesses the headache and hassle of intrusions by starting a consulting business . Shift money away from criminals and toward yourself.

Rate: $60+/hour

• How to Start a Cybersecurity Company
• Information Systems Security Association

Virtual assistant

Whether it's customer support, website design, calendar management, travel arrangements, keyword research, bookkeeping, data entry or video and photo editing, you could offer your help to potential customers as a virtual assistant. This can also be done remotely, meaning it could be a lucrative side hustle as you build out the business.

One way to expand is to hire other virtual assistants and grow to be an agency of remote help, assisting companies and business leaders with all the little tasks they don't have time for. Word-of-mouth referrals will drive business, so good impressions are essential.

• Horkey Handbook

Floral designer

If you love flowers and have an eye for design, you're qualified to start your own floral design business. Formal training is an asset, however, and there are a number of schools and continuing education programs that offer floral design classes. Floral designers select flowers, greenery and decorations to create appealing floral arrangements, such as bouquets, wreaths and table centerpieces. You can get hired for weddings, funerals, social events, restaurants and business functions.

Designers also use a variety of tools and materials to produce the desired cut and shape, as well as foam, wire and tape to showcase their designs. Market your services by establishing alliances with event planners, wedding planners, catering companies and funeral homes.

• American Institute of Floral Designers
• International Floral Design Association
• Society of American Florists

Fashion accessories designer

If you have a flair for design, why not try your hand at designing fashion accessories? Get started by picking an accessory to design, produce and sell. It could be just about anything: bridal veils, handbags, shoes, belts, belt buckles, scarves, costume jewelry, wraps or wallets. Don't worry if your sewing or tooling skills are not up to par because there are manufacturers that can produce designs under your name.

The options for selling fashion accessories are also numerous. You can sell your wares on sites like Etsy and eBay, at craft fairs and consumer shows, or you can host in-home sales parties. Ambitious entrepreneurs can also sell products wholesale to fashion accessory retailers.

• Fashion Jewelry and Accessories Trade Association
• Start Your Own Fashion Accessories Business by Entrepreneur Press and Eileen Figure Sandlin (Entrepreneur Press)

Toy designer

Building and selling children's toys is a great way to create cherished memories for children and supplement your income at the same time. Just think of all of the toys you can make — dollhouses, stuffed animals, dolls, antique toy replicas and puzzles, just to name a few. In fact, handcrafted toys often become treasured family heirlooms passed down to each new generation.

You'll need a workshop space outfitted with basic hand and power tools and a sewing machine. This work also requires patience to learn new crafting skills and creativity to think up unique designs. With the rising interest in handmade crafts, you'll find a demand for handcrafted toys online and at local craft fairs and toy shows.

• The Toy Association
• International Council of Toy Industries

Essential oils and soap-making

Manufacturing and selling essential oils and soap from home is a unique business opportunity that will appeal to eco-friendly entrepreneurs who love handcrafted goods. Essential oils can be used as scents in a wide variety of health and beauty products, including cosmetics, body lotions, soaps, candles, aromatherapy burners, perfume and aromatic potpourri products. You can also be creative in how you make and sell soap products: use unique colors and scents, focus on aromatherapy or organic ingredients, mold novelty soaps in fun shapes or extend your line into products like bath bombs and salts.

You can start making soaps and oils in your kitchen. A good soap setup costs less than $500, but you might want to purchase a commercially manufactured distiller to create oils for about $1,000. Soaps and essential oils can be sold directly to consumers online, in local stores or at craft fairs and farmers markets. Essential oils can also be sold in bulk to companies manufacturing and selling health and beauty products.

• Handcrafted Soap and Cosmetic Guild
• National Association for Holistic Aromatherapy

Vintage clothing dealer

How do you strike riches in the vintage clothing business ? You start by spending weekends at flea markets, garage sales, estate sales and auctions looking for vintage clothing and fashion accessories (think hats, shoes, handbags, scarves, etc.). Although most clothing will net you a nice markup, you can also hit the jackpot if you uncover decades-old fashion from Chanel, Gucci or another high-end designer.

Vintage clothing dealers need to be knowledgeable about the value of vintage clothing and accessories to know what to buy, how much to pay and what the resale price should be. Skill with removing stains and making small repairs (or knowing someone who can) is also a plus. The items you purchase can be resold for a profit directly to collectors and vintage clothing retailers, at antique markets held on weekends, in an antique mall booth or through vintage clothing online marketplaces and eBay. You might even choose to open your own retail store.

• NARTS: The Association of Resale Professionals
• Vintage Fashion Guild
• Start Your Own Clothing Store and More by Entrepreneur Press and Charlene Davis (Entrepreneur Press)

Image consulting

As an image consultant, you can make a good income by helping other people look and feel great. This could mean anything from preparing people for a job interview to sprucing up for an important occasion. Image consultants help people on many fronts, including:

• Wardrobe consulting and updating
• Current image analysis and the development of a new image program
• Etiquette training for business and social situations
• Communication skills
• Professional handshake and posture

Potential clients include corporate executives, people on the job market, politicians, people recovering from major illnesses and injuries, television and radio personalities, public speakers, sales professionals and singles in (or reentering) the dating scene. Market your services by building a strong network of alliances that can refer their clients to your business. Be sure to include corporations, hair and makeup professionals, fitness trainers and public relations consultants.

• Association of Image Consultants International

Businesses you can start for under $10,000

Non-medical home care.

America's aging population is a big reason for the growth of the non-medical home care industry, the perfect space for reliable and compassionate workers. In the United States, people older than 65 accounted for 16 percent of the population in 2019. That number will grow to 21.6% percent by 2040 , meaning a higher demand for care. This could include companionship, meal preparation, medication reminders, light housekeeping duties, laundry, running errands, trips to appointments and shopping for groceries and other personal needs. In addition to seniors, non-medical home care workers can also provide similar services for new moms, people with disabilities and individuals recovering from injury or illness.

This is an easy service to start , with minimal skill and experience requirements. However, all non-medical home care service workers are required to carry insurance and be bonded. Provide the care yourself or grow to become an agency with contractors or employees.

Investment: Under $10K

• Family Caregiver Alliance
• Home Care Association of America
• Start Your Own Senior Services Business by Entrepreneur Press and Charlene Davis (Entrepreneur Press)

Photo booth operator

All you need is a backdrop, an iPad, a printer and a ring light, and you can start booking events as a photo booth operator. Come up with some fun print designs and start selling your services to both corporate and private clients — conferences, retreats, weddings, birthdays and reunions. After all, demand is only growing: Global Market Insights valued the photo booth market at more than $600 million in 2023.

• The Photobooth Association

Makeup artist

There are numerous occasions when professional makeup artistry is needed, such as weddings, film or TV shoots, professional photo shoots, public speaking engagements, parties, reunions and weddings. Some people might just want a makeover and lessons to feel more confident. What makes makeup artistry such a great opportunity is the flexibility it offers. You can work on a mobile basis (full- or part-time) and travel to your client's location. You can establish an independent shop or join forces with an established salon. Or you can freelance for cosmetic companies and work from retail counters.

You will want to build working relationships with wedding planners, event planners and people in the fashion industry. Additionally, cosmetology training is recommended. Contact the associations listed below to inquire about class availability in your area.

• International Association of Professional Makeup Artists
• Professional Beauty Association

Personal fitness trainer

If you're a fitness guru, consider teaching people of all ages how to live healthy lives through exercise and nutrition programs. Work one-on-one or in groups, training anyone from busy executives to seniors. Go to their homes or open your own fitness studio. In addition to developing exercise programs to match each client's individual needs, personal trainers also conduct fitness assessments and provide nutrition coaching.

Although there are currently no universal certification requirements to be a personal trainer, anyone serious about operating this service should become certified. Contact the associations listed below for more information about certification programs offered in your area.

• Athletics and Fitness Association of America
• International Fitness Professionals Association
• National Federation of Professional Trainers
• Start Your Own Personal Training Business by Entrepreneur Press and Ciree Linsenman (Entrepreneur Press)

Furniture repairs and refinishing

If you're handy with wood and upholstery, you can earn money repairing office and residential furniture, as well as refinishing antique furniture. Operate the furniture-repair side on a mobile basis, working from a fully equipped van to repair furniture at customers' locations. Potential customers that commonly require furniture repair services include home and office movers, business owners, property managers, restaurants, hotels and furniture retailers.

The furniture-refinishing side of the business, namely antiques refinishing, can be conveniently operated from a well-equipped home workshop. Advertise this feature by building alliances with antique dealers and interior designers who can refer their clients to your service. You can earn additional money by attending auction sales and buying furniture and antiques in need of repair and refinishing. Once they have been repaired and refinished, you can sell them for a profit via Craigslist, eBay collector's shows and consignment shops.

• Restoration Industry Association

Decorating service

A myriad of popular TV shows on networks like HGTV and DIY Network have inspired viewers to dramatically redecorate their homes on a relatively small budget. However, to make this business work, you must have a creative flair for decorating and design and the skills and tools necessary to pull it all together.

For budget-minded clients, you can spend time at garage and estate sales, scrounge through flea markets and scan local print and online classified ads for design elements: wacky decorations, recycled building materials and unique home furnishings. All can be purchased and resold to clients at a profit as you redecorate rooms or their entire house. For well-heeled clients, stick with designer and brand-name products to transform their homes and offices into designer masterpieces. Market your service through home-and-garden shows, and build an online presence by positioning yourself as a local decorating expert on social media.

• American Society of Interior Designers
• Certified Interior Decorators International
• Interior Design Society
• International Interior Design Association

Handyperson

Cash in on the multibillion-dollar home repair industry by starting your own handyperson service. The main requirements for starting such a service are being handy with tools, having the required equipment and bringing knowledge of many trades: painting, carpentry, flooring and plumbing, at the very least. You should be a jack- or jill-of-all-trades.

The service can be promoted and marketed to both residential and commercial clients through online classifieds like Angie's List or Yelp, fliers and door hangers, site and vehicle signage, door knocking and home-and-garden shows. Once you're established, repeat business and word-of-mouth referrals will become your main source of new business.

• Association of Certified Handyman Professionals
• United Handyman Association

Commercial cleaning

Commercial cleaners perform the same duties as residential cleaners — dusting, vacuuming and polishing — but on a larger scale and with additional services such as replenishing products (soap, paper, etc.), washing windows, stripping floors and emptying trash and recycling receptacles.

In most cases, the cleaning must be performed on nights and/or weekends after businesses close. This can be a positive for people who want to keep their day jobs and still earn extra money working nights and weekends. Landing contracts will require you to get out and knock on doors. Visit businesses in your community to learn if they need cleaning services or when their cleaning services contracts come up for renewal. You can also buy commercial cleaning contracts, which cost more upfront for entrepreneurs but are a common practice in the industry.

• International Janitorial Cleaning Services Association
• ISSA, The Worldwide Cleaning Industry Association
• Start Your Own Cleaning Service by Entrepreneur Press and Jacquelyn Lynn (Entrepreneur Press)

Junk removal

A second-hand truck, shovels, rakes and a few garbage cans are all you need to start a junk removal service. Charge by the hour, by the truckload or by quote before removing the junk. If you can offer home and business owners fast and convenient removal services at competitive prices, word-of-mouth advertising will generate more work than you can handle.

Be sure to build alliances with people who can refer your business to their customers and clients; these referral brokers include real estate agents, residential and commercial cleaners, professional organizers and home service companies (think carpet cleaners, contractors and property managers). Consider looking into foreclosure cleanup, as some of these homes have furniture and other items left behind that you could resell.

• National Waste & Recycling Association

Chimney sweep

Some experience is required to clean chimneys, but the profits can be lucrative for independent sweepers. And it's not too expensive to get set up with the right equipment: ladders, roof jacks, flue brushes, etc. In addition to experience and tools, another prerequisite is that you have no fear of heights, as much of your time working will be spent on rooftops and ladders.

The Chimney Safety Institute of America and the National Chimney Sweep Guild also provide chimney sweep training. The average chimney takes one to two hours to clean, and rates range from $75 to $150 per chimney, with discounts for houses with multiple chimneys. If you also have experience in masonry repairs, boost revenue by offering services such as repointing, brick sealing, installation of new liners, chimney rebuilding and new pots and crowns.

Rate: $75+/chimney sweep

Skill Level: 2-3

• The Chimney Safety Institute of America
• National Chimney Sweep Guild

Blind cleaning

With millions of window blinds hanging out there — all needing to be cleaned regularly — starting a blind-cleaning service makes a lot of sense. The most efficient way to clean window blinds is ultrasonic cleaning equipment, which is essentially a tank filled with a cleaning solution that gently cleans with no risk of damaging the blinds' materials or operational parts. This equipment can be mounted on a van or trailer, so you can offer blind-cleaning services on-site.

Alternatively, you can set up the cleaning equipment at home or in a warehouse and offer clients free pickup, delivery and reinstallation. In addition to homeowners, be sure to target marketing efforts at winning blind-cleaning contracts from schools, hospitals, hotels, institutions, corporations and others with many window blinds.

• International Window Cleaning Association

Dent removal

Once you have the correct equipment, you can visit clients' homes or businesses and remove small dents from their vehicles — all without the need for new paint. Potential clients include private automobile owners, automobile fleet owners, new and used car dealers and insurance companies. Operating on a mobile basis enables you to start with limited funds and keep your overhead low.

Many distributors and manufacturers of dent-removal tools also provide training, which is reasonably priced and requires only a few weeks to complete. You might earn extra money by offering clients paint touchup services, automobile detailing services, window chip repair and window tinting.

Rate: $75+/dent removal

• Automotive Service Association
• Ding King Training School
• National Alliance of Paintless Dent Repair Technicians

Bicycle repair service

A mechanically inclined entrepreneur can earn a great income repairing bicycles from the comfort of a home workshop. In addition to big profit potential, there are other advantages to operating a bicycle repair service: low overhead, huge demand for the service (especially in warmer months) and flexible full- or part-time hours. Even if you are not experienced in bicycle repairs, there are a number of schools offering bicycle mechanic courses that take only a few weeks to complete (for example, United Bicycle Institute in Oregon).

The key to marketing your services is joining cycling clubs and organizations in your community. You can also work on a contract basis for bicycle retailers to handle their overflow work during the busy season. Likewise, you can attract new business by advertising cycling forums online, distributing fliers and building a local social media presence.

• United Bicycle Institute
• USA Cycling: Mechanics Program

Event and party planning service

Event and party planning is for you if you love to plan and host parties and special events. As a planner, you're responsible for organizing and hosting special events such as wedding anniversaries, birthdays, graduations and award ceremonies for clients. Duties can include creating and sending out invitations, selecting event locations, finding decorations, arranging for entertainers and speakers, selecting caterers and menus and arranging cleanup after the guests have left.

To thrive in this industry, you must be detail-oriented, well-organized, a good communicator and very creative. Networking will be your main marketing tool for attracting and keeping new business, in addition to a professional online presence. Get to know catering companies, event venue managers and party entertainers. You will also need to build a reliable team of contractors — the businesses and individuals you can rely on to supply products and services for your events. The more reliable your team is, the more successful and profitable your party planning service will be.

• International Live Events Association
• National Association for Catering and Events
• Start Your Own Event Planning Business by The Staff of Entrepreneur Media, Inc. and Cheryl Kimball (Entrepreneur Press)

Bounce house rentals

Bounce houses are inflatable amusement games that children and adults absolutely love to bounce around in (and on). Some higher-end models feature slides, mazes, obstacle courses and water areas. Renting bouncy houses is easy, and you can make huge profits delivering, setting up and packing down these inflatables.

New inflatable amusement games cost in the range of $2,000 for small basic models and up to $15,000 for large, themed models (used ones are often available at steep discounts). In addition to renting these inflatables for children's birthday parties, they can also be rented to charities, sports and social clubs, local fairs and corporate and community events. Setup is fast, taking one person approximately 30 minutes and about the same amount of time for dismantling and removal. You will need a vehicle to transport the inflatables, as well as space to store them.

Rate: $200+/rented inflatable

• Inflatable Startup

Childcare center

The escalating cost of living has made child daycare a booming industry, as many families require two full-time incomes to make ends meet. For the lowest startup costs, open a home daycare facility. Your growth will be limited by how many children you can legally care for in your home, but so will your investment budget. If you choose to expand later, you can open a storefront or office location. In the United States and Canada, daycare facilities (and childcare staff) must obtain proper licensing and certification to meet minimum operating requirements.

Because every state and province has its own individual licensing requirements, contact your regional offices to inquire about local certification and licensing requirements. Once your center is open, word-of-mouth advertising can grow your client base.

Rate: $300+/week per child

• National Association for Family Child Care
• National Child Care Association
• Start Your Own Child-Care Service by The Staff of Entrepreneur Media, Inc. and Jacquelyn Lynn (Entrepreneur Press)

Pet photography

If you are an animal-lover and a great photographer, start snapping pet pictures for profit. Owners of dogs, cats, reptiles, horses, champion livestock, birds and even fish can all be potential customers. You can operate the service from your home or pet shops full- or part-time, and making the experience fun for pets and their owners will go a long way toward securing repeat business. Liven things up with pet costumes and themed backdrops, and offer pet video recording services complete with music, titles and special effects.

You can also offer a wide assortment of products on which customers can print their pet's photos: keychains, greeting cards, calendars, mugs, hats, T-shirts, sports bags and bumper stickers.

• The Pet Photographers Club
• Professional Photographers of America

Urban farm consulting

Consumers today are highly educated about the environmental and health impacts of the food they consume, including issues like water use, pesticides and GMOs. To combat these problems, many are turning to urban farming to grow their own food. If you've got a green thumb for growing food, offer your services as an urban farm consultant. You can advise clients on what plants will work well in their space and how to lay out the farm, how to set up irrigation and when to harvest.

You can also charge more to set up and maintain the farm and expand by creating and managing rooftop gardens for restaurants. Get the word out by joining local food and environmental groups, giving free seminars at libraries and community centers, partnering with garden supply stores and placing signs in your clients' gardens. Word-of-mouth — and delicious results — will be key to this business.

• U.S. Department of Agriculture resources
• UrbanFarming.org

Green business consultant

Need a green idea? For business owners, going green is complicated. Although there are some simple steps a small business owner can take to reduce energy use, larger businesses might face more complex issues like regulatory compliance, alternative energy use, green building practices, telework and commuter programs, green sources for product manufacturing materials and obtaining certifications.

This field requires some training, and you can become certified through college programs or with LEED certification. Some niches of the green consulting industry, such as regulatory compliance and green building, require additional expertise. Find clients by joining organizations like the Chamber of Commerce, marketing yourself as a green business expert in local trade publications and calling local businesses to highlight your energy- and money-saving services.

• U.S. Green Building Council
• Start Your Own Green Business by Entrepreneur Press and Rich Mintzer (Entrepreneur Press)

Drought-tolerant landscaping consultant

If you have a green thumb, an eye for landscape design and a tolerance for hard manual labor, this could be the business for you. In some areas of the United States, drought conditions are causing homeowners and businesses to rethink their green lawns. Drought-tolerant landscaping services (also called native landscaping) are in vogue as people try to reduce their water usage. You'll consult with clients, look at their current space and use your knowledge of native shrubs, herbs, flowers, succulents and bushes, as well as rocks and mulch, to redesign their outdoor space to be attractive and (just as importantly) environmentally friendly.

You can partner with a local landscaping firm to do the physical labor or work on the grounds yourself. These services cost about $3 per square foot, so depending on the size of the lawn, the total will be $2,000 to $10,000. Market your services with truck and lawn signage, flyers at local gardening centers, an online presence and local business partnerships.

• Lawn and Landscape Magazine
• National Association of Landscape Professionals
• Start Your Own Lawn Care or Landscaping Business by Entrepreneur Press and Ciree Linsenman (Entrepreneur Press)

Expense reduction consultant

Seasoned business managers, controllers, CFOs, operations managers, accountants and administrators can all greatly profit from running an expense reduction consulting service. These consultants provide clients with a multitude of services:

• Developing short- and long-term budgets
• Analyzing fixed and variable overhead
• Increasing employee productivity
• Analyzing product and service costs
• Developing expense reduction strategies to meet each client's specific needs

The objective is to uncover business costs that can be reduced or eliminated entirely while maintaining the business's overall efficiency, productivity and profitability. Many expense reduction consultants specialize in their field of expertise — manufacturing, food services or retail, for example. Expense reduction consultants generally save clients anywhere from two to 50 times their consulting fees.

Medical claims billing

Medical billing is an extremely competitive industry, but determined entrepreneurs can earn good money operating a medical claims billing service. After all, doctors bill insurance companies and Medicaid for all services performed, and the bills must be prepared to exact standards with the proper codes for each item. And although doctors might be great at treating patients, submitting this type of paperwork can be a headache. That's where you come in.

The first step is earning your certification, which is available at a variety of colleges. There, you'll learn the diagnostic and procedure coding system used by doctors and healthcare professionals on medical claim forms. Medical billing services can charge clients a percent of the collections or $2 to $6 per claim processed. You can make a good profit if you process a high volume of claims. There is a fairly steep learning curve for operating this service, and you'll need to do careful research and planning to ensure initial and continued success.

• American Medical Billing Association
• American Health Information Management Association
• Start Your Own Medical Claims Billing Service by Entrepreneur Press and Charlene Davis (Entrepreneur Press)

Import/export service

Considering the many red-tape barriers surrounding U.S. imports and exports, it's no wonder so many businesses give up out of frustration. Smart business owners, however, don't give up. Instead, they hire an import/export specialist to guide them through the complex issues of the import/export business — legal, transportation, warehousing, distribution, marketing, employment, environmental, political and financial.

Starting an import/export consulting business requires experience in the industry or a willingness to learn. One simple way to market your services is to develop and host a free informational seminar on importing and exporting and use the event to sign up businesses and individuals who want to get started in import and export.

• American Association of Exporters and Importers
• Small Business Exporters Association
• Start Your Own Import/Export Business by Entrepreneur Press and Krista Turner (Entrepreneur Press)

Customer service training

At some point, we've all received bad service from a store, restaurant, office or online business. The end result of such an encounter is usually a vow to never return and, perhaps, a negative online review. Rude or poorly trained employees cost companies millions of dollars each year in lost business and referral sales. However, companies that take proactive steps to improve customer service have a leg up on the competition.

You can earn a nice living by starting a consulting service that offers customer service and appreciation training programs specifically designed to meet your clients' individual needs. Start by choosing a specialty — retail, food service, receptionists, etc. Training can be based on your own expertise and the input of other customer service professionals who help create the training curriculum and manuals.

• National Customer Service Association

Sales trainer

Are you recognized as a top-producing sales professional who knows how to prospect for new business, win negotiations and close the sale every time? If so, why not share your sales knowledge and make huge profits by training employees, managers, small-business owners and executives?

If you don't want to rock the boat and interrupt your current sales position, you don't have to. You can train students in video calls, via email and through evening and weekend workshops and seminars. This way, you can make the transition to full-time sales training as your client list grows. Target customers include small business owners, salespeople, retail clerks, corporate managers and executives, students enrolled in business and marketing courses, professional service providers, volunteer fundraisers and real estate professionals.

• Sales and Marketing Executives International
• The Sales Management Association
• Selling Power Magazine

Small business coach

In the United States, more than 400,000 new businesses are started each month. Combine this with the millions of small- to medium-sized businesses already operating, and the future looks very bright — and potentially profitable — for a small business coaching service. This opportunity will appeal to entrepreneurs who are past or present small business owners, business managers or corporate executives — especially those with strong marketing, administration, operations and financial forecasting skills.

Because there's a plethora of small-business training courses offered by companies and nonprofits, it's best to specialize in a specific industry, such as retail or manufacturing. Better yet, provide clients with personalized one-on-one training to differentiate yourself. Small-business coaches help new and existing business owners with any number of tasks, including business planning, marketing strategies, financial budgets, logistics issues, technology issues and expansion challenges.

• SCORE Association

Self-publishing consultant

Help people fulfill their dreams of becoming published writers by starting a self-publishing consulting business. You can assist with both nonfiction and fiction books, including development editing (helping to structure the book), proofreading, editing, design, marketing and distribution.

Potential clients include novelists hoping to make it big, activists (political, environmental or any other kind) raising awareness for a cause, corporations promoting their work and memoirists with interesting life stories. Advertise your services in online writing portals or on social media and join writing associations and build alliances with copywriters, book publishers, editors and illustrators to capitalize on word-of-mouth referrals.

• Alliance of Independent Authors
• Start Your Own Self-Publishing Business by Entrepreneur Press and Cheryl Kimball (Entrepreneur Press)

Freelance photographer

With an eye for photography and the proper equipment, you can cash in on those camera skills by working as a freelance photographer — shooting weddings, family portraits, events, headshots and anything else a client wants to be captured. You can also contract with publishers, post photos on stock image services for royalties or specialize in event photography for individuals (engagement photos) or organizations (award dinners, industry galas).

You can charge by the hour or day and arrange for royalties depending on the type of photography you pursue. Expect to work nights and weekends (especially for weddings) and build in plenty of time for editing. Your work should speak for itself, so build a presence on Instagram and set up a website highlighting your best photos.

• National Press Photographers Association
• Professional Photographers Association
• Start Your Own Photography Business by Entrepreneur Press and Charlene Davis (Entrepreneur Press)

Video production business

With just a few thousand dollars worth of equipment — such as a high-quality camera, lapel microphone, tripods and a small camera dolly — you can provide high-end production for businesses, individuals and organizations. Whether shooting an industry conference or a small wedding, videographers document big moments for clients to cherish forever.

You can charge for editing as well or find a partner with great video editing skills who can add effects like animated titles and appropriate music. Videographers charge $50 to $100 per hour, depending on if the setup is single or multiple cameras, and $50 per hour for editing.

• Association of Independent Commercial Producers
• Start Your Own Wedding Consultant Business by Entrepreneur Press and Eileen Figure Sandlin (Entrepreneur Press)

Aerial photography and videography

Drones have revolutionized the aerial photography trade. Gone are the days of attaching cameras to helium balloons. You can buy a drone for a reasonable price (anywhere from $100 to $1,000), outfit it with cameras and start capturing images from above.

Be aware of local and federal laws, as well as local business policies, before launching your drones. Potential clients include colleges, property developers, corporations, amusement parks, golf courses, outdoor event organizers, resorts, mining and forestry sites and sporting event organizers. It takes a bit of practice to operate the equipment, and if you offer video, you'll also want to provide editing services. Rates can be competitive, as this is a highly specialized service.

• Professional Aerial Photographers Association

Vacation property rental agent

If you live in a busy tourist area, consider starting a vacation rental agency. It's not uncommon for people to purchase vacation homes and condominiums by the beach or in urban areas in hopes of renting them seasonally to offset costs. Unfortunately, rental income often fails to materialize because the property owners do not understand how much time and work is involved in renting the properties: marketing, booking, cleaning, repairs and more. And some owners are hundreds — if not thousands — of miles away. As a result, many vacation properties sit vacant when not being used by the owners. This creates a terrific opportunity to handle rentals for the owners on a revenue-splitting basis.

In addition to marketing and renting the properties, you will also be responsible for cleaning and light maintenance. Start small, representing one or two vacation property owners, and run the service from home . As the business grows, so too can your time commitment until you find yourself operating a profitable, full-time business.

• Vacation Rental Management Association
• Vacation Rental Owners Association

Apartment preparation service

By offering a full line of services that includes painting, carpet cleaning, minor repairs and trash removal, you can help busy landlords and property managers prepare apartments for rental. Advertise your services in traditional ways by joining landlord associations, contacting property management services and calling apartment rental offices. On average, you should be able to charge in the range of $25 to $35 per hour, plus materials and markup.

The benefits to landlords are obvious: The better the condition of the apartment, the higher the rent will be. And, of course, there will be much less work for the landlords. In short, landlords will easily recoup your fees and more through higher rents. You will need to invest in suitable transportation and equipment, such as ladders, steam cleaners and vacuums, but these are all relatively inexpensive. An investment of less than $10,000 will be more than sufficient.

• National Apartment Association
• National Association of Residential Property Managers

Pet products manufacturing

Americans spend more than $130 billion every year on products for their cherished pets, and this market is open to clever entrepreneurs who design, manufacture and sell all sorts of pet-friendly products — from furniture and clothing to memorials and toys. Consider making healthful pet treats from your own kitchen. For the most part, you won't need special skills because, with a little practice, all of these products are very easy to make with basic equipment in a small home workspace.

Sell your pet products online via Etsy, eBay and your own website, as well as at pet fairs, craft shows and farmer's markets. There is also great potential to build a wholesale arm of the business by contacting pet product boutiques, pet shop retailers, veterinarians and groomers to carry your products.

• American Pet Products Association
• Start Your Own Pet Business and More by Entrepreneur Press and Eileen Sandlin (Entrepreneur Press)

Liquidated inventory sales

Savvy entrepreneurs can earn a bundle by buying liquidated inventory and government surplus equipment at dirt-cheap prices and reselling it at staggering markups. Retailers, distributors and manufacturers liquidate inventory for any number of reasons. Maybe the products are slow-moving, out-of-season or damaged, or the company is relocating or going out of business. Because of this, billions of dollars worth of inventory becomes available every year at fire sale prices. The best types of liquidated inventory to purchase are power and hand tools, toys, kitchen and bath accessories, fashion accessories and electronics. Stay clear of products that have limited shelf life or special warehousing and transportation requirements. Products can be resold for a profit through eBay and other online marketplaces, at weekend flea markets, and to dollar store retailers, flea market vendors and eBay sellers.

Purchasing government surplus and seized merchandise and reselling to consumers at marked-up prices can also make you a great profit. Government agencies such as the Internal Revenue Service, U.S. Postal Service, U.S. Small Business Administration, U.S. Marshals Service and the U.S. Treasury Department often sell used and surplus equipment, as well as items seized for nonpayment or criminal activity. Items routinely auctioned by government agencies include computers, real estate, automobiles, machinery and tools, jewelry, furniture, electronics and boats.

• Liquidation.com
• Walmart Liquidations

Vending cart business

You can earn big bucks buying products such as T-shirts, crafts, art, jewelry, sunglasses, watches, souvenirs, umbrellas and hats at dirt-cheap wholesale prices, then reselling them for a profit from portable vending carts. If you plan on selling from public lands and buildings, you will need to contact your local city or municipal government to inquire about street vending opportunities. On federally owned lands or buildings, contact the U.S. General Services Administration to inquire about opportunities. In addition to a vendor's permit, you might also have to obtain liability insurance, as well as health and fire permits.

Before you decide what to sell, do your research. What are other vendors selling? Who is the busiest? Which days are the busiest? Who are their customers? Duplicating a successful business model is one of the easiest ways to eliminate or substantially reduce financial risk. Depending on your budget, you can rent, lease or purchase new and used push carts and kiosks, which come in many styles and price points. Some are motorized or pedal-powered, while others can be towed behind vehicles or placed on a trailer for transportation. Also, be sure to invest in wireless payment processing technology so you can accept credit cards and debit cards on-site. Remember, vendors are never wallflowers. You must love what you do and what you sell and be extremely comfortable talking with people.

• Specialty Retail Report

3D printing service

3D printing is one of the most exciting new technologies, as it takes a multi-dimensional design and brings it to life, layer by layer. You can create anything from jewelry and toys to gadgets and machine parts. It isn't cheap, though. A 3D printer can cost thousands of dollars, so be deliberate about what printer you buy and what clients you're targeting.

You can print creations for local jewelry and toy designers or focus on business customers by creating licensed trinkets. Machine shops could prototype new parts using your service. This is a relatively new business model, so be prepared to break new ground and learn about different printers, rendering software, materials and more.

Rate: varies

• 3DPrinting.com

App developer

Developers add thousands of programs to Google and Apple's app stores every day. With 90 percent of U.S. adults owning a smartphone, according to Pew Research , it's no wonder so many app developers continue to build. You can get in on this booming market regardless of whether or not you can code. If you have a background in web or software development, you should easily be able to pick up on the nuances of coding an app for Android or Apple iOS devices through books and online learning. If not, you can outsource the work, either online or to local developers in your area. App developers make money online either by selling the app for a basic price, as "freemium" — which is free but has additional features a user can purchase — or for free but supported by advertising.

What's important is the strength of your idea and marketing program. With so many new apps, your app can get lost in the crowd. Once you've developed your apps, it's key to have a marketing plan and budget in place. You want to find a niche and create a social media and public relations campaign to get people talking.

• ACT: The App Association
• Developers Alliance

Marketing consultant

Let's face it: Without marketing, businesses cannot survive. So it's no surprise that marketing consultants are in high demand. Marketing consultants offer a wide range of services, including developing marketing plans, establishing marketing budgets and hiring and training salespeople. They also develop programs to meet each client's needs and budget.

Businesses might want to expand into new markets or countries, build new distribution channels or create new profit centers. Marketing consultants can help with all of this. In short, they're the jacks of all trades in terms of helping clients build their businesses, revenues and profits. Market your services through networking activities and by setting appointments with business owners and managers to sell your services.

• American Marketing Association
• Mobile Marketing Association

Franchises you can start for under $10,000

• Dream Vacations

Based in Fort Lauderdale, Fla., Dream Vacations deals in travel packages such as hotels, tours, travel protection and more. The company was founded in 1991 and started franchising the following year.

• Entrepreneur's Franchise 500 Ranking

Buildingstars International

Buildingstars , a commercial cleaning company founded in 1994, is headquartered in St. Louis. The company began franchising in 2000 and now has regional offices in Chicago, Houston, Phoenix, Pittsburgh, New York and more. Services include carpet and floor care, as well as green cleaning and consulting.

• Start a Buildingstars franchise
• Stratus Building Solutions

Another commercial cleaner, Stratus Building Solutions provides two different franchise concepts for added flexibility. You can either become a unit franchise, which is more affordable and often home-based, or a master franchise, overseeing the unit franchises in your exclusive territory. The company also provides marketing and sales support so you can focus on the day-to-day business operations.

• 5 Affordable Franchises You Can Start For Less Than $10,000
• Jazzercise Inc.

Jazzercise instructors teach a total-body conditioning program that gets you sweating while dancing. With franchises in more than 30 countries and nearly 9,000 locations, Jazzercise is an affordable and lucrative business opportunity for fitness enthusiasts. In more than 50 years of business, the franchise model has expanded to include yoga, Pilates, kickboxing and strength training classes.

There's still more

If these ideas didn't spark your desire to start, check out these other articles from Entrepreneur.com:

20 Business Ideas You Can Start With Less Than $10,000

15 Businesses You Can Start for $10,000 or Less

27 Businesses You Can Start for Less Than $1,000

Entrepreneur Staff

Sales and Marketing Director

Want to be an Entrepreneur Leadership Network contributor? Apply now to join.

Editor's Pick Red Arrow

• His Ex-Boss Issued Him a Cease-and-Desist Order . Neither Man Expected What Happened in a Parking Lot Next: 'I Bleed This Business. It's Cold-Blooded.'
• Lock 8 Evening Routines With Surprising Effects on Your Ability to Get Things Done
• Why Are Nvidia Earnings So Important? They Could Be a 'Market Mover,' Says Expert.
• Lock I Sent My Role Model a DM, Never Imagining She'd Respond — Then This Happened
• Lock This Couple's Weekend Side Hustle Began With a $50 Facebook Marketplace Purchase — Now It Earns Millions of Dollars a Year: 'You Don't Need Money to Start'
• Walmart and Burger King's New Partnership Is Poised to Give a Boost to Franchise Traffic

Most Popular Red Arrow

What is elon musk's new master plan for tesla original blueprint disappears from tesla's website after 18 years.

Tesla seems to have removed Musk's original master plan (and the follow-up) from its website.

How to Motivate Your Sales Team to Keep Your Customers Happy and Business Growing

From the acquisition right through to the point of sale, the process of building an impenetrable sales team isn't complex but it is calculated.

How Brutal Honesty Saved My Business From Going Under (Twice)

Here's why saving face should come second to honesty and transparency when your company runs into trouble

This Low-Cost, Low-Effort Growth Strategy Could Transform Your Company Into an Innovation Powerhouse

How participating in startup competitions can spur corporate growth.

Apple Just Conducted a Rare Round of Layoffs. Here Are the Teams and Roles Affected.

Apple has over 160,000 employees.

Want to Succeed as an Entrepreneur? Foster These Mindsets And You Will

Reframe confidence, find mentors and fight the impulse to do it alone to achieve your greatest success.

Successfully copied link

Business growth

Business tips

61 best businesses to start with $10K or less

Keep in mind that specific businesses may require licenses (like a cottage food permit for a baking business), and these vary by country and state. And don't forget to consider investing in business insurance.

1. eCommerce business

Skill level needed: Intermediate

Overhead investment: Under $10K

Another nugget of advice she shared is to invest in inventory:

"If you're a product-based business, invest almost all of that money in inventory. Keep a bit to set up your website yourself or for other necessities, but no more than $1,000. Lots of people spend tons on branding, but you can always iterate the website and all of that after you've confirmed interest. Investing in inventory is investing in tangible assets that will make you money."

To get started:

Invest the majority of your money into inventory 

Use social media to capture and share your brand's story, connect with similar creators, and start building a community of potential buyers

2. Home staging

Calling all Love It or List It fanatics—or those who simply love to peruse Pottery Barn on their lunch breaks: home staging may be right up your alley. Although no license or formal training is required to begin, it's highly recommended to take classes or shadow an established professional to learn the ins and outs of the craft before setting out on your own. 

@stagingstudio 🏘 𝗦𝘁𝗮𝗴𝗶𝗻𝗴 is the perfect career for someone who loves home decor and has an eye for design!➡️ The best part is: you don’t have to invest in any furniture to be successful!💻 Our latest blog post goes over ways to start your home staging biz without buying furniture. Drop a comment for the link! #inter iordecorator #home s tyler #home s taging #deco r lover #hom ed ecorlover #prop e rtystylist #real e stateinvestors #real e statestylist #fyp # deco r lovers #home s tager ♬ original sound - Staging Studio

Offer home staging consultations using clients' existing furniture

Use Facebook Marketplace and other resale websites to build inventory

Partner with real estate agents in your area and create referral networks

Create a website and display high-quality photos of your work

3. Hair styling

Skill level needed: Advanced

In addition to word of mouth, Madison also suggests joining Facebook groups: "Most people look for recommendations in those groups, and all you have to do is simply comment that you have the type of business or salon that they're looking for and add a photo of your work," she says. 

Start by establishing a clientele of friends and family

Post images and videos of your work on social media

Make yourself available by having a flexible schedule

Provide discounted services in exchange for referrals 

4. Massage therapy 

Everyone wants to prioritize wellness in their life, but the struggle of peeling yourself away from your computer at 6 p.m. can make it difficult to maintain regular appointments. Enter in-home massage therapy. Massage therapy school will take up a significant portion of your investment, but once you're certified, you can save money by offering in-home massages. Other costs may include a portable massage table, oils, and a sound machine. 

Complete a board-approved massage therapy program

Decide if you'll be offering in-home massages

Purchase massage oils, essential oil diffuser, sound machine, etc. 

5. Party and event rentals

Skill level needed: Beginner

To kickstart a party and event rental business, you'll need to build an inventory of decorations, chairs, party tents, or even bounce castles if you choose to go the children's party route. This initial investment of equipment plus storage costs will likely run you at least $5,000 to $9,000, although you can expect a large ROI. 

@prettypicnicscc #answer to @keisha1k43 Picnic Business Tips: How To Get Started #picnicbusiness #startuptips #smallbusiness #eventplanning #luxurypicnics #popuppicnics #fyp #picnicaesthetic ♬ Aesthetic Girl - Yusei

Determine what type of events you'll specialize in

Purchase the needed equipment and decorations

Create a website with photos of your offerings

6. Childcare services

You can run a childcare business in a variety of ways, from traditional babysitting at the client's home to creating your own daycare center. Keep in mind that all childcare providers should have safety training in basic first aid. 

If you decide to start your own daycare center, it will require more of an initial investment to get a childcare license, secure insurance, and purchase supplies needed to create an inviting environment. However, you can run your daycare business out of your own home to save on costs. 

Take the required first aid training courses

Brainstorm child-friendly activities for a variety of age groups

Connect with parents in your area by advertising at local schools and community centers

7. Digital marketing agency

Skill level needed: Expert

If you have past experience in or knowledge of digital marketing, you can start your own agency for under $10,000. Typical services offered include social media management, content creation, graphic design, and paid advertising. To begin, I'd recommend choosing one or two niches to focus on. 

"It takes time to build enough of a following to generate clients, but if you know that it'll help your career over time regardless of how long it takes, it can be a great way to do things. To get people to follow you initially, it's good to build initial credibility such as working for notable businesses. This can be used in the future to generate clients as well." 

Determine what services you'll offer

Create a pricing structure

Promote your knowledge via social media or a podcast

There will always be clientele for a moving business—especially if you live in a city. To start, secure commercial insurance coverage and the necessary equipment, such as a truck or a trailer. You may also need to hire one or two employees to help you with projects. 

Create a pricing structure based on mileage, size of home, etc. 

Search resale websites for the best-priced trailer 

Put up flyers at apartment buildings and community centers 

Consider reaching out to local high schools and colleges to find potential employees

9. Food truck or cart 

Embrace your cooking skills and start a food truck or cart to share your delicious creations with the world. All that you need is a truck, of course, along with some yummy recipes, ingredients, and equipment. 

When running a food truck, be sure to market your business and attend community events, such as pop-up shops and food festivals, to further your reach. You could also partner with breweries in your area that don't serve food. 

Create a unique culinary concept and compile delicious recipes

Design your truck or cart to be eye-catching

Keep up with local laws to determine where your business can legally operate 

10. Flower truck

Another great option for a mobile business is a flower truck. You'll need to purchase a truck or cargo van, which you can find used for as little as $5,000. Be sure to purchase flowers from a wholesale vendor to get the best rate. 

View this post on Instagram A post shared by Amelia's Flower Truck (@ameliasflowertruck)

Purchase a truck and paint it a bright or pastel color to stand out 

Obtain all of the necessary permits to operate in your area

Determine pricing for each flower/bouquet

Promote your business and where you will be on social media 

11. Vending machine business

The purchase of a vending machine and snacks or drinks is all you need to start your own business. Vending machines typically range in price from $3,000 to $8,000, but you can find one secondhand for as little as $1,000.

Purchase one or more vending machines

Purchase snacks or drinks in bulk at wholesale prices

Connect with apartments, businesses, schools, etc. and ask if they would allow a vending machine on their premises

12. Junk removal

"We started with just one truck and myself and two other people as the labor. We kept expenses low by not getting an office space and parking our junk removal truck in a parking lot. Our first month in business we did $16,000 in revenue, but we have grown steadily since. As we grew, we have been able to purchase three medium duty dump trucks and currently do about $60,000 per month in revenue."

Tucker also had to get creative with his marketing efforts to stick to a budget under $10K. He shared: 

"We marketed the business using yard signs that we would put up around intersections and in customers' yards, Google pay-per-click ads, HomeAdvisor and Angi Ads, Facebook posts in community pages, and Nextdoor posts. I also sent direct mail postcards to local realtors and property managers explaining how our service works. I targeted realtors because they often need houses cleared out before they can list the homes."

When asked for advice to give those considering starting this type of business, Tucker offered this: "My tip is to differentiate yourself from your competition by being more professional. This might mean wearing uniforms, having a professional website, or having clean, branded company vehicles."

Purchase a truck and/or a trailer

Network with local real estate agents and professional organizers

Purchase uniforms for a professional look

13. 3D printing

Overhead investment: Under $7K

A 3D printing business involves charging clients a set rate for access to printing or designing and printing your own products to sell. To start this business, you'll first need to purchase a 3D printer, which will cost approximately $1,000 to $6,000 based on the model chosen. 

Purchase a 3D printer and needed materials

Determine if you'll create your own products or rent out your printer

Determine your pricing structure per object or per rental period 

14. Consulting business

"When I first started Integrated Visions in 1994 as a Legal Software Consulting Group, I worked with an established accounting software consulting firm while I developed my business. Initially, I sold and supported a specific vendor(s) software and they trained me to be a certified consultant to do so. My initial start-up cost was around $7,000 for a computer, marketing materials and attending networking events."  

In fact, Claire credits much of her business' success to networking:

"Eventually, I also founded a legal vendor's networking group called SoCal Pros, and we hosted social events for our clients. My entire business was built on networking, and my income has ranged from $20,000/year in the early years to over $250,000/year now, and there's very little overhead because I work from home."

To get your business started, Claire stresses the importance of marketing and putting yourself out there: "To promote my business, I attended legal industry trade shows and provided speaking engagements to anyone who would listen. Since then, most of my new business is through word of mouth, and I have now been in business for over 25 years," she shared. 

Take online courses to grow your knowledge and credibility

Network with business owners via LinkedIn and local events

Determine a niche industry to specialize in

15. Coaching

Smita's efforts paid off, showing that life coaching can be a lucrative business. "My first full year's business revenue exceeded $30,000, and will grow further this year," she says. If you're thinking about starting this business, Smita notes that "below-the-line marketing activities, such as speaking to each and every relevant person in your network, are the key to achieving the results."

Decide if you'll focus on your clients' personal, professional, or romantic lives

Consolidate your strategies and advice

Reach out directly to potential clients in your personal network

Create TikTok videos giving advice or answering questions to promote your business

16. Import/export business 

Overhead investment: Under $5K

An import/export business involves importing a product from a foreign country and selling it in your own country. The start-up costs heavily depend on the product you import, as a product like coffee will be significantly cheaper than heavy equipment or electronics. 

Complete market research and identify a product need

Source reliable suppliers

Create a website and consider using paid advertising 

17. Photography services

Consider turning your photography hobby into a business. To get started, determine the type of photography you'll focus on, like family portraits, graduation pictures, pet photography, product photography, or wedding photography. 

Purchase a professional camera, editing software, and additional equipment

Decide on your niche by trying out different types of photography

Post your photos to social media

18. Medical claims billing

A growing industry, medical claims billing is a business you can start from your computer. You'll need to obtain medical billing credentials through the American Medical Billing Association (AMBA) and purchase medical billing software. 

Consider focusing on a niche area of health care, such as psychology, orthodontics, etc. 

Distribute flyers or brochures to medical offices in your area

Consider calling medical offices around the country to pitch your services

19. Pet grooming

Would you rather interact with animals instead of humans? Then start a pet grooming business from your home, in a company van, or at a salon. To start your business, you'll need to invest in supplies, an insurance policy, and marketing to build your clientele of furry friends. 

@arisathegroomer 3 ways to get started becoming a dog groomer! @Nadia Lee #doggroomingtips #doggroomer #petsalon #newcareer #smallbuisness #animallover ♬ Blue Blood - Heinz Kiessling & Various Artists

Research training opportunities online and in person

Learn basic grooming skills and styles 

Understand animal behavior 

Connect with pet owners in your area by advertising at dog parks, animal shelters, etc. 

20. Liquidated inventory sales

Once you get a resale certificate from your state, you can launch a liquidation business. In order to make a profit, you'll need to buy liquidated pallets from warehouses, which cost around $500 and contain between $4,000 and $5,000 worth of merchandise. Typically, these liquidated items are returns from customers, overstock, or shelf pulls that the retailer doesn't want to deal with. 

Once you source inventory, you can sell the items online using websites like Facebook Marketplace, eBay, and Offer Up. 

Apply for a resale certificate from your state 

Purchase liquidation merchandise from warehouses

Start small by only buying a couple pallets, and then work your way up

21. Car detailing

Skill level needed: Intermediate 

You can operate a car detailing business right out of your garage. Learn how to detail a car online by watching YouTube videos and reading guides. Next, you'll need to purchase detailing products like a vacuum, detergents, polishes, waxes, brushes, drying towels, and so on, totaling approximately $1,000-$3,000. 

Follow experienced car detailers on social media to pick up tips

Practice on your own car as well as those of friends and family

Take high-quality before and after photos to post on your website and social media accounts

22. Lawn care

Purchase a lawn mower, weed wacker, and trailer

Print advertising signs to display in clients' lawns 

Consider passing out flyers in your neighborhood

23. Gutter cleaning

Gutters are designed to help water flow from your roof during rainstorms, but they have a tendency to get clogged with dead leaves, pine straw, and other gunk. Gutter cleaners do exactly what their name says: they clear that gunk out to prevent roof damage.

Because you'll be dealing with ladders and roofs, there's a fair amount of risk associated with gutter cleaning. In addition to ladders and other equipment, you'll need to purchase a safety harness and comprehensive insurance in case of an accident. You'll also need a truck (if you don't have one) so you can transport your gear from house to house. These costs add up, which is why this business isn't as cheap to start as it might seem.

But because people always need their gutters cleaned, you can get clients cheaply by knocking on doors and handing out flyers. Then, after you build a reputation, it's all a matter of scaling—take out ads in local newspapers, set up a sleek website, and hire additional gutter cleaners as you grow.

Purchase ladders and other gutter cleaning equipment (buckets, gloves, leaf blower)

Set up safety precautions and buy insurance

Go door to door to land your first clients

24. Pressure washing

Skill level needed: Beginner 

Overhead investment: Under $3K

@pressurewashbros Average pressure washing prices for my business! 💧 #pressurewashing #powerwashing #business ♬ Sunny Day - Ted Fresco

Spread the word to your neighborhood

Connect with local businesses

Determine if your pricing will be per hour, per square foot, or a flat fee

25. Real estate appraising

Overhead investment: Under $2K

To get started in real estate appraising, you'll need to pass a certification and obtain a license from your state. Once licensed, you must first become an appraiser trainee while you learn more about the job. To find a supervisor appraiser in your area, consider attending a real estate appraiser membership meeting. 

Obtain a license and additional certifications

Determine if you'll focus on commercial or residential real estate

Network with real estate agents and loan officers

26. Doula service

Families will hire doulas to provide physical and emotional support during the birthing process. To become a doula, you'll need to earn a certification by taking courses on childbirth education, lactation, and postpartum care. 

Take a course to become a certified doula

Create a website with your qualifications and services

Network with OB-GYNs, pediatricians, nurses, and midwives in your area

27. Sewing and alterations

With a sewing machine and your own skills, you can start an alterations business out of your home. Potential clients include both businesses and individuals who need your services to make a piece of clothing fit better. 

Begin by providing services to friends, family, neighbors, and acquaintances

Consider partnering with local stores, dry cleaners, and boutiques in your area

Place ads in your local newspaper

28. Children's party entertainment 

All you need are decent acting skills and a love for children to start your own business as a children's party entertainer. Parents will hire you to dress up as a character, such as a Disney princess or a clown, and mingle with children. 

@brookecarolineb Answer to @jjlynn05 thank you for asking! #fypシ #partyprincess #princess #ChiliDogYumPlz #princessparties ♬ I See The Light (Originally Performed by Mandy Moore & Zachary Levi) - Piano Karaoke Version - Sing2Piano

Create a website and display photos and videos of you in character

Advertise at local daycares and preschools

Partner with local event planners

29. Furniture flipping

Furniture flipping or refurbishing used items is an excellent business opportunity for creative individuals with painting and sewing skills. All you have to do is purchase furniture secondhand and then revamp the item by cleaning and painting it or replacing certain parts. You can then resell the item to turn a profit. 

Start small with chairs, lamps, and end tables that cost as little as $20 on resale websites. As you continue to turn a profit and gain experience, re-invest that money into higher-ticket items such as futons and dressers. 

Browse for used furniture at secondhand websites and thrift stores

Research popular interior and furniture design trends 

Browse the top-selling furniture pieces at high-end stores for inspiration

Purchase supplies, such as paint, knobs, fabric, etc. 

30. Maintenance services

Do friends and family go to you to fix almost anything around the house? Then harness your skills into a successful maintenance business. Consider your strengths and what services you feel comfortable providing, whether it be furniture assembly, painting, or minor plumbing leaks. To begin your business, all you need is a toolkit and your own expertise.

Build your network through referrals of family and friends

Promote your business on social media by filming helpful tutorials for how to fix common household issues

Create a pricing structure based on time and difficulty of the project

31. Handmade crafts

Do you enjoy painting, knitting, or creating other crafts? Thanks to social media, handmade craft businesses are able to reach large audiences and see a whirlwind of success. 

The initial investment needed to start depends on your chosen craft and the cost of the materials used. Other than that, you'll need shipping supplies to ensure your craft makes it safely to your customer. Be sure to keep track of your expenses and revenue to ensure you're pricing your items effectively. 

Identify a unique craft to set your business apart

Purchase high-quality shipping materials to protect the items

Keep track of revenues and expenses and price items accordingly

32. Small business coaching 

"I started my business utilizing the power of podcasting and email marketing, which you can get started with for $0 on a lot of platforms. Later on, after providing a lot of up-front value on the podcast that you email out weekly to your list, you can begin to create offers that your supporters are asking for in the shape of courses, memberships, workshops, etc."

Determine what type of advice you have the most expertise in—e.g., marketing, finance, operations, etc. 

Create a website detailing your success stories with your own small business

Reach out to potential clients via LinkedIn and other platforms 

33. Personal training 

If you're a self-proclaimed "gym rat" and find joy in creating exciting workouts, consider helping others reach their own goals. You can train in just about any gym, a community center, the client's home, or with your own setup without the need to rent a space, resulting in a quick profit. 

Prepare for the NASM exam

Choose a fitness niche based on your knowledge 

Customize exciting workout plans

Identify local gyms or parks in your area to hold sessions

34. Painting

Overhead investment: Under $2K 

have come through word of mouth." This has resulted in business growth for Tila: "I am currently making close to 100k/year in this business and I am in the initial phases of franchising it now," she shared. 

Invest in brushes, rollers, tape, and paints

Watch YouTube videos to learn the basics of painting

Take before and after shots of your work 

35. Property management

Most states require property managers to have a license to get their business off the ground. Next, consider if you'll specialize in commercial or residential properties and begin to foster relationships with property owners by networking in your local community and advertising your company online. 

Apply for a property manager license through your state's website

Create a website with your qualifications and services offered

Hire or partner with a contractor for any necessary repairs

36. Social media management 

Utilize LinkedIn to apply for freelance jobs

Reach out to small business owners

Practice writing captions in different brand voices

37. Jewelry making

With just some beads, wire, and pliers, you can turn your love for accessorizing into a business. The first step is to make creative, high-quality pieces of jewelry that stand out from what's currently on the market. 

"I bought basic jewelry supplies and started selling to friends and family and then coworkers at MAC Cosmetics corporate. Women would visit my desk at work to buy pieces! I started doing craft shows on weekends in the NYC area. I slowly invested more money into materials and show fees. Little by little, the business grew and I was making enough money to support myself and quit my job. I set up an Etsy shop, which was a minimal investment. After several years, Urban Outfitters reached out to purchase jewelry and the rest is history. After 15 years in business, I have two retail stores (six employees) and have grown the business entirely by myself financially."

Begin with specializing in one piece of jewelry 

Offer personalized pieces 

Consider sending your pieces to influencers for added exposure

38. Copywriting

"I taught myself how to use WordPress using free resources online (hello YouTube!) and designed my own website. Website tip: set up Google Analytics as it's free and track your website traffic. This includes tracking traffic from social media platforms, so you can learn which platforms best suit your business."

As for how to get clients, Rachel offered the following tips: 

"I got creative with my networking by joining business-related Facebook groups. I quickly figured out which groups were a good 'fit' for me and it was a great way to attract leads. These groups can be a great source of information, as other business owners would post about issues. I'd read the posts to learn about things such as accounting software, customer relationship management tools and so on.

I joined a couple of paid business networking groups and attended at least one networking event a fortnight. One of those groups had a job board where leads posted projects they needed help with. This led to clients and some subcontracting work."

Complete online copywriting certifications

Create a portfolio with writing samples 

Reach out to businesses via email or LinkedIn 

39. Graphic design

From designing logos to creating digital animations, graphic design is a sought-after service in the business world. Freelancing doesn't require any formal training, but I recommend learning how to navigate various platforms, such as Adobe InDesign, and completing graphic design certifications to back up your skills. 

With just a laptop or iPad, you can launch your business as a graphic designer. Be sure to promote your services on LinkedIn to connect with business owners. Typically, graphic designers charge between $25 and $30 per hour depending on skill level. 

Create a portfolio of work showcasing your skills and abilities

40. Tax preparation

With more and more people starting small businesses, the need for guidance when handling taxes is only increasing. 

While a degree isn't required to start this business, all tax preparers need a Preparer Tax Identification Number (PTIN), which the IRS provides for free. It's also recommended to have extensive knowledge of tax code by obtaining certifications. 

Obtain a PTIN from the IRS

Consider taking online courses on tax preparation

Create a high-quality website where you list your qualifications  

41. Makeup artist

Makeup artists are known for their "magic touch," which can result in a very successful business. While a certificate in cosmetology is recommended, you can just as easily learn new skills by watching free videos online or by purchasing a masterclass from an established makeup artist. 

Start by curating a makeup kit with brushes, applicators, and products in a variety of shades. Depending on if you choose to purchase a professional makeup kit or curate your own, this can cost anywhere from $250 to $1,500. And don't forget the rubbing alcohol so you can sanitize your kit between clients.

Consider choosing a niche such as bridal, theatrical, or special effects makeup 

Post photos of your clients all glammed up on your website and social media accounts

Consider partnering with influencers to market your services 

42. Bicycle repair 

A bicycle repair business can be very lucrative and require low start-up costs. Plus, you can easily run this business out of your garage with just tools and equipment such as wrenches, pumps, and levers.

Create a website detailing the types of repairs you can perform

Advertise your business at local trails and parks

Join bicycle clubs to meet avid cyclists who may require your services

43. Personal shopping

Overhead investment: Under $1K

Depending on your specialty, personal shoppers can charge about $30 per hour. Plus, no skills or certifications are required—if you can shop for groceries, you can become a personal shopper.

Evaluate what you enjoy shopping for to determine your niche

Choose the right platforms to target your ideal customer base, such as Instacart

44. Content creation

"1. It's hard to break through the noise with so many people creating content, so my main suggestion is to first focus on the quantity of content, and then quality comes as you continue to practice your craft.

2. Networking is key. You need to find others who create similar content in your niche so you can promote each other's work, share ideas and have support during rough times.

3. Always look for additional streams of income, which can come in the form of affiliate links or selling additional products or courses."

Chris shared that most of his income as a content creator comes from affiliate links, totaling roughly $11,658 since he began. 

Choose a content creation niche 

Post at least once a day  

Build a social media community and engage with them often

Reach out to brands for partnerships

45. Pet sitting

Pet sitting also requires virtually no start-up costs at all and can be easily advertised in local apartment buildings, pet stores, and veterinary offices. Typically, pet sitters charge an average of $30 per visit or $350 per week. 

To get started: 

Decide what type of pets you're comfortable with

Evaluate your local market to create a pricing structure 

46. Vintage reselling

I started my vintage reselling business by stocking up on a variety of thrifted T-shirts that portrayed sports, colleges, bands, and so on. Since I like vintage clothing, I had a pretty good idea of what I could resell and what I couldn't. 

I then took pictures of the shirts with my iPhone and posted them on an Instagram account that I made for my business. I also asked my close friends and family to re-share my posts in order to gain more followers. To ship out the shirts, I bought poly mailers and thank-you cards to go with each order. On average, I made a profit of $10 to $20 per item.

Research vintage trends

Find thrift stores in your area

Take high-quality pictures modeling the clothing

47. Older adult companion care

Elderly companion care doesn't require medical training, just reliable transportation, and involves helping clients with basic tasks, such as light housekeeping and shopping, as well as providing friendship. You may want to invest your money into creating a website and marketing your business. 

Caregivers can typically charge $25-$45 per hour depending on the services they provide. 

Evaluate similar businesses and assess what duties you feel comfortable performing 

Partner with local senior centers and hospitals 

48. Domain flipping

A computer is all that you need to start a domain flipping business. Domain flipping—buying a domain name at a cheap price and then reselling it for a profit—can earn an enormous profit. Just look at Cars.com, which was sold for $872 million.  

Although domain flipping can be risky if you don't find a buyer, it's an easy business you can start with just the extra cash in your pocket. 

Learn how to buy, register, and sell domains

Identify available domains that are simple and easy to remember 

49. Personal/virtual assistant  

If you're extremely organized and pride yourself in your communication skills, consider starting a personal assistant business. Connect with potential clients on LinkedIn or by networking in your community. Plus, you can run your personal assistant business virtually, allowing you to accept clients from around the world. 

Create a website or LinkedIn profile with your qualifications

Connect with business owners in your area or online 

50. Dropshipping

Dropshipping involves choosing a product from a wholesale vendor, such as AliExpress, and then shipping the product directly from the supplier to the customer. You'll need to create a website and market the product on social media. Once you receive an order, you'll order the product from the supplier and ship it directly to the customer. 

Select a unique product that solves a problem and showcase how it does so on social media

Steer clear of products that may get damaged during shipping (e.g., glassware)

Consider running paid advertisements for your product on social media

51. Professional organizing

With very low start-up costs and the potential to earn between $40 and $140 per hour, you have the opportunity to make a profit quickly as a professional organizer. Just be sure to promote your business online and through referrals. 

Determine what areas of the home your business will organize

Take high-quality before and after photos of your work to post on a website and social media 

Consider partnering with local interior designers

52. Music instruction

Those who know how to play an instrument may consider starting a business teaching music lessons. Theresa Barnes taught piano lessons to students in her local San Diego community. She shared that her initial start-up costs included:

Local newspaper ads: $25 

Piano: $2600 

Digital piano: $400 

Keyboards for students: $129 each

Piano books: $8 each

Since establishing her business and teaching in the local community for over 30 years, Theresa charges $30 per student for a 30-minute session and profits approximately $46,800 annually. 

Brainstorm creative ways to teach the basics of the instrument

Determine where you'll operate your business

Promote your business through local schools, daycare centers, and music shops 

53. Tour guide

Are you a self-proclaimed history buff? If you live in a city that receives a decent amount of tourists, consider sharing your knowledge by becoming a tour guide. To start your business, create a route that stops at significant landmarks around your city and showcase your offerings on a website. 

Brush up on your public speaking and storytelling skills

Advertise your business at rest stops and welcome centers

Print out helpful pamphlets to give to your customers 

In the video below, she shares important tips for starting your own baking business.

@cakesbyalexys How to start a cake business with proper licensing and permits pt 1 #cakebusiness #cakebusinesstips #foodpermits #businesswoman #businesstips #caketok ♬ Lofi - Domknowz

Buy the necessary baking tools and ingredients

Curate your menu of offerings

Create unique designs—consider browsing Pinterest for inspiration

55. Candle making

To make your own candles, you only need some wax, a wick, fragrance oils, and a jar. The materials will cost less than $100, and you can find videos on YouTube and TikTok that teach you how to make candles step by step. To save on costs and to help the planet, you can use recycled materials, such as cans, as candle vessels. 

Once you've created the candles, create a website and promote your business on social media. Price your candles between $15 and $50 depending on the size and scent. 

Gather materials needed to make your candles

Create signature scents by combining fragrance oils

Consider adding designs or dyes to your candles to make them stand out

56. Home cleaning

Are you one of the few people who finds cleaning satisfying or even relaxing? Consider starting a home cleaning business where you can help transform a client's home from dusty to sparkling. All that's required are cleaning equipment and supplies, which should come out to a total of roughly $500 to get started. 

Home cleaners usually charge between $50 and $85 per hour, depending on the condition of the space. Be sure to advertise your services locally, promote on social media, and ask your friends and current clients for referrals. 

Write down your list of services with pricing

Purchase cleaning supplies in bulk—consider wholesale retailers like Costco 

Share cleaning tips on TikTok for added exposure

57. Personal chef

If you're a wizard in the kitchen, put those skills to work. As a personal chef, you can create distinct dishes on the day-to-day or for special occasions. While not required, education or training in culinary arts is recommended. 

Personal chefs are typically sought after by busy families, corporate companies, or even sororities and fraternities. Be sure to network within your community and showcase your creations on social media to gain clients. You can expect to make $50-$400 for each meal depending on the number of servings and menu items created. 

Compile a list of original recipes

Create an extensive menu with prices

Purchase necessary kitchen supplies and ingredients

58. Online translating

Skill level needed: Advanced 

For those fluent in more than one language, online translating may be the perfect business. Companies hire online translators to expand their content to connect with a larger audience. You'll be able to charge $20-$60 per hour—or more—for your services based on the specific language and the difficulty of the subject matter.  

Create a website with a list of languages you're able to translate along with work samples

Brush up on the spelling and grammar of each language

Advertise your services on LinkedIn 

59. Private tutoring

Better yet, you can run your business from home with online tutoring sessions. Eventually, if you want to expand to group sessions or hire other tutors to work for you, you can cut overhead costs by running all your sessions virtually.

Research competitor rates in your local area and create a pricing structure

Develop study materials and lesson plans tailored to your students' needs

Offer trial sessions to showcase your abilities

60. Career coaching

Career coaches aim to make the process of job hunting less grueling. If you know the ins and outs of drafting resumes, writing cover letters, and negotiating with recruiters, this business will be right up your alley. 

Carefully research career trends and the job market 

Network with hiring managers, recruiters, and potential clients

Create a website and LinkedIn profile to expand your web presence

61. Personal color analysis

If you love how you look in red but not in yellow, there's a kind of science behind that. Color analysis will tell you which colors look best on you and why —and that goes for hair, clothing, and jewelry. The idea here is that the next time you go shopping, you'll make informed choices based on your color analysis palette.

This trend emerged in South Korea and has begun to make its way around the world thanks to viral videos. As a color analysis consultant, your goal is to tell clients which color palette "season" suits them—spring, summer, fall, or winter—as well as whether they're warm- or cool-toned, with the ultimate goal of helping them understand what color clothing and accessories pair well with their features.

While some color analysts operate out of beauty clinics, all you technically need to get started is a sturdy chair, fabric of pretty much every color, and (of course) clients. If you want to build your credibility, however, there are plenty of courses you can take online.

Check out the video below to see the process in action.

@marstruck very fun but humbling experience lol #personalcoloranalysis #coloranalysis #korea ♬ original sound - marissa ren

Study color theory and color analysis systems 

Set up a space for client consultations

Market your services on social media

Use automation to kickstart your business

Starting a business faq.

If you have more burning questions about businesses you can start with $10K, here are some additional answers for you.

What kind of business can I start with $10K?

With $10K, you can start all sorts of small businesses—everything from a food truck to a home staging business. Honestly, you don't even need to shell out the full $10K, either. For less than that, all the way down into the hundreds of dollars, you can start businesses like a content creation consultancy or pet sitting business. For more ideas (61 to be exact), scroll up. You clicked on this article for a reason, I promise.

Is $10,000 enough to start a business?

Depends what kind of business. If you scroll up, you'll find over 60 businesses that you can start with $10,000 or less, including things like furniture flipping, home cleaning, career coaching, pet sitting, and lawn care.

What is the easiest business to start?

The easiest business to start (and run) is the one that matches your skills and—importantly—interests. If you're not good at what you do, your business will crumble, and if you don't like what you do, you will crumble. But if you're looking for a really hands-off option, buying vending machines and flipping domains are two solid options. 

What is the cheapest business to start?

The cheapest business to start depends on what expertise and equipment you already have. With the right skillset, you can start some businesses for under $1,000 with just a computer, like private tutoring, translating, career and life coaching, and content creation. For businesses like pet sitting, home cleaning, or personal shopping, all you'll need is a form of transportation and basic supplies. 

Related reading: 

This article was originally published in November 2022 and has since been updated with contributions from Cecilia Gillen and Dylan Reber. The most recent update was in August 2024.

Get productivity tips delivered straight to your inbox

We’ll email you 1-3 times per week—and never share your information.

Shea Stevens

Shea is a content writer currently living in Charlotte, North Carolina. After graduating with a degree in Marketing from East Carolina University, she joined the digital marketing industry focusing on content and social media. In her free time, you can find Shea visiting her local farmers market, attending a country music concert, or planning her next adventure.

• Small business
• Entrepreneurship

Related articles

Project milestones for improved project management

Project milestones for improved project...

14 data visualization examples to captivate your audience

14 data visualization examples to captivate...

SWOT analysis: A how-to guide and template (that won't bore you to tears)

SWOT analysis: A how-to guide and template...

What is a RACI chart? And how to make one (with a template)

What is a RACI chart? And how to make one...

Improve your productivity automatically. Use Zapier to get your apps working together.

The 77 Best Businesses to Start with $10K (or Less)

Do you want to start your own business but don’t know where to begin? People often wait to start a business because they don’t have the initial investment for their business idea, but you should never wait to invest in your future. We’ll provide businesses to start with $10K or less.

We’ve prepared a list of 70 businesses you can start for under $10K to help you on your path to entrepreneurship. We’ll provide you with ideas, an estimate of the startup costs, and the profit and revenue you can expect to make.

We’ll even share links to new business resources and stories from startup businesses that have done exactly what we’re suggesting. By the end of this blog, you’ll have dozens of affordable startup ideas and know what steps to take to get going.

Read it all or click on any of the links to jump to the section that most interests you.

Need help finding your own business ideas?

• Best online business ideas 2024

Small and local businesses you can start with $10,000

Creative and crafty business ventures to start with $10k.

• What business can I start with $10K that serves food ?

Keep reading for some of the best businesses to start with $10K.

We’ve created this list of businesses to start based on the ease of getting into each industry. They fall into three main categories:

• Online businesses
• No-education-needed businesses
• Low-cost-education-needed businesses

If your business idea isn’t on the list, that doesn’t mean you can’t achieve it with less than $10,000. Just keep in mind that every great business idea will need:

• A business license
• A computer (If you don’t have one, check Amazon’s open-box deals .)
• Social media

Best online business ideas 202 4

#1 dropshipping: the easiest business idea to start.

• Average Annual Revenue: $36K-$50K • Average Profit Margins: 5% • Startup Cost: $150-$500 • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 25% • Best For: Those who want flexibility and passive income, people with strong digital marketing and social media skills

Dropshipping is the easiest type of business under $10K to start! Just

• Set up a Shopify account .
• Connect Printful and social media accounts.
• Create a few designs.
• License the business.
• Start marketing your products for less than $1,000 upfront.

#2 Print-on-demand services

• Average Annual Revenue: $1.6M • Average Profit Margins: 4.3% • Startup Cost: $500-$250K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: -5.6% • Best For: Visual artists, graphic designers, marketing pros, people who want passive income potential

A print-on-demand online store is a great business idea if you want to sell products with a low initial investment. You don’t need to worry about buying or managing inventory—just create the designs and find customers.

POD selling also has the potential to be a very lucrative business. Heather Johnson started her print-on-demand store with about $30 as a side hustle, and today its revenue is over $15,000 in an average month.

Hear Heather’s advice on getting started in this interview:

#3 eCommerce reselling

• Average Annual Revenue: $60K-$120K • Average Profit Margins: 5-15% • Startup Cost: $100-$1K • Time to Revenue: 30-90 days • Annual Market Growth Rate: -9.3% • Best For: Thrifters, shopaholics, and antiquers with a sharp eye for value

You don’t need to come up with your own products to start an online store. Platforms like eBay make it easy to start a new business as a reseller.

eCommerce reselling is definitely a business you can start with $10,000 or less. All you really need is the initial inventory, and if you’re strapped for cash, you can even start selling things you already own.

That’s what Mike Watson did when he started Golden State Picker. Now, he has a very successful business selling on eBay and earns around $30,000 a month. Hear his story in this interview:

#4 Online business manager

• Average Annual Revenue: $363K+ • Average Profit Margins: 10.3% • Startup Cost: $1K-$100K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 0.8% • Best For: Organized people with management and leadership experience

We included virtual business management on this list because it utilizes skills many people already have. You just need:

• Management experience
• An internet connection

If you want badges to prove your skills, check out Zippia.com’s list of certifications .

Help busy CEOs run their companies remotely and make a great living doing it!

Keep reading for more small business ideas.

#5 YouTube content creator

• Average Annual Revenue: $60K-$160K • Average Profit Margins: 8% • Startup Cost: $100-$2K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 10.5% • Best For: People with a compelling on-camera presence, digital marketing, and social media skills

Create original YouTube content, get enough views, and become a YouTube Channel Partner. You can earn revenue from:

• Paid ads – $0.10-$0.30 for each view of a paid ad during your videos
• Super Chats and Super Stickers – 70% of revenue from both
• Selling your own merchandise
• Premium channel memberships
• Partnering with companies using YouTube BrandConnect to earn money through sponsorships
• Creating 60-second videos and getting your share of the $100 million YouTube Shorts fund

HubSpot shares the number of subscribers you need to get in the top 100 in different YouTube categories.

Find out how Reyes the Entrepreneur makes $210K a year:

#6 Start a podcast

• Average Annual Revenue: $4M+ • Average Profit Margins: 27.1% • Startup Cost: $0-$5K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 6.4% • Best For: Bloggers and content creators, people with niche expertise in popular subjects

If you like the idea of a content channel but don’t want to be on camera, you could start a podcast instead.

Podcasts can be monetized much like a YouTube channel. Revenue streams include:

• Selling ad space and episode sponsorships
• Selling related merchandise or services
• Selling online courses
• Including affiliate marketing links in your podcast description
• Offering a paid membership

You can find out how Entrepreneurs on Fire makes $150,000 a month in podcast-related revenue in this interview:

#7 Search engine optimization

• Average Annual Revenue: $415K+ • Average Profit Margins: 7.3% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 4.6% • Best For: Writers, web designers, online advertising experts, systems- and data-driven entrepreneurs

You can start doing SEO with free tools to save money and build as you grow.

And there’s plenty of room for growth—top-rated SEO experts make up to $150 an hour .

Search engine optimization is focused on improving website results in search engines through:

• Keyword research
• Improving site speed
• Content marketing
• Google My Business

If small businesses don’t show up on the first page of a search engine, they need help because they aren’t getting much traffic. Once they get to the first page, their traffic skyrockets. Consider this breakdown:

• Ads: 1.2-2.1% of traffic
• 1st place organically: 39.6% of traffic
• 2nd place organically: 18.4% of traffic
• 3rd place organically: 10.1% of traffic
• 5th place organically: 5.1% of traffic
• 10th place organically: 2.1% of traffic

Master getting a page to #1, and you’ve helped a business capture 20x more traffic…and hopefully 20x more revenue.

#8 Digital marketing consultant

• Average Annual Revenue: $817K • Average Profit Margins: 6.9% • Startup Cost: $100-$10K • Time to Revenue: 1-6 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.3% • Best For: Social media marketing and online marketing pros with strong communication skills

Digital marketing consultants help businesses get more attention on social media platforms and rank higher with search engines.

There are no formal education requirements, and lots of free education is available. Check out:

• Grow with Google
• Facebook Blueprint
• Hubspot Academy

Check out our interview with Jason Yormark, founder and Chief Social Officer of Socialistics, below.

We still have more businesses to start with $10K. Keep reading!

#9 Social media management

• Average Annual Revenue: $817K • Average Profit Margins: 6.9% • Startup Cost: $100-$10K • Time to Revenue: 1-6 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.3% • Best For: Experts in social media platforms, writers and creators who are strong collaborators

Many business owners either don’t like social media or don’t know how to get the most out of it.

With a social media management business, you’ll help other small business owners connect with potential clients through platforms like Facebook, Twitter, TikTok, and Instagram.

This often means creating marketing materials and content in collaboration with the owner of the account you’re managing.

If you can do that effectively, social media management can be a very successful business to start with $10K or less.

#10 Virtual assistant

• Average Annual Revenue: $35K-$50K • Average Profit Margins: 10.5% • Startup Cost: $100-$200 • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.9% • Best For: Organized and system-driven entrepreneurs

Social media isn’t the only thing most business owners don’t have time for. There are tons of small tasks that go into running a business, and that’s where a virtual assistant comes into the picture.

A virtual assistant works remotely, usually handling administrative tasks like data entry or answering emails. Most set their own schedules, too, so it’s very flexible work.

This is one of the rare businesses you can start completely for free. All you need is a way to connect with potential clients, which you can do online through platforms including:

• 24/7 Virtual Assistant
• Freelancer.com

#11 Affiliate marketing business

• Average Annual Revenue: $60K-$160K • Average Profit Margins: 8% • Startup Cost: $100-$2K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 10.5% • Best For: Advertising and marketing professionals, content creators

Affiliate marketing is a form of online advertising where you promote products and services from other businesses. If someone buys through your site, you get a commission.

This business model is location-independent and gives you complete flexibility when it comes to your schedule. It’s also a good business to make passive income once you have content and traffic on your site.

Getting that traffic is often the hard part when it comes to starting an affiliate marketing business. Read our complete guide to affiliate marketing or hear how David Thomas Tao did it with BarBend in this interview:

#12 Domain-flipping business

• Average Annual Revenue: $239K • Average Profit Margins: 5.30% • Startup Cost: $100-$1K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.40% • Best For: Web designers and developers, people with strong sales and marketing skills

This is the best business to start with $10K if you have expertise in coding and web design.

Flipping domains is like the online version of flipping houses. You buy a website or eCommerce store, make improvements to increase its value, then sell it for a profit.

Ron Stefanski has grown a $30,000-a-month business selling websites. Hear how he got started in this interview:

#13 Sell online courses

• Average Annual Revenue: $30K-$50K • Average Profit Margins: 13.10% • Startup Cost: $100-$1K • Time to Revenue: 1-6 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 8.5% • Best For: Educators and teachers, people with niche or in-demand skills and knowledge

Online education is a $218 billion industry , and it’s expected to grow at a CAGR of 9% through 2030. Online courses are an affordable way to start a successful business in this niche.

The initial investment to start an online course business is minimal from a financial standpoint. It can take a lot of time and effort, though, and that’s the main impediment most face getting started.

Find out how Jacques Hopkins overcame that challenge to grow Piano in 21 Days into a $480K-a-year business in this interview:

#14 Transcription business

• Average Annual Revenue: $25K • Average Profit Margins: 20.50% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 4.4% • Best For: Fast typers who are excellent listeners and have strong time management skills

If you can type faster than most, you can use that skill to start a business with $10K or less as a transcriptionist.

In fact, it will probably cost much less. All you really need to get started is a computer, internet connection, and an account on a freelance platform like Fiverr , TranscribeMe , or GoTranscript .

#15 Translation business

• Average Annual Revenue: $75K-$200K • Average Profit Margins: 12.4% • Startup Cost: $100-$200 • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.2% • Best For: People who speak multiple languages

From advertising to entertainment to technical documents, there are lots of things that people need to have translated, and multilingual entrepreneurs can turn that demand into a lucrative business idea.

According to Indeed , the most profitable languages for translation are:

If you speak one or more of the above languages as well as English, then you can likely make good money in translation.

If you’re still wondering what business to start, keep reading for more affordable ways to open your own business!

#16 Vending business

• Average Annual Revenue: $182K+ • Average Profit Margins: 4.3% • Startup Cost: $2K-$10K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 0.5% • Best For: People who like to drive, system-driven entrepreneurs with strong sales skills

The initial investment to start a vending business varies depending on how many machines you want. That said, you can easily get started with just a few thousand dollars.

Best of all, it’s one of the most flexible low-investment business ideas and you can make a great living working just a couple of days a week.

Adam Hill makes nearly $60K a month with his vending business and teaches others to follow in his footsteps in his Vending Bootcamp . You can also hear insights from Adam in this YouTube interview:

#17 Janitorial cleaning services

• Average Annual Revenue: $74K+ • Average Profit Margins: 6.7% • Startup Cost: $1K-$30K • Time to Revenue: 1-6 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.2% • Best For: Detail-oriented entrepreneurs with strong customer service skills

Keeping an office space or workplace clean is a bigger concern than ever in the post-pandemic world. That means lots of opportunities to start a cleaning services business.

There are lots of ways to scale this business, too. Spruse Clean grew to more than $10M yearly revenue in just three years by expanding into their own product line. Hear how they did it in this YouTube video:

We’ve got more business ideas in the cleaning niche below!

#18 Airbnb cleaning service

• Average Annual Revenue: $61K+ • Average Profit Margins: 10.8% • Startup Cost: $300-$5K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 2.4% • Best For: System and detail-oriented business owners skilled in customer service

Airbnb hosting is a popular business venture in its own right—but that can take a big investment if you don’t already own property.

With Airbnb cleaning services, you help other local business owners serve their customers, and this niche offers a lot of opportunities for business growth.

Bumble Bee Cleaning Services (formerly Queen Bee) makes a lot of its revenue from Airbnb customers. Hear how founder Chris Mondragon built the business in this interview:

You can learn more in Chris’s 7-Figure Cleaning Business Blueprint , where he explains how to write a business plan, choose business insurance, find potential clients, and all the other steps required to start a successful cleaning business.

#19 Window blind cleaning business

• Average Annual Revenue: $64K • Average Profit Margins: 8.8% • Startup Cost: $200-$5K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 0.9% • Best For: Detail-oriented entrepreneurs with strong customer service skills

An often missed aspect of cleaning is people’s blinds. Using this business model can offer a nice spin on traditional housekeeping services.

Potential clients will be ones who value a higher level of service in the cleaning industry and are likely to pay more.

A blind cleaning service is also a great way to niche down and become known as the leading expert for a service in your area.

Keep reading even more businesses to start with $10K or less.

#20 Tutoring services

• Average Annual Revenue: $18K+ • Average Profit Margins: 13.10% • Startup Cost: $100-$1K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 8.5% • Best For: Teachers and educators, people who are strong communicators and motivators

Start tutoring for under $1,000, assuming you have:

• A vehicle (if you’ll be meeting clients in person)

Students consistently need help mastering subjects like math, science, history, and English. Whether you choose to do test prep or general tutoring, there is plenty of demand for local businesses offering to tutor.

You can even do it online using platforms like Upwork and TutorAround . Certifications from the Association for the Coaching and Tutoring Profession and National Tutoring Association can help you show proof of your tutoring skills.

#21 Lawn care or landscaping business

• Average Annual Revenue: $272K+ • Average Profit Margins: 8.7% • Startup Cost: $2K-$10K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 8.1% • Best For: People who like hands-on work and working outside

The low barrier to entry is one thing that draws small business owners to the lawn care industry. You don’t need any special skills to start, and the costs are minimal.

Trevor Kokenge started his landscaping business out of his apartment with just $300 and grew it to more than $22K a month in revenue. Hear how in this interview:

#22 Start a backyard nursery

• Average Annual Revenue: $262K+ • Average Profit Margins: 5.4% • Startup Cost: $100-$3.5M • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 2.8% • Best For: Gardeners, lovers of the outdoors, skilled planners and system-implementers

A nursery is a great business idea for people who have a green thumb. You can sell your plants and seeds directly to customers or to local stores like restaurants or flower shops.

While you will need some land to grow on, it takes less than you might think, especially if you grow things like herbs and flowers that don’t take up too much space.

#23 Real estate agents

• Average Annual Revenue: $298K+ • Average Profit Margins: 44.6% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: -0.3% • Best For: Outgoing and friendly people who are skilled communicators and salespeople

If you are looking for businesses you can start with less than $10,000, then you may want to consider working as a real estate agent.

Real estate agents make a great living and they set their own schedules, so it’s a smart choice if wanting flexibility is one of your reasons for starting a business.

Being a real estate agent requires mostly certifications and licensing as startup costs. You can find your state’s requirements on the Association of Real Estate License Law Officials website.

Check out our interview with Paul Balzotti to hear his tips for new real estate agents:

Keep reading for more businesses to start with $10K (or less).

#24 Property management

• Average Annual Revenue: $372K+ • Average Profit Margins: 10.1% • Startup Cost: $100-$3.5M • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.3% • Best For: Organized entrepreneurs with strong time management, communication, and customer service skills

Another way to save money and start a real estate business is to manage properties that other people own.

As with cleaning, Airbnb properties are a big opportunity to start a new business as a property manager. NICASA makes $3M a year as an Airbnb business, and a lot of that revenue is from managing other people’s properties. Find out more in this interview:

#25 Start a moving company

• Average Annual Revenue: $1.2M+ • Average Profit Margins: 9.91% • Startup Cost: $1K-$100K • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 3.7% • Best For: People who like physical work, outgoing and customer service-focused entrepreneurs

Moving is stressful and strenuous—and a lot of people would rather hire someone to do it for them than handle it themselves.

The main expense to start a moving company is the truck. If you don’t already have one, you can save money on startup costs by renting a truck at first then investing your profits into buying your own vehicle.

#26 Junk removal business

• Average Annual Revenue: $5.7M+ • Average Profit Margins: 2.9% • Startup Cost: $100-$3.5M • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.9% • Best For: People with high stamina who like physical work, construction and recycling pros

Speaking of hauling heavy things, junk removal is an in-demand business venture. You can make $15-$50 an hour doing it, plus what you can make selling junk to scrap yards.

If you have a truck, van, or another vehicle that can pull a trailer, help people get rid of their unwanted junk and make money doing it.

You’ll need to know:

• Your local dumps’ policies and billing rates
• Your cost per mile
• What recycling yards will purchase
• Whether you’ll charge by the pound or by the job

Kyle Landwehr is a junk removal business owner who made more than $2 million in three years. Hear his advice for starting in this interview:

#27 Tour guides

• Average Annual Revenue: $995K+ • Average Profit Margins: 6.6% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 3.5% • Best For: Actors and performers, extroverted entrepreneurs with good presentation and communication skills

If your location gets tourism, you could start your own business as a tour guide. Share your knowledge and help people explore:

• Favorite hiking locations
• Local restaurants
• Historical buildings and monuments
• Haunted locations
• Pub and nightclub crawls
• The business ideas are unlimited to your creativity

Keep reading for more business ideas you can start for under $10K.

#28 Green business consultant

• Average Annual Revenue: $364K • Average Profit Margins: 6.4% • Startup Cost: $1K-$3.5M • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 2.2% • Best For: Experts in sustainability and green business practices

If you’re passionate about sustainability, think about starting a green business consulting firm. Green business consultants need to have a firm understanding of:

• Conservation methods
• Technology available
• Calculating return on investment
• Quality, green-minded contractors for installations

Consider getting certifications from:

• Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)
• U.S. Green Building Council
• Energy Star (only for licensed PEs and Architects)

Next, we’ll look at a business venture that helps other small business owners succeed.

#29 Leadership consultant

• Average Annual Revenue: $363K+ • Average Profit Margins: 10.3% • Startup Cost: $1K-$100K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 0.8% • Best For: People with management and leadership experience, business experts

You don’t need to lead a giant company to profit from your skills in leadership. Instead, you can help other people run a more successful business as a leadership consultant.

Leadership expert Libby Gill turned her experience as Head of Communications for Sony into a consultant business. Hear her insights here:

#30 Life coaching

• Average Annual Revenue: $63K+ • Average Profit Margins: 10.5% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.5% • Best For: People with high empathy and emotional IQ who are great communicators, problem-solvers, and motivators

Business owners aren’t the only ones who sometimes need advice and guidance. Everyday people do, too, and you can provide that as a life coach.

While you don’t need a license to be a life coach, getting a certification can help build trust with potential clients, which can grow your business faster. You can get these credentials from places like:

• The Life Coach School
• Coach Training Alliance
• The Transformation Academy

#31 Personal trainer

• Average Annual Revenue: $16K+ • Average Profit Margins : 10.9% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 1-6 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 0.6% • Best For: Health, fitness, and exercise experts who are great communicators and motivators

If you are fitness-minded, personal training might be a good business to start with $10K or less. Personal trainers help people achieve their health goals and improve their lives. You’ll need:

• Business licenses if required in your location
• AED and CPR certifications (Check with the Red Cross for where to get certified near you.)
• National Association of Sports Medicine
• American Council on Exercise

Pro Tip: Read about other certifications at FitnessTrainer.com

After working as a fireman and personal trainer, Jake Brog took his offerings even further and opened a gym for less than $10K. Watch him explain how he started Lab Athletics:

Keep reading for more business ideas under $10K.

#32 Local delivery services

• Average Annual Revenue: $131K • Average Profit Margins: 3.6% • Startup Cost: $100-$9.5K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 6.7% • Best For: Organized and system-driven entrepreneurs with strong marketing skills

If you’re looking for business ideas and have a car, starting a local delivery service can be a great way to earn some extra money.

You can sign up to work with companies like Uber , GrubHub, and DoorDash, or you can create your own.

If you want to start your own service, you’ll need to:

• Create an app.
• Recruit restaurants.
• Recruit drivers.
• Hire a customer support center to handle complaints.

Find out how Trellus same-day delivery service got started in this interview:

Business growth for food delivery is the highest in the food business. If you are looking for small businesses to start, this is low-hanging fruit.

Keep reading for more small businesses to start with less than $10K.

#33 Be a personal shopper

• Average Annual Revenue: $131K • Average Profit Margins: 3.6% • Startup Cost: $100-$9.5K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 6.7% • Best For: People who love shopping who are excellent listeners and great at customer service

Personal shoppers connect people with the products that they need—even if they don’t know exactly what those are before they start.

If you’re starting this kind of venture, your business plan should focus on how you’ll connect with clients, which is the most difficult part of starting a personal shopper business.

#34 Equipment rental service

• Average Annual Revenue: $444K+ • Average Profit Margins: 35-40% • Startup Cost: $100-$3.5M • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: -0.8% • Best For: People who own rentable assets, collectors of cars, boats, or other equipment

Equipment rental services are common in a variety of fields, including:

• Construction tool rentals
• Home medical equipment rentals
• Cars , boats, and other rentals

Open Door has a great article on how to improve profits on equipment and ForConstructionPros.com has a great formula to calculate the price of a rental .

Check out how Demitri started offering charter boat rentals:

Pro Tip: Make sure to carry business insurance to recover the monetary value if you have high equipment costs because accidents, theft, and injuries can occur.

Still haven’t decided which businesses to start with $10K? Read on for more to choose from!

#35 Event planning business

• Average Annual Revenue: $34K+ • Average Profit Margins: 12.2% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1% • Best For: Organized and outgoing entrepreneurs with strong communication and time management skills

If you love planning parties, you can turn that passion into a very lucrative business as an event planner.

Event planners can be generalists or focus on a specific niche. The most profitable niches for event planners include:

• Luxury wedding planners
• Destination wedding planners
• Corporate event planners
• Virtual event planning
• Festival and concert planners

The truth is, though, whatever type of event you have the passion and experience to plan, you can earn money doing it by starting a new business in this industry.

#36 Mobile locksmith services

• Average Annual Revenue: $105K+ • Average Profit Margins: 10.29% • Startup Cost: $500-$250K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 6.2% • Best For: Repair professionals, auto experts, people with strong mechanical and math skills

People lock themselves out of their cars all the time. If you offer emergency lock-out assistance, you can contract with insurance companies like AAA or attract clients independently.

#37 Telephone answering service

• Average Annual Revenue: $905K+ • Average Profit Margins: 20.50% • Startup Cost: $100-$3.5M • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 0.9% • Best For: Friendly and outgoing people with strong customer service skills

There are a ton of companies that pay independent contractors or other businesses to handle phone and web support. To get started, apply for jobs on Indeed or freelancing sites like Upwork . If you like this idea:

• Make sure you have a computer and headset.
• Start pursuing commercial clients.
• Hire other people.
• Get office space (optional).

#38 Mobile Pet Grooming Business

• Average Annual Revenue: $72K+ • Average Profit Margins: 11.5% • Startup Cost: $1K-$100K • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.1% • Best For: Animal lovers and pet experts who are patient, empathetic, and great communicators

To start a mobile pet grooming business, you’ll need:

• A van or RV
• A grooming kit
• A grooming hammock
• Sink and water supply
• Shampoo and conditioner
• A vacuum that won’t get clogged

For other business ideas involving pets, check out our blog about the number one Etsy seller in pet products.

#39 Pet sitting business

• Average Annual Revenue: $34K+ • Average Profit Margins: 16% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.7% • Best For: Pet owners and animal lovers with strong time management and communication skills

Pet sitting is another great business idea for animal lovers to start with $10K or less. Like mobile grooming, you can start easily from your home and won’t need an office space or commercial storefront.

The easiest way to get started is to join an online community for pet sitters, like Rover or Pet Sitters International . Rover even lets you book pet sits and communicate with clients right through the app.

#40 Dog walking business

• Average Annual Revenue: $34K+ • Average Profit Margins: 16% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.7% • Best For: Dog owners, lovers, and experts, fit entrepreneurs with high physical stamina who like working outdoors

Similar to other pet care sectors like pet grooming services or vet care, the demand for dog walkers has increased dramatically since 2020.

Nearly one in five Americans adopted a pet in 2020 and early 2021, so any business that helps people care for those new family members can be a great way for entrepreneurs to earn money. The typical cost for these services has increased with demand, and many dog walkers in urban areas charge $500-$600 a month or more per dog.

#41 Childcare services

• Average Annual Revenue: $143K+ • Average Profit Margins: 0.9% • Startup Cost: $0-$1K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 51.7% • Best For: Parents, teachers, people who are patient, empathetic, and strong problem-solvers

For those who have experience caring for children, opening a nanny agency can be the most profitable business to start with $10K or less.

Just look at Twinkle Toes Nanny Agency, which has grown to $11.2 million a year in revenue since it was founded in 2011. You can hear how founder Kristy Bickmeyer built the business in this interview:

#42 Security company

• Average Annual Revenue: $4.3M+ • Average Profit Margins: 9.89% • Startup Cost: $100-$3.5M • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 0.9% • Best For: Entrepreneurs with law enforcement experience or strong observation, systemization, and problem-solving skills

There are two types of security companies you can start:

• Installation of alarms, security cameras, and key card access systems
• Security guards for events, locations, and people

Note that both require special licensing as most jurisdictions want to make sure security company offerings are actually protecting people from criminals. Check out this guide to security guard requirements by state.

Whichever you choose, a security company is one of the best businesses to start with $10K. You’ll only need:

• Licensing costs before your first sale
• Up to $150 an hour for security and bodyguard services ($1.314M per client for 24/7 year-round)
• Up to $1,600 per four-camera system

#43 Pressure washing business

• Average Annual Revenue: $64K • Average Profit Margins: 8.8% • Cost: $200-$5K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 0.9% • Best For: Detail-focused entrepreneurs who like physical work, outdoor work, and customer service

A pressure washing business is mobile by design because you go to customers’ homes for jobs. This keeps the initial investment low—all you need to get started are a power washer, a vehicle, and some initial cleaning chemicals.

Chase Lille invested around $3,000 to start Wizard Wash as a teenager and was making about $12,000 a month in revenue by the time he finished high school. Hear his advice in this interview:

Pro Tip: You can also get step-by-step guidance on how to start your own pressure washing business with UpFlip’s new 7-Figure Pressure Washing Blueprint course.

#44 Mobile car wash

• Average Annual Revenue: $73K+ • Average Profit Margins: 16.1% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.0% • Best For: Car lovers, cleaning experts, people who like physical and outdoor work

If you like being outside and washing cars, a mobile detailing business might be right for you. You’ll need:

• A water tank
• A washing kit
• A mobile 3-in-1 vacuum
• A mobile waxing tool

Customers pay more for bigger cars and more services. You can choose to go for volume or big jobs.

• Corporate offices
• Car dealerships
• Car rental companies

Higher paying jobs:

• Market to high-end neighborhoods.
• Invest in car wraps.
• Use digital marketing.
• Offer detailing services at up to $400 per car.

Offer weekly or monthly deals for either category to maximize income. Check out how Bigs Mobile started their car detailing business:

#45 Mobile car wrapping

• Average Annual Revenue: $241K+ • Average Profit Margins: 16.1% • Startup Cost: $1K-$100K • Time to Revenue: 1-6 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.8% • Best For: Graphic designers, detail-oriented and system-driven entrepreneurs

Many business owners use car wraps as marketing materials to turn their vehicles into moving billboards. People with luxury cars, meanwhile, may get them wrapped to protect the paint and extend their life.

Having multiple potential customer groups is one thing that makes mobile car wrapping a good business idea. Find out how WrapCo makes $70K a month (after starting with just a hundred bucks) in this interview:

#46 Handyman business

• Average Annual Revenue: $204K+ • Average Profit Margins: 5.4% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 0.7% • Best For: Repair and construction pros, makers, fixers, and people who like working with their hands

Becoming a handyman is consistently among the best local businesses to start with $10K or less. All you need are basic tools and a way to get to your customers.

Unlike other forms of construction, you don’t need to be a licensed contractor to work as a handyman. That said, getting your General Contractor License expands the types of jobs you can take and can prompt faster business growth.

Caleb Ingraham makes about $1,000 a day with his handyman business. Find out how he built it here:

#47 Painting business

• Average Annual Revenue: $76K+ • Average Profit Margins: 7.2% • Startup Cost: $1K-$100K • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: -2% • Best For: Artists and designers, people with contractor or construction experience

House painting is another excellent business idea for people who enjoy physical work. While having construction experience can help you build a client list, you definitely don’t need this background to get started.

This is also one of the most scalable businesses you can start with $10K. Doug Caris bought Arizona Painting Company in 2014 and has grown it to five locations with $2 million a year in revenue. Hear his advice in this interview:

#48 Research services

• Average Annual Revenue: $10M+ • Average Profit Margins: 26.88% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 2.2% • Best For: Data-driven entrepreneurs with strong organization, time management, and communication skills

Business leaders often need research for information on:

• Product features
• Market share
• Competitors
• Consumer opinions

Before they spend thousands on new market research, they will often pay people or other companies to review existing available materials. If that doesn’t work, they’ll hire market research firms to get the information for them.

While the average research services company makes $10M+ annually, the average market researcher only makes $68K per year, which means you’d need at least 50 people on your team to bring in the revenue of an average research company.

That said, all you need to start offering these services is access to the internet and a reliable computer. You can grow from there.

#49 Cell phone and electronics repair

• Average Annual Revenue: $560K+ • Average Profit Margins: 5.7% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.4% • Best For: Technology and repair pros, detail-focused and system-driven entrepreneurs

The average U.S. household had 22 connected devices in 2022. If you establish yourself as the go-to person to fix them, that’s a lot of repeat business you can secure from your customer base.

You don’t need to be an engineer to offer repair services, either. Joe of Joe’s Electronics Repair learned how to fix things by tinkering with broken items. Now, he runs a seven-figure repair shop:

#50 Dent removal service

• Average Annual Revenue: $268K+ • Average Profit Margins: 6.1% • Startup Cost: $100-$3.5M • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 2% • Best For: People who like working with their hands and talking to customers

Many dents can be removed with no more than a suction cup. All you have to do is:

• Watch some YouTube videos
• Print flyers
• Put the flyers on cars with small dings

#51 Tax preparation service

• Average Annual Revenue: $1.57M • Average Profit Margins: 18% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months (not including time training as a CPA) • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.7% • Best For: Certified accountants and tax professionals, people who are good with math, numbers, and finances

Everyone needs to file taxes—and almost nobody likes doing it. That makes tax prep an excellent new business for folks who are mathematically inclined.

You don’t need a special license to file simple personal returns. However, you do need to be an Enrolled Agent or CPA to file business taxes or offer other, more complex services.

That exam, along with a quality accounting software program, are the main expenses of starting a tax preparation service.

#52 Job search services

• Average Annual Revenue: $2.5M+ • Average Profit Margins: 26.88% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 3.6% • Best For: Recruiting and HR professionals, strong networkers and communicators

Something else just about everyone needs is employment, and most people dislike looking for a job even more than they dislike filing their taxes.

Some common business ideas related to job search services include:

• Resume and cover letter writing
• Interview preparation and practice
• Career coaching
• Personal recruiter
• Recruiting or staffing agency

Note that these companies must have multiple employees to be able to reach the average annual revenue listed above.

#53 Professional organizer

• Average Annual Revenue: $168K+ • Average Profit Margins: 10.6% • Startup Cost: $1K-$100K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.2% • Best For: Neat freaks, people with strong empathy, communication, motivation, and organization skills

Being an organizer isn’t just about decluttering. These professionals also function as a kind of therapist, helping clients bring order to their thoughts and lives along with their spaces. If you have strengths in both areas, you can excel as a professional organizer.

#54 Personal stylist

• Average Annual Revenue: $114K+ • Average Profit Margins: 10.3% • Startup Cost: $500-$250K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 2% • Best For: Fashionable entrepreneurs with strong customer service skills

If you’re the type of person who always dresses for the latest trends, you can grow your own business helping others to do the same.

Social media marketing skills can be very helpful for building this kind of business. Build a reputation by offering fashion advice online to establish yourself as an expert and grow your client list.

#55 Makeup artist

• Average Annual Revenue: $51K+ • Average Profit Margins: 5% • Startup Cost: $1K-$100K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 0.9% • Best For: Beauticians and visual artists who are excellent listeners and problem-solvers

Professional makeup artists aren’t just for celebrities. They also help people get ready for photo shoots or milestones like prom or weddings.

One thing to keep in mind: You may need to obtain a license as an esthetician or cosmetologist depending on where you live and the type of makeup you plan to do.

#56 Hair cutting or styling

• Average Annual Revenue: $51K+ • Average Profit Margins: 5% • Startup Cost: $1K-$100K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 0.9% • Best For: Stylists and beauticians, detail-oriented people with strong communication and customer service skills

The great thing about cutting or styling hair is that it comes with built-in repeat business if you make your customers happy.

The biggest expense for most is the physical salon space. You can save money on startup costs by offering mobile services or renting a chair from existing businesses while you save up for your own space.

Learn how Bernard Franklin grew Busy B’s Barbershop to $130K a year in this interview:

#57 Massage therapy

• Average Annual Revenue: $78K+ • Average Profit Margins: 4.35% • Startup Cost: $1K-$100K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 2.3% • Best For: Empathetic people with excellent communication skills and knowledge of physiology

You need a license in all 50 states to become a massage therapist.

Along with the $200-$300 for that education, you’ll need to budget around $2,000-$2,500 for a massage table and other equipment, but those are the only startup costs if you start out of your home or as a mobile business that meets clients where they are.

#58 Tailoring and clothing alterations

• Average Annual Revenue: $27K+ • Average Profit Margins: 8.3% • Startup Cost: $500-$250K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.6% • Best For: Detail-focused entrepreneurs, fashion and clothing experts who excel at listening and communication

Clothes are expensive, especially formal and professional attire. Tailors help people make the most of that expense by adjusting or repairing clothes to achieve a perfect fit.

The main things you’ll need to get started are:

• A sewing machine
• Work tables
• Measuring tools
• Fabric, thread, and other accessories

All told, you can get everything you need for around $1,500-$5,000.

#59 Valet parking services

• Average Annual Revenue: $1M+ • Average Profit Margins: 9.91% • Startup Cost: $100-$3.5M • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 7.2% • Best For: Excellent drivers with strong customer service skills

Valet services can be a very lucrative venture for people who live in urban areas or near event venues and tourist destinations where parking is at a premium.

Best of all, the startup costs are next to nothing. If you have a driver’s license, you can connect with local business owners to offer their customers valet service.

#60 Fashion designer

• Average Annual Revenue: $114K+ • Average Profit Margins: 10.3% • Startup Cost: $500-$250K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 2% • Best For: Tailors and sewing experts, fashionable and creative entrepreneurs

If you love fashion, you can start designing your own clothes and wearing them as free marketing. The sky’s the limit when it comes to earnings—the world’s richest fashion designer is worth over $10 billion!

You’ll need:

• Sewing machine
• Fabric – Find fabric at your local craft store or order from Amazon clearance rolls for savings .
• Fabric scissors – Our recommended scissors come with additional accessories including a measuring tape.
• Measuring tape

It helps to understand pattern-making. Many seamstresses offer skills classes to help people learn the basics or hone specific skills. Connect with a local seamstress if you need help gaining experience.

Afshan Abbas, the founder of Fuchsia Shoes, makes $60K a month designing sustainably made shoes. Check out our interview with her below.

Keep reading for more businesses to start with less than $10K.

#61 Freelance writer

• Average Annual Revenue: $712K • Average Profit Margins: 14.6% • Startup Cost: $100-$200 • Time to Revenue: 1 month to 3 years • Annual Market Growth Rate: -1.5% • Best For: Writers, editors, and other language experts

If you love writing, a copywriting service is one of the best online businesses to start. There’s plenty of work for a small business owner. Copywriting service is focused on:

• Writing content for businesses
• Reviewing content for grammatical errors and SEO for businesses
• Translation services if you are bilingual (or a ninja at Google Translate)

Use SurferSEO to optimize your writing for the web.

#62 Freelance editing and proofreading

• Average Annual Revenue: $25K+ • Average Profit Margins: 9% • Startup Cost: $100-$1K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.9% • Best For: Writers and language experts with a strong eye for detail

Another way to make money from your language skills is to edit things that other people write. If you’re an expert in grammar rules and have a sharp eye for spotting small errors, then editing can be a good business option.

#63 Web design business

• Average Annual Revenue: $239K+ • Average Profit Margins: 5.3% • Startup Cost: $100-$1K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.4% • Best For: Programmers, coders, and designers with strong time and task management skills

A website is a necessity for small businesses today—but most business owners aren’t web design experts.

If you are, you can build a successful online business offering web design services. You’ll be in especially high demand if you have skills like SEO-focused design, eCommerce design, or other niche expertise that can help drive more traffic to websites.

#64 Woodworking and furniture making

• Average Annual Revenue: $6.4M+ • Average Profit Margins: 8.53% • Startup Cost: $100-$3.5M • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.9% • Best For: Artistic entrepreneurs who like working with their hands

The woodworking industry in the U.S. is expected to surpass $291 billion in 2024, so there’s definitely a lot of profit potential for local business owners in this niche.

Woodworking equipment costs less than you might expect, too. You can get everything you need to start a business for around $3,500-$5,000.

The UpFlip blog post on how to start a woodworking business has more info on how to get started. Or you can watch this interview with Daniel Westbrook to find out how he started a $30K-a-month woodworking business:

Note that you’d need around 33 employees to meet the average revenue value listed above.

#65 Candle maker

• Average Annual Revenue: $60K-$120K • Average Profit Margins: 5-15% • Startup Cost: $100-$10K • Time to Revenue: 30-90 days • Annual Market Growth Rate: -9.3% • Best For: Creative people with strong sales, marketing, and customer service skills

Candle-making is super easy to start; you just need:

• 10 pounds of wax
• Pouring pitcher
• A pot to put the pitcher in to create a double boiler
• Thermometer
• Containers to hold the candles
• Scented fragrances

Check out how the owner of Blk Sunflower made $300K in 18 months by making and selling candles:

#66 Jewelry maker

• Average Annual Revenue: $114K+ • Average Profit Margins: 10.3% • Startup Cost: $500-$250K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 2.0% • Best For: People who are dextrous, creative, and have strong sales skills

Six of the top 10 Etsy sellers in 2022 were jewelry makers.

That’s both good news and bad news: There’s definitely a market, but you’ll also be up against a lot of competition from existing businesses.

Finding a unique niche or target audience is one way to stand out. Some popular types of jewelry that are affordable to make include:

• Morse code bracelets
• Upcycled jewelry made from found objects
• Stone pendants and necklaces
• Beaded necklaces
• Personalized charms or pendants

#67 Decorating services

• Average Annual Revenue: $168K+ • Average Profit Margins: 10.6% • Startup Cost: $1K-$100K • Time to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.2% • Best For: Artists, designers, and other creative entrepreneurs

Interior designers, Christmas light hanging companies, and prop designers are all decorating services that you can make a great living offering. These types of jobs are great for creatives.

#68 Graphic design business

• Average Annual Revenue: $123K+ • Average Profit Margins: 13.5% • Startup Cost: $500-$5K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 2% • Best For: Tech-savvy visual artists

Graphic designers make images for websites, social media platforms, and marketing materials—and there’s a lot of demand for these services.

This is among the best businesses to start for creative people who want flexibility. You can build a graphic design business by:

• Creating custom images for clients based on their specifications
• Selling your graphics through a marketplace like Pixabay or Creative Market
• Selling items with your designs in a print-on-demand store

Whichever way you go, the startup costs are low.

#69 Photography business

• Average Annual Revenue: $50K • Average Profit Margins: 7.3% • Startup Cost: $1K-$10K • Time to Revenue: 1-6 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 0.3% • Best For: Visual artists, creative people with strong interpersonal skills

Most of the initial investment to start a photography business is buying professional cameras and camera equipment.

If you’re a hobbyist photographer and already have quality gear, you can get started for much less.

There are tons of niches in the photography industry, from portraits and art prints to ad copy photos. Choosing the right one for your skill set is the best way to set yourself up for success.

That’s how Mile High Productions built a $35K-a-month business doing drone photography for local real estate agents. See how they got started in this interview:

#70 Teach music lessons

• Average Annual Revenue: $18K+ • Average Profit Margins: 13.10% • Startup Cost: $100-$1K • to Revenue: 1-3 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 8.5% • Best For: Singers and musicians who are good communicators and motivators

If you know how to sing or play an instrument, you can start a business sharing that knowledge.

Most music lesson instructors charge $25-$50 for a half-hour lesson, so you can make a very good living as a music teacher if you can keep a full student list.

What business can I start with $10K that serves food?

A brick-and-mortar restaurant might be rather involved and costly, but there are other food business models that can be started for under $10K in most places. Major cities will normally have more stringent requirements that might include:

• A food handler card – Check for requirements in your area . Note that “Highly recommended” means not required.
• Health district inspections
• Additional insurance requirements

Let’s look at some attainable food businesses to start for under $10K.

#71 Start a food truck

• Average Annual Revenue: $41K+ • Average Profit Margins: 6.4% • Startup Cost: $1K-$100K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.2% • est For: Cooks and food service pros with excellent customer service skills

A food truck is one of the most popular food business models because:

• Food trucks are less expensive than buying a restaurant.
• You don’t have to clean the dining room
• You don’t have to hire servers or hosts/hostesses
• You can go where your customers are

To keep it under $10K , you’ll need to start it with a used rig and limited menu, but it can be done.

Vet Chef started with more upfront but still has some great tips for you:

#72 Become the ice cream man

• Average Annual Revenue: $279K+ • Average Profit Margins: 3.7% • Startup Cost: $100-$3.5M • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 0.7% • Best For: Customer service pros who like driving

Almost everyone recognizes the sound of the ice cream man coming around the corner. Kids run out to it in droves and parents know they are about to spend money when they hear the familiar tune.

These trucks differ from food trucks because:

• The target market is kids,
• There are more seasonal fluctuations.
• You just need a freezer on wheels.

Keep reading for more food startup businesses to start with $10K.

#73 Meal prep company

• Average Annual Revenue: $21M+ • Average Profit Margins: 2.24% • Startup Cost: $500-$250K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 18.8% • Best For: System-driven chefs, cooks, and foodies

Hard-working families are often too busy to prepare their own home-cooked food. If you love cooking and want to make a great living, then start offering meal prep services.

• Create a menu.
• Market your meals.
• Buy in bulk.
• Offer pickup or delivery.

Check out Food Business Pros for information on how they make money running a food prep company .

You’ll need around 16 employees to make the average annual revenue listed above, as the revenue per employee across the industry is around $1.4 million.

Keep reading for another food idea that doesn’t cost more than $10K.

#74 Mobile food carts

• Average Annual Revenue: $41K+ • Average Profit Margins: 6.4% • Startup Cost: $1K-$100K • Time to Revenue: 3+ months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.2% • Best For: Extroverted food pros with strong multitasking and sales skills

I’ve seen people in Las Vegas buy a rolling cooler, a bag of ice, and a 32-pack of water and then go sell it in parks, on the Strip, or on busy corners. They make their money back on the first 32-pack and then make $28 a case.

That’s the super cheap route, but you can go a more professional route by buying:

• A hot or cold mobile cart like the one pictured below
• A vehicle to transport the cart
• The food to serve
• Disposable serving utensils

Keep reading for more businesses to start with $10K!

#75 Catering

• Average Annual Revenue: $124K+ • Average Profit Margins: 5.5% • Startup Cost: $1K-$100K • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.0% • Best For: Cooks and chefs who are organized with strong project and time management skills

The catering industry is expected to reach $378.39 billion in 2026 with a CAGR of 8.2%.

People hire caterers for weddings, business meetings, and other events. You can get everything you need on Amazon and (depending on your area’s food-service rules and regulations) cook the food at home.

Make sure to have a great presentation because people paying for premium services expect the presentation to be exquisite.

#76 Be a baker

• Average Annual Revenue: $1.52M • Average Profit Margins: 5.4% • Startup Cost: $100-$3M • Time to Revenue: 1-6 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 1.1% • Best For: Food industry professionals who are creative, good with customers, and have strong math skills

Opening a brick-and-mortar bakery costs more than $10,000, but there are ways to get started with less.

Mignon Francois spent about $5 to start baking cupcakes. She used the profits from that first batch to make more, and grew a name doing cupcake catering until she saved up enough to open a storefront. Hear her advice in this interview:

#77 Make and sell artisanal foods

• Average Annual Revenue: $278K+ • Average Profit Margins: 16.33% • Startup Cost: $500-$250K • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: -0.8% • Best For: Creative foodies who are good at planning and marketing

You don’t need to open a restaurant to sell food you make to customers. Another option is to make things like candy, pickles, sauces, or other homemade foods.

The startup costs for this are lower if you don’t open a storefront right away. Instead, you can start an online store or sell in person at farmers markets and other pop-up events.

We’ve provided you with a list of 77 businesses that cost less than $10K to start.

If you want to jump in where someone else left off, look for liquidated inventory sales and going-out-of-business offers with existing businesses for sale under $10K.

We’re always looking for business owners to profile in our blogs and YouTube videos . What are some businesses you’ve seen started for under $10K?

80% of businesses fail... Learn how not to.

Learn from business failures and successes in 5 min or less. The stories, frameworks, and tactics that will make you a 10x better founder.

Brandon Boushy

Related articles

Best Franchise Under $50K (2024)

How to Choose the Right Location for Your Business

21 Winning Sales Techniques to Close More Sales!

Financial Freedom Loans is dedicated to providing you with compassionate financial help. You can get the financial support and representation you need to reach financial freedom. At Financial Freedom Loans, we are dedicated to doing everything in our power to not only fix your immediate financial problems, but to also help with your long-term financial goals so that you are able to achieve financial freedom. Our mission is to use the funds in a holistic way that makes a real difference in people’s lives. Contact [email protected] for more

Become a business owner in less than 90 days

Start your 10-day free trial of the UpFlip Academy and learn how to start your own business from scratch.

Get business advice straight to your   Inbox 

What is the best business to start with $10K?

You’re finally ready to start your own company. You have the guts, the drive, and the commitment—oh yeah, and $10,000. But wait, is that enough? Can you start a business with 10K? And if so, what businesses can you start with that amount of money?

On this page, we’ll answer those questions  by covering the following sections:

Table of Contents

Can you start a business with $10k, what kind of business can you start with $10k, 10 examples of the best businesses you can start with $10k, how to start a business with $10k.

Keep reading to find out more about each of those topics!

That doesn’t mean that every type of business only requires $10K. It also doesn’t mean that starting a business with $10K will always be an easy and carefree process. But you can do it. Ultimately, the key is to choose the right type of business.

There are many types of companies that you can start with $10K—too many to list, in fact, though we’ll look at some examples in the next section. Most of these types of businesses are on the smaller side, of course, but $10K is a great starting point for a small local business. 

Of course, you shouldn’t choose your industry based purely on your budget. You should also factor in your own skillset and interests.

All right, now let’s get down to it. What types of businesses, specifically, can you start with $10,000?

As mentioned earlier, listing every type of business that meets that requirement would be nearly impossible. Having said that, in this section, we’ll look at 10 of the best businesses to start with $10K:

Here’s a summary of how those options stack up:

Read on to learn more about each of those examples.

1. Lawn care business

Difficulty level: Low

Of all the businesses you can start with $10K, lawn care is one of the easiest. This type of business can treat lawns in different ways, but often, it’s as simple as mowing the grass. For that reason, there’s no specialized knowledge needed to start this business. As long as you know how to operate a lawn mower, you’re good to go.

The only thing you need to start this business is a lawn mower and maybe some additional equipment like a weedwhacker.

2. Pressure washing company

Another relatively simple business you can start with $10K is a pressure washing company. This isn’t quite as easy as lawn care, but it’s still not too hard—once again, all you really need is the right equipment and some basic knowledge of how to use it. Thankfully, learning how to pressure wash is pretty simple!

3. Moving company

To start a moving company, you only need two things: Trucks and employees. Both of those things are pretty easy to acquire. Buying trucks can be pricey, but look for secondhand options, and you’ll make up the money after a few moving jobs. Other than that, running a moving company is (more or less) as simple as lifting heavy boxes!

Difficulty level: Moderate

Now, we move on to a more challenging type of business. Running a bakery requires several elements, including:

• Baking proficiency
• Ingredients and equipment
• Adherence to food safety regulations

You may also want to be proficient in things like cake decorating, an art form unto itself. We don’t recommend pursuing this type of business unless you’re already an experienced baker.

5. Food truck

If food is your passion, consider starting a food truck or food cart. You’ll need a truck or cart and a vehicle to transport it, ingredients, and equipment.

You’ll also need the skills to plan your menu, prepare your food, and keep your operation running efficiently. And it’s essential to look into applicable laws and regulations, particularly regarding food safety.

One good thing about this type of business is that you can start with a relatively simple menu and expand and refine it over time. It’s a great way to get involved in the food and restaurant industry at a lower startup cost. And down the road, you can even consider expanding into a more traditional physical location.

6. Ecommerce business

Maybe you’re not looking to provide services but products. If that’s the case, you don’t necessarily need a physical store—you can sell your products online via an ecommerce business . As for what those products are, that’s entirely up to you.

Of course, to sell products online, you need a website. That means you need to be capable of creating one. Alternatively, you can hire a web design agency to build your site for you. But once the website is up and running, an ecommerce store can be one of the most profitable businesses to start with $10K.

7. Photography company

Photography companies can take many different forms. It could be as simple as you and your camera, where you take photos of people at their chosen locations. Alternatively, you could set up a whole photography studio with multiple photographers and plenty of advanced equipment.

The former is pretty easy as long as you have a knack for photography, though the latter is obviously much more expensive and complicated. The exact setup of your business depends on your needs, skills, and budget.

8. Pet grooming business

Do you love dogs so much that you want to spend every day around them? If so, dog grooming might be for you, especially since starting a grooming business costs less than $10K.

In terms of financial investment, all you need are some grooming tools. You may also choose to buy a salon location for your business, though you could do it from your home if you wanted. However, it’s important to have grooming expertise before starting a business.

9. Consulting firm

Another one of the most profitable businesses to start with $10K is a consulting firm . Financially speaking, starting a consulting firm isn’t too difficult. After all, you don’t need tons of advanced equipment to get the job done—at most, you may need a few tools to help with conducting audits, depending on which industry you choose.

The real challenge, though, is in being qualified. If you want to start a consulting business, you need to have highly advanced knowledge of the industry you specialize in. That’s kind of the whole point of your services! If you hire additional consultants, you’ll also need to verify their expertise.

10. Tax preparation firm

Difficulty level: High

Finally, you can spend $10K or less to start a tax preparation firm . To start this type of business, you’ll first need a Preparer Tax Identification Number (PTIN) from the IRS, although that doesn’t cost anything. Just like with consulting, though, the tricky part is having the expertise to do the job.

If you want to build a career doing people’s taxes, you’ll need to have extremely in-depth knowledge of tax code and how tax forms work. Frankly, that requires years of training and experience, so don’t pick this one based purely on your budget—pick it only if you have the right skillset.

Now that we’ve seen some examples of businesses you can start with a budget of $10K, let’s talk about how you can ensure it generates a profit. Obviously, the exact process for starting a business will vary widely between industries. However, there are a few basic steps you’ll almost always have to take:

• Determine your overhead investment
• Obtain any needed skills and certifications
• Acquire your inventory or supplies
• Market your business

Keep reading for an overview of each of those steps!

1. Determine your overhead investment

When you run a business, you’ll naturally have to navigate different operational expenses to produce your products or services. But you may also have overhead expenses like lease payments, power bills, and insurance. You’ll need to take all of these expenses into account if you plan on starting a business with $10K.

2. Obtain any needed skills and certifications

As we’ve already mentioned several times on this page, you can’t just jump headfirst into a new industry without any knowledge of it. When you start a business with $10K—or with any budget, for that matter—you have to know what you’re doing.

To that end, take the time to acquire any necessary skills or certifications. If you try to start a consulting firm without knowing anything about your chosen industry, you’re in deep trouble.

3. Acquire your inventory or supplies

The next step is to get all of the materials you’ll need. This might include tools, equipment, or machinery you need to do the job. It could also include parts for creating products. For example, you can’t serve food at a restaurant without having the ingredients to make that food.

4. Market your business

Finally, as you start your business, be sure to market it. This is a crucial step that many companies miss. Don’t buy into the idea that “if you build it, they will come”—you won’t attract customers unless you market yourself. If you don’t have the resources to do that yourself, you should partner with a professional marketing agency .

Get help marketing your business with WebFX and Nutshell

Marketing your business isn’t easy, but it’s critical for earning revenue. Without marketing, your company will be dead in the water. That’s why you should consider partnering with a digital marketing agency like WebFX , which can handle everything from your web design to social media marketing.

You can also take advantage of our customer relationship management (CRM) platform to help you track all of your customer data and learn how to improve your online marketing efforts . If you want to see what Nutshell can do for you, just check out our 14-day free trial today!

Ready to try Nutshell for Free?

CRM vs. ERP: What’s the Difference?

The Ultimate Sales Prospecting Guide: Definition, Benefits, and Steps for Success

What Is Sales Enablement and How Can You Do It Right?

The best resources for sales managers, what is marketing automation and how can it help you, the best sales prospecting tools that integrate with your crm.

Join 30,000+ other sales and marketing professionals. Subscribe to our Sell to Win newsletter!

This element relies on Javascript to run. Please enable Javascript in your browser for the best viewing experience. Visit our contact page if you have questions or are in need of assistance.

38 Best Businesses to Start with $10k

Home » Blog » 38 Best Businesses to Start with 10k or Less

Need help choosing a business idea to invest your precious $10K in? Can’t afford to lose it if things don’t pan out?

I know the feeling; I started my first eCommerce business with a $1000 credit card while working construction. Thankfully, it made a $56,673 net profit in the first year.

But it wasn’t pure luck. 

So, how do you know which business to start? 

You choose an idea with low start-up costs and high demand/profit potential.

And $10,000 gives you lots of exciting options. 

Some require experience and qualifications, while others only need your entrepreneurial spirit. 

In this article, we’ll look at 38 best business ideas, their start-up costs , profit potential, and the experience or skill required.  

Let’s dive in, find your new business, and put your $10K to work. 

38 best businesses to start with $10,000

Most entrepreneurs began where you might be today. Working a 9 to 5 with limited resources, trying to find an affordable business idea.

Fortunately, the U.S. Small Business Administration reports that most home-based businesses cost $2000 to $5000 to start, and micro-businesses around $3,000. 

So, $10K puts you in a strong position.  

My list of best businesses to start with 10k has 3 categories, all within your budget and with long-term investment potential.

Certain businesses on our list require licenses and permits (like a food handler’s permit and fire certificate for a food truck business), which vary by state. And you`ll probably need adequate business insurance , so include those in your start-up budget.

Ok, let’s do it:

Running an eCommerce business is often cheaper than running a brick-and-mortar store, and you can reach a much broader audience/customer base.

But local service businesses are often quicker to establish and just as profitable as you’re about to discover.

Business ideas under $10k

1. Food truck

• Average investment: $10K to $100K
• Median income: $100,000 to $250,000 per year
• Skill level: Intermediate
• Experience needed: Marketing, culinary, customer service, and organization

Food trucks are hugely popular; they cost less than a restaurant, and you don’t need servers, seating, or a passing trade because you go where your customers are.

You can’t buy a food truck for $10k (pre-owned food trucks cost between $30,000 and $100,000-cloudkitchens.com), but you could lease one for $2K to $3K per month until you can afford to. 

To start: Choose your niche, lease a food truck, create your menu, and rent space in a commissary kitchen .

License requirements: Business license, driver’s license, health department permit, food handler’s permit, fire certificate, parking permit.

2. Mobile pet grooming

• Average investment: Under $10K
• Median income: Over $48,000 per year
• Experience needed: Animal behavior, customer service, grooming skills

Pet groomers provide bathing, hair removal, and nail-clipping services, working from their mobile pet grooming truck, but you could reduce costs and begin by grooming pets in your client’s home. 

And with over 70% of U.S. families owning pets, mobile pet grooming is booming.

To start: You’ll need a vehicle, grooming equipment, and a training course . 

License requirements: State business license and, depending on location, a pet grooming facility license or a regional certification.

3. Home moving

• Median income: $30.000 to $40,000 per year
• Skill level: Beginner
• Experience needed: None

A moving business helps people and other businesses move physical goods, like furniture, from one location to another. You can buy a 2nd hand truck or trailer to reduce your start-up costs and hire a part-time employee to help with larger projects. 

To start: There are no formal education requirements, but you’ll need physical strength, stamina, a strong back, and equipment like a dolly cart and moving blankets .

License requirements: General business license. Depending on location, you might need a moving company license and a U.S. department of transportation (DOT) number.  

4. Inflatable bounce house rentals

• Median income: $30K per bounce house a year

Inflatable bounce house rentals are rising (I couldn’t resist). We use them for many events, like kids’ birthday parties, town fairs, school open days, fundraisers, and festivals, so there’s plenty of demand. 

To start: Buy a bounce house ($1000 to $3000), fans/blowers, a generator, tarps, and transportation.

License requirements: General business license and. Depending on location, an inflatable amusement device license.

5. Lawn care

• Median income: $50,000 to $100,000
• Experience needed: Mowing, trimming, seeding, aerating, and sod installation

A lawn care business provides services, including lawn cutting, seeding, edge trimming, turf maintenance, fertilization, debris removal, and weed and pest control, to residential and commercial clients. 

To start: You’ll need a small truck or trailer, a lawn mower, and a weed wacker. 

License requirements: General business license. Depending on location, a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) pesticide permit.

6. Mobile paintless dent removal service

• Median income: $70,000 to $200,000
• Experience needed: Technical expertise and customer service

A PDR specialist removes dents and dings from vehicles, restoring the bodywork to a like-new condition at the client’s location in a fraction of the time and cost of a traditional garage. 

To start: Consider a PDR certification course to gain industry-specific skills.  

License requirements: There are no federal license requirements. Contact your county clerk’s office to learn more about local licenses and permits.

7. Hauling service

• Median income: $20 to $50 per hour

Haulers provide a vehicle and labor to load, remove, and discard unwanted items for homeowners, businesses, and contractors. There’s always demand, as most official waste collectors only take certain items. 

To start: Buy a 2nd hand truck or trailer. Learn about your local and state dumps policies/billing rates.

License requirements: General business license. Depending on location, a Federal DOT and Motor Carrier Authority Number .

8. Landscape business

• Median income: $31,000 to $69,000 per year
• Experience needed: Power tool experience, sales, customer service

Landscaping is a business you can start small and grow quickly, buying your equipment as you need it and expanding your services to meet demand. 

Services include garden clearance, fencing, paving, decking, lawn installation, planting, irrigation, water features, and lighting. You can start under $10,000 with an old truck or trailer and lease larger equipment as required.  

To start: Choose your niche and services, establish your business, get business insurance, and purchase initial tools and equipment. 

License requirements: General business license. Depending on location, a state license .  

9. Beauty salon

• Median income: $55,000 per year
• Skill level: Advanced
• Experience needed: Cosmetology certification, financial management, customer service

Beauty salons offer a wide range of cosmetic services and treatments, including hair cutting and styling, pedicures and manicures, waxing, body massage, cosmetics, bridal grooming, and makeovers.

To start for under $10K, consider leasing a property, buying 2nd hand equipment, renting booths to hair stylists, and hiring freelance cosmetology professionals.  

To start: Define your salon concept, select the right location, outline your offerings and services, and create a marketing plan.

License requirements: State cosmetology or beautician’s license , salon retail seller Permit, salon business operation license, and a certificate of occupancy.

10. Home inspection business

• Median income: $97,000 per year
• Experience needed: House heating, cooling, roofing, plumbing, and electrical system

House inspectors are construction industry professionals whose service reveals a property’s flaws and strengths so buyers can make an informed decision before purchasing. And as most people don’t know what rising damp or dry rot looks like, house inspectors are always in demand. 

How to start: Get certified ATI-Training , liability/E&O Insurance, and a home inspector’s tool kit. 

License requirements: General business license and professional inspection license . Contact your county clerk’s office to learn more about local licenses and permits.

11. Driving Instructor

• Average investment: $3,135 to $10,330
• Median income: $51,752 per year
• Experience needed: 2 to 3 years of driving experience

Driving instructors help new drivers improve their skills to pass their driving test. 

You’ll need a GED certificate or high school diploma and formal training to become one, and you could lease your car to reduce start-up costs. 

To start: Qualifications vary by state but often include 3 years of driving experience, passing a criminal background check, and a clean driving record.  

License requirements: Driver’s license and general business license. Contact your county clerk’s office to learn more about local licenses and permits.

Business ideas under $7k

12. mobile car detailing specialist.

• Average investment: Under $7K
• Median income: 90% profit - $100 per vehicle

A car detailing specialist cleans their client’s vehicles at their location to an exceptionally high standard, leaving them looking like they just rolled off the car lot.  

It’s hard work and requires specific skills, like using an air compressor, pressure washing, washing and drying by hand, polishing, upholstery cleaning, leather conditioning, and wet and dry vacuuming.

To start: Take a detailing course , buy a 2nd hand van/truck, and get your detailing equipment .   

License requirements: A car detailing license/mobile detailing business license. Contact your county clerk’s office to learn more about local licenses and permits.

13. Pressure washing

• Median income: $44,520

Pressure washing operatives clean their client’s homes, driveways, decks, and walkways at a flat rate based on the time it takes.

As business ideas go, pressure washing is one of the easier ideas to start and run, but with an average flat rate of $250 per job and few outgoings, it’s also one of the most lucrative. 

To start: You’ll need a truck and around $3000 for the essential equipment. Adequate business insurance, such as general liability and commercial auto. And advertise on Graig’s list, Yelp, and Google business listings to land clients.

License requirements: General business License. Contact your county clerk’s office to learn more about local licenses and permits.

14. Soft wash business

• Median income: $100,000 per year

Soft wash is like pressure washing but uses chemicals and low-pressure washing to clean areas like roofs, shingles, windows, and other delicate materials. Any location with properties built using shingle roofs and walls with a high moisture level causing moss, algae, and lichen to form (the pacific northwest) need this service. 

To start: Buy a 2nd hand truck and soft wash equipment.  

License requirements: General business license. Contact your county clerk’s office to learn more about local licenses and permits.

15. Aerial photography and videography

• Median income: $75 to $250 per hour

Arial photographers take photos and videos using drones. And the sky’s the limit, with numerous private and commercial clients needing this service, including real estate, farming, construction, advertising companies, sports events, films, weddings, and more. 

To start: Buy a quality drone, register it, and get drone insurance.

License requirements: Certificated Remote Pilot license and a general business license. Check your state and federal regulations governing drone usage.

16. Boat heat shrink wrap business

• Median income: $300-$500 per boat

Shrink-wrapping seals and protects a boat from the winter elements, preventing damage and protecting structures like decks and cockpits. 

Sure, you’ll need to live coastal for this one, and it’s seasonal, but it makes the list because my construction buddy Keith earns $24,000 per season, working weekends two months a year! 

How to start: Buy essential tools like a power washer, fuel stabilizers, antifreeze, boat shrink wrap, and specialized shrink-wrapping tools .

17. Window blind cleaning

• Median income: $50K to $70K per year

Blind cleaning businesses provide a specialized cleaning service cleaning blinds for residential and commercial customers using ultrasonic blind cleaning equipment.

It’s a niche idea within the general cleaning business service that enables you to focus on a specific target audience and establish your business quickly. 

To start: You’ll need a vehicle and specialized blind cleaning products and equipment . 

License requirements: General business license. Contact your county clerk’s office to learn more about local licenses and permits. 

18. Locksmith

• Median income: $40,000 to $60,000 per year
• Experience needed: Installing, repairing, and replacing locks

Locksmiths repair, install, replace, and unlock locks on property doors, windows, cars, and safes. And provide on-call emergency services to help people who lose their keys or lock themselves out of cars and homes.

To start: Complete a certified locksmith training course , and pass a licensing examination.

19. Home staging business

• Average investment: Under 10K
• Median income: $40,000 to $80,000 per year
• Experience needed: Decorating, color coordination, real estate, and organization

A home staging business prepares a client’s home ready for sale. Services include redecorating, cleaning, and rearranging furniture to maximize the house’s potential.  

To start: Choose your target Market, create your pricing structure, and connect with local realtors. 

20. Lash business

• Median income: $73,000 per year
• Experience needed: Cosmetology or an esthetician license

Lash technicians apply eyelash extensions and lash aesthetics, like eyelash tinting, lifting, and perming. You’ll need patience, excellent eyesight, and steady hands, but it`s a rewarding business you can run from home and create your own branded product line to increase revenue. 

To start: Get your esthetician or cosmetologist’s license , buy equipment, and choose to work from home, go mobile, or lease space in a local salon.

License requirements: General business license, sales license if selling products, and zoning permits when working from home.

21. Home theater installation business

• Median income: $300 to $1000 per set-up
• Experience needed: knowledge of home theater systems and installation

Home theater installers specialize in setting up audio and video equipment for private and commercial home theaters. 

Many businesses increase revenue by offering services to homeowners, schools, universities, other businesses, and organizations needing specialized help.

How to start: Take a home theater installation course, register your business, and use local marketing strategies to attract your first clients. 

22. Carpet Cleaning

• Median income: $75,000 to $100,000 per year

Carpet cleaners apply stain and cleaning treatments to rugs, carpets, and other floor types like marble and tile, and drying using carpet drying machines. Duties also include moving furniture and, in specific cases, hand-cleaning delicate services; no formal training or education is required. 

To start: You’ll need transportation and cleaning equipment, including a carpet cleaner, commercial vacuum cleaner, stain remover, defoamer, air scrubber, and carpet rake.

Business ideas under $2k

23. freelance writer.

• Average investment: Under $2K
• Median income: $30,000 to $80,000
• Experience needed: Content writing, proofreading, editing, SEO, and research.

Freelance writers are self-employed contractors providing services like content writing for blogs, copywriting for sales platforms, and technical writing for product and service industries. Freelancers often work for many clients on a part-time basis. 

To start: Take a writing course , purchase software like Grammarly and Pro writer, use Copyscape.com to check for plagiarism, create a LinkedIn profile, begin creating your portfolio, and find gigs on freelance writing platforms. 

License requirements: General business license. 

24. Dropshipping

• Median income: $10,000 to $100,000 per year

A drop-shipper sells other brands’ products, earning a commission on every sale they make. Drop shippers don`t make, store, or ship the products, making it an affordable business model that requires little financial investment. 

There are many eCommerce dropshipping platforms to choose from, many of which also provide the products. Or you can build a website and contact dropshipping suppliers directly. 

To start: Choose a dropshipping niche, sales platform, and supplier. 

License requirements: General business and sales tax license. Contact your county clerk’s office to learn more about local licenses and permits.

25. Consultancy

• Median income: $85,000 per year
• Experience needed: In dept knowledge of your chosen niche

Anyone with in-debt knowledge and experience on a subject can start a consultancy business. Consultants can work off and online for businesses or individuals, charging by the hour, project, or on retainer.

How to start: Choose your subject niche, gain certifications, create a website, set your rates, and begin networking. 

26. Domain flipping business

• Median income: $30,000 to $100,000 per year

Domain flipping is buying and selling domains, and it can be very profitable. For example, the domain Business.com was worth $7.5 million in 1999 and sold for $345 million in 2007. Many websites enable you to follow, buy and sell domains. 

To start: Learn how to buy, register, and sell domains , and use domain-flipping websites like SpamZilla. 

License requirements: General business and sales tax license. 

27. Non medical senior home care business

Non medical home carers look after seniors without significant medical conditions, helping them with their daily activities. Duties include shopping, cleaning, picking up medical prescriptions, going for walks, and conversing.  

To start: You’ll need transportation, local advertising, and a smartphone. 

License requirements: No specific license requirements. Contact your county clerk’s office to learn more about local licenses and permits. 

28. Vintage clothing reseller

• Median income: 20% to 30% on investment

Quality vintage clothing always stays in fashion, often gaining value as it ages. It takes a knowledge of quality brands and where to find them, such as consignment stores, local thrift shops, eBay, or Craigslist.  

How to start: Purchase items, buy a quality camera, join a sales platform like Etsy or eBay, and start selling.  

License requirements: A general business license and a business resale license. 

29. Personal virtual assistant

• Median income: $15 to $30 per hour
• Experience needed: Communication, time management, bookkeeping, email management, and basic I.T. knowledge

Virtual assistants are self-employed individuals who offer administrative services to clients from remote locations, like a home office. Duties include scheduling appointments, making travel arrangements, taking phone calls, and managing email accounts.

How to start: Choose your niche, take a V.A. training course , and create your online presence. 

30. Social media management

• Median income: $53,000 per year
• Experience needed: Content management, copywriting skills, and expertise in SEO, keyword research, and Google Analytics

Social media managers create and publish content, develop strategies, monitor engagements, and mentions, interact with users, grow communities, use influencers, and analyze their client’s accounts on social media. 

To start: Identify your niche, choose your services, develop your strategies, start networking, and build a following. 

Licenses requirements: Local business license.

31. Online transcription

• Median income: $19 to $30 per hour
• Experience needed: Typing

Transcription services convert speech (recorded and live) into written text for legal, medical, and business purposes.  

To start: Select your niche, set your prices, and find clients online using websites like indeed.com.

License requirements: Local business license. Contact your county clerk’s office to learn more about local licenses and permits. 

32. Online proofreading business

• Median income: $20 to $30 per hour

Proofreaders review text before printing or publishing to ensure it’s correct. It’s a growing industry with many clients, such as bloggers, students, and academics. 

To start , take a proofreading course, and invest in a quality laptop, headphones, and proofreading software . 

33. Walking tour guide

• Median income: $900 per week

Aspiring entrepreneurs who live in locations with tourism can provide guided tours to tourists. Local tour guides take groups on guided explorations to see famous sites and areas of interest while providing their knowledge in an exciting and informative way.

How to start: Find a demand in your area, identify your target market, create a tour theme and itinerary, select your route and attractions, create your tour map, set prices, and advertise on local tourism websites. 

Licenses and permits: Requirements vary by state; learn more by visiting the SBA’s website/ state licenses and permits .

34. Candle-making business

• Median income: $52,687 a year

Many successful candle-making businesses begin from home without expensive equipment, learning the process online, selling locally, then scaling their business to suit demand. And it’s lucrative, with profits between 200% to 300% per candle that anyone with an imagination and a good sense of smell can start for under $2K.

To start: Take a candle-making course, and learn from online classes and YouTube videos . 

License requirements: General business license, sales tax license, and check with your city or county clerk’s office regarding permits. 

35. Online research business

• Median income: $20 to $35 per hour
• Experience needed: Analytical skills and a curiosity about complex topics

Online researchers work for businesses who need to evaluate their marketplace before investing in a new service or product, or marketing firms looking for data on specific products before running ad campaigns. 

Your role as an online researcher involves condensing information to generate accurate data your clients can use quickly and concisely. 

How to start: You’ll need a computer, high-speed internet, and office supplies. 

36. Tax preparation

• Median income: $51,000 per year
• Experience needed: Knowledge of tax laws, tax return preparation, and tax preparation software

Tax preparers assist businesses and individuals with tax returns by calculating and filing them on their behalf.  

Your primary goal as a tax preparer is to reduce your clients’ tax liabilities while adhering to all regulations. Tax preparers also provide bookkeeping, accounting, and payroll services. 

To start: Pass the IRS’s suitability check and apply for a Preparer Tax Identification Number (PTIN) . And register with the IRS before starting your business.

License: No specific license. Contact your county clerk’s office to learn more about local licenses and permits. 

37. Personal trainer

• Median income: $25 to $100 an hour
• Experience needed: Level 3 personal training qualification

Personal trainers provide guidance in physical exercises to various client types based on age and physical condition to help them achieve their fitness goals. Personal trainers can provide their service by leasing space at local gyms, visiting clients’ homes, or running outdoor group sessions.  

To start: Get a personal trainer certification from the National Commission for Certifying Agencies (NCCA) .

License requirements: General business license.

38. Personal chef

• Average investment: Under $5K
• Median income: $40,000 to $100,000 per year
• Experience needed: Proven culinary expertise and knowledge of different cuisines, food health and safety regulations, and nutrition

Personal chefs are self-employed freelancers who prepare their clients’ meals in their homes or other chosen locations.

You might provide the equipment and food depending on your client, though clients cover the cost. In contrast, other clients prefer to provide all the food and equipment and employ you solely for your cooking skills. 

How to start: Get a Bachelor’s or Associate’s degree in culinary arts and a food and safety certificate.

With 38 best businesses to start with $10K or less, I hope you found one that suits you. 

But, if not, no worries because your business idea could be in my other post, 43 Great Small Business Ideas to Start in 2023.

And whichever business idea you choose, remember Warren Buffett`s wise words:

“The best investment you can make is an investment in yourself. The more you learn, the more you’ll earn.”

Terry OToole

Terry is a serial entrepreneur with over 25 years of experience building businesses across multiple industries – construction, real estate, e-commerce, hotelier, and now digital media. When not working, Terry likes to kick back and relax with family, explore Taoism’s mysteries, or savor the taste of fine Italian red wine.

• Form an LLC
• Licenses & permits
• Sales tax permit
• Business insurance
• Business banking
• Business email
• Taxes & accounting
• Invoices & bookkeeping
• Legal documents
• Business cards
• Digital business card
• Graphic design
• Print store
• Help center
• LLC by state
• Affiliate program
• Partner with us
• Brand guidelines

@2024 Copyright Tailor Brands

• Privacy Policy
• Cookie Policy
• Do not sell my personal information

Trending Stories

17 Businesses to Start With $10k

If you’ve got $10k and you’re looking for a way to grow that into a larger amount, there are lots of business ideas waiting for you.

This article was subjected to a comprehensive fact-checking process. Our professional fact-checkers verify article information against primary sources, reputable publishers, and experts in the field.

We receive compensation from the products and services mentioned in this story, but the opinions are the author's own. Compensation may impact where offers appear. We have not included all available products or offers. Learn more about how we make money and our editorial policies .

Starting a business can be daunting, especially with potentially high start-up costs. The good news is that $10,000 could be enough of an initial investment to get a business off the ground. But which business?

To help you zero in on a good choice, we’ve rounded up a list of business ideas that you can start with $10,000 or less.

Featured Business Checking Accounts

Powerful features help you organize and save money easily, so you can grow your income. 1

Earn up to a $800 bonus when you open a new, eligible U.S. Bank business checking account online with promo code Q3AFL24 and complete qualifying activities. Subject to certain terms and limitations. Offer valid through September 16, 2024. Member FDIC.

Social media management

Online businesses can be some of the least expensive ones to start. One option is social media management.

In today’s digital age, it’s important for companies to have a good social media presence. The problem is that most business owners need to focus on their own business, and may not have the time or expertise to run a good social media campaign to stay at the forefront of their customers’ minds. If you’re a savvy social media user, that’s where you could come in.

Social media marketing firms run the gamut from home-based solopreneurs, working in their pajamas, all the way to flashy agencies in downtown lofts. That makes this business a good candidate for scaling up because you can start on your own. If things go well, you can make your $10,000 grow further, including hiring employees or contractors to expand your reach.

And regardless of which business you start, put your best foot forward from the start. The best way to grow a business is through referrals, which you get through providing stellar service.

Digital marketing agency

Another business opportunity is digital marketing, which is similar to social media management, but focuses more on the process of bringing in new customers through online advertising. That’s a science unto itself, with lots of strategies and statistics to help guide you toward investing in online advertising campaigns for your clients.

Clients could be local small business owners, or you could develop expertise in a specific niche, like fashion.

It’s also an easy business to get started as a freelance marketing consultant, as you just need an internet connection and a computer, and you can scale up as you show prowess in helping your clients. Many people enjoy the rush of pulling different levers and strings to try and get the most return for their clients, similar to a game.

SEO consultant

If you’ve ever visited a good business’s website and gotten frustrated by how hard it is to find information, you might have a knack for running a search engine optimization (SEO) consulting business. As an SEO consultant, you’ll work one-on-one with businesses to audit their online presence and develop recommendations about how potential customers can better find them.

Much of that involves making sure your client’s websites are optimized to appear at the top of search engine results when people search for that product or service. It’s a skill that you can quickly learn on your own and market to local business owners, and expand out from there if your business shows promising results.

You might not be able to start a whole food truck business with just $10,000. That costs $55,000, on average, but can run $250,000 or more. Vehicles aren’t cheap, after all, especially ones operating in a commercial setting with lots of materials and labor required to make a product people want to buy.

You can , however, use that $10,000 to test your idea on a smaller scale first, such as by buying a food cart or even renting a food stand at places like your local farmer’s market. That can help you develop a loyal customer base before you take your food business on the road. This might be a smarter way to tackle this business model anyway since it’s estimated that 60% of food trucks go out of business before their third year.

Dropshipping business

If you’re looking for a mostly passive-income-type ecommerce business and you aren’t too picky about what you want to sell, a dropshipping business might be for you. You’ll essentially work as a middleman. You’ll list products for sale with merchants such as Amazon or eBay, or even on your own website, with an online store. However, you won’t be the one storing or shipping the products when people buy them.

Instead, you’ll partner up with a dropshipping company to perform this service for you. The only work you’ll need to do is choosing which items to sell, paying for those items and the dropshipping fees, and then providing customer service.

That part can be rather frustrating since the bulk of the work is done by a provider you have little control over, but it does offer one of the least hands-on ways to earn money.

3D printing

If you like turning people’s ideas into a real, physical item that they can use, or if you’re just looking for a way to recoup the cost of your own hobby, then starting a 3D printing business might be right for you. You can get a good 3D printer for much less than $10,000 these days.

The idea with a 3D printing business is that you work with your customers to print out and finish a model that they can use and ship it off to them so they don’t have to do the work themselves. You could develop your own website to show your creations or you could sell them on a website like Etsy.

You could even consider specializing in different types of 3D printing, such as minis for tabletop role-playing games like Dungeons & Dragons, or in making custom tools for various hobbies like gardening or model trains.

Personal trainer

Buying a whole gym is expensive, but you don’t necessarily need to do that to start your own personal training business if you’re a fitness buff. Once you pay for a few things like certification, insurance, and marketing materials, it’s actually relatively easy to get started as a mobile personal trainer, as opposed to contracting with a gym to offer your services.

As a mobile personal trainer, you’ll travel to your client’s location and work with them there — a service that you can charge higher rates for. Your clients may even have their own workout equipment. You can also work with them on more functional movements or cardio, such as going up stairs or going for a jog in a park, both of which require very little equipment.

Cleaning service

This is one of the easiest businesses to start with $10,000, because most people know how to clean, but don’t like doing it. You can take advantage of that fact by charging people good money to do it for them.

There are many flexible areas you can focus on, depending on your availability. You might work in clients’ homes, clean local businesses after hours, or do ad-hoc seasonal cleaning jobs. Aside from a few startup costs like cleaning supplies, insurance, marketing materials, and a way to travel, you don’t need much to launch a cleaning business, making it a low-investment option.

Landscaping

Similarly, landscaping is something that’s usually easy for most people to learn, especially for routine maintenance like mowing lawns, weeding, and watering. If you enjoy working outside — even when the weather keeps other people inside — it might be the perfect small business for you to get started with.

As with starting a cleaning service, landscaping really only requires a few things to get started, which you may already have. You’ll need a set of basic tools like shovels, a lawn mower, and rakes, a car or other mode of transportation, a way to market yourself, and insurance to protect yourself and give your business a mark of distinction from the casual side hustler.

For this and other businesses, you may need to get a business license from your local government.

If you have pets yourself, chances are you’ve already helped friends and acquaintances out by taking care of their pets too. You’re probably familiar with taking dogs for walks, feeding pets, and cleaning up after them — as well as giving them plenty of love pet-sitting them while their owners are away. You may even be comfortable offering grooming services for pets, such as trimming their nails or giving them a bath.

If that sounds like you, then taking those skills on the road is one of the most natural businesses to start with $10,000 because there’s always a need for it in local communities. Aside from buying insurance and marketing materials, the only other things you really need are free time and a way to get around.

Or you could invest in crates, dog bowls, toys, and other equipment to care for pets in your home. If you plan to offer pet grooming services in your home, that will require additional equipment along with the training needed to meet any certification requirements.

Sewing and alterations

Sewing isn’t just your grandma’s hobby anymore, and if you’re a crafty person who’s handy with a sewing machine, you can find all kinds of ways to launch a small sewing business with $10,000 or less. You may even already have all the materials you need if it’s your regular hobby.

You could offer small alteration services for people in your community or create custom products with the input of your clients. There’s a thriving market for creating fun cosplay costumes or offering services for other sewers such as longarm quilting.

Running a sewing business is a great option if you’re looking for how to make money with a flexible schedule around your other work and life obligations.

Virtual assistant

It’s possible to get started working as a virtual assistant (VA) with no money at all, although most people choose to invest some amount of cash to get started. You might pay for a course to learn the ins and outs of becoming a virtual assistant from successful VAs who’ve already done it themselves, for example.

You can market yourself as a general VA, helping customers out with whatever they need, or you could specialize in working with certain programs or types of clients. Some VAs even get started offering specialized services and grow their business from there.

For example, you might start by creating social media images and then expand to become a full-fledged social media marketing agency.

Local delivery service

If there’s a need in your local community to haul things around, such as taking yard waste to the dump or delivering flowers for a local florist, $10,000 will go a long way toward launching your business — as long as you already have transportation, that is.

For small deliveries like cakes or garden produce, you might be able to just use your car. For other things, like hauling tree limbs and junk appliances, you might be better off with a pickup truck or delivery van. This would be an especially good business if you like meeting lots of new people and you don’t mind driving around.

Home staging

People selling high-end homes often pay a lot of money for professional home staging — up to $600 per month, per room. And while a $10,000 investment may not go far toward buying a lot of furniture that you can use for your own startup home staging business, there are still plenty of ways to get started for cheaper if you have an eye for interior design.

You could get started by offering discounted services to homeowners if you clean up their space and use their own furniture (or even your own, if you have some available). You could also build your business by connecting with real estate agents.

Another burgeoning job is virtual home staging, which requires no physical furniture at all — just a knack for using virtual staging software. This also opens your potential client base much wider than just your local market.

Mobile car wash

Along with cleaning homes, cleaning cars is one of those tasks that many people prefer to outsource rather than do themselves. You can get started with this business relatively cheaply by marketing your business to people who want their car detailed near an electrical outlet and a hose source, such as in their driveway.

In that scenario, all you’d need are the extra cleaning supplies, such as chamois cloths, a vacuum cleaner, and car wax. It’s a good option if you like working outside and making dull things shine once again, and it’s a relatively low-cost business to start.

Photographer

Starting a photography business is another natural fit if you already enjoy this as a hobby. You may already have some good equipment, but launching this as a business can help you upgrade to a nicer camera, better lighting supplies, and more cutting-edge editing software programs.

There’s also a lot of room for flexibility with a photography business. You might specialize in certain types of shoots, such as for pets, weddings, or graduations. You might work directly with clients, or you might just take photos of things you like, such as nature scenes, and sell them for prints or as stock images for a passive income source.

Pedicab driver

If you live in an urban area, like working with people, and you’re looking to get into the most amazing shape of your life, starting your own pedicab business is a natural fit. The average pedicab costs about $3,500. Depending on where you live, you may need to pay additional fees for licenses, permits, and insurance.

Running a pedicab business has the advantage of being very flexible, as well. You can choose when and where you work in order to aim for certain types of crowds. As with being a rideshare driver, though, the best money — and the most hassles — usually come from working after events let out or weekend evenings and nights.

And as you experience business growth, you could purchase additional pedicabs and hire people to “drive” them.

What is the best way to start a business with $10,000?

It’s a good idea to study your market and write up a business plan so you know whether you’d be likely to recoup your investment or not. It could also be a good idea to start small, with less than $10,000, so you can try the business on a small scale first and see if it’ll actually work for you in the long run.

What business can I do with $5,000?

You can start most of the businesses on this list with any amount you want, including $5,000. In fact, starting with a smaller investment upfront may be smarter because it gives you a chance to test the waters first before you decide if scaling your business up from there is worth it. If you find you have a good profit margin, you can expand the business. If you don’t, you may want to rethink your plan and pivot in another direction.

Additionally, many freelance opportunities can be started with significantly less than $5,000, including copywriting, graphic design, and building websites with WordPress.

Bottom line

What’s the best business idea for you? Before you jump right into being an entrepreneur, it’s a good idea to do some market research and craft a business plan to help you learn how to start a profitable business .

Also, consider whether you need to use the entire $10,000 to start a successful business. You can try starting on a smaller scale, as another safety check to see if it actually is feasible or if you should go back to the drawing board for another business to start.

More from FinanceBuzz:

• 7 things to do if you’re barely scraping by financially.
• Do you owe the IRS >$10K? Ask this company to help you eliminate your late tax debt.
• 12 legit ways to earn extra cash.

Up to 5% Cash Back

Ink business cash ® credit card.

FinanceBuzz writers and editors score cards based on a number of objective features as well as our expert editorial assessment. Our partners do not influence how we rate products.

Current Offer

• Earn $350 when you spend $3,000 on purchases in the first three months and an additional $400 when you spend $6,000 on purchases in the first six months after account opening

Rewards Rate

5% cash back on the first $25,000 spent in combined purchases at office supply stores and on internet, cable and phone services each account anniversary year; 2% cash back on the first $25,000 spent in combined purchases at gas stations and restaurants each account anniversary year; and 1% cash back on all other purchases

• Solid rewards on office supply, telecom spending, gas, and dining
• Generous welcome offer
• Intro APR on purchases
• $0 annual fee
• Valuable purchase and travel protections
• Bonus rewards capped after $25,000 annual spend in each category
• No bonus rewards for travel or advertising purchases
• Foreign transaction fee of 3% of each transaction in U.S. dollars
• Earn 5% cash back on the first $25,000 spent in combined purchases at office supply stores and on internet, cable and phone services each account anniversary year
• Earn 2% cash back on the first $25,000 spent in combined purchases at gas stations and restaurants each account anniversary year. Earn 1% cash back on all other purchases
• 10% Business Relationship Bonus If you have the Ink Business Cash card plus a Chase Business Checking account on your first card anniversary
• With Zero Liability you won't be held responsible for unauthorized charges made with your card or account information.
• No Annual Fee
• Redeem rewards for cash back, gift cards, travel and more through Chase Ultimate Rewards®.
• 0% introductory APR for 12 months on purchases
• Member FDIC

Author Details

Lindsay VanSomeren

Business to Start with 10k

You don't need millions to begin your own business. Here are 52 low-cost businesses you can start with $10k or less.

Starting a business can be (and often is) very expensive.

From business registration fees to equipment and utility costs, you need to consider a lot if you want to get into your own business.

Thankfully, there's plenty you can start with only $10,000 or less.

Discover which of these great business ideas is right for you.

Which business can I start with 10k?

Businesses to start for $10k or less

If you only have $10,000 or less as initial capital, that's more than enough to start these businesses:

Import/export business

Have you ever wanted to buy something only to find out it's not available where you live? Even with globalization, accessing products from other countries can sometimes still be tough.

That's why if there's a high demand for certain items in your area and very few suppliers, starting an import/export business can be a great idea.

This type of business involves bringing products from other countries to sell in yours or vice versa. It can be very profitable, especially if you offer something unique or rare.

If you're importing a large volume of items, you can get lower prices if you buy directly from the manufacturers.

Food truck/cart

There's always a demand for food. So if you're an excellent cook or have a unique recipe, selling cooked meals can be a lucrative business.

But opening your restaurant isn't always possible, considering how expensive it can be. That's why food trucks/carts have become popular alternatives in recent years.

Not only do they have fewer startup costs than a restaurant. But you can also attract more customers because you can go to where they are instead of waiting for them to come to you.

If your food creates enough buzz among customers, you got yourself a winner.

Note that buying a food truck can cost upwards of $50k without customization. Renting one might be better if you want to minimize your startup expenses. This will only cost around $2k to $3k per month .

If cooking in public isn't really your thing, the next item on the list might be a better fit.

Home-based food manufacturing

A home-based food manufacturing business means you prepare, cook, and pack everything at home. In most cases, the business owner also handles the shipping and delivery.

So if you love cooking or baking but prefer working in your place, a home-based food manufacturing business can be your best bet.

The FDA doesn't require home-based food businesses to register as facilities to operate legally. But some states still require kitchen inspections to comply with health standards. Check your state's laws to see if you need one.

Photography

Even in the era of smartphones, many people still hire professional photographers to help them preserve their special events on film.

That way, your clients can focus on enjoying their special moments while still being able to look back on them later on.

A photography business can be a good choice if you know how to work a camera effectively. Besides events, you can also do other types of photography, like landscapes, portraits, or editorials.

You can even take stock photos to sell on websites like Shutterstock or iStock Photo , where customers pay to use the images commercially.

Note that photography equipment can be expensive. The camera alone can cost $1k+. But you can still manage with just $10k or less if you start small.

Personal image consulting

A good image is important in many careers, even those that don't necessarily deal with the public. That's why professionals sometimes turn to personal image consultants for guidance.

Personal image consultants help clients transform their individual, social, and professional images (online and offline).

This usually involves coaching them about their appearance, behavior, communication skills, etc. You may also do physical makeovers for your clients so their appearances match their new selves.

If you possess strong makeover abilities and people skills, this can be an ideal business to pursue.

Event and party planning

Attending parties and big events is something that many people look forward to. But planning them is another story. That's why they often hire event and party planners to handle them instead.

Event and party planners arrange and handle everything needed for an event from start to finish. It usually includes coordinating with the vendors, working with the venue, overseeing the setup and cleanup, etc.

Becoming an event and party planner may be a wise decision if you're well-organized and sociable.

Real estate appraising

Buying or selling real estate properties is undoubtedly a big deal. So you want to ensure a property is priced fairly before you make your final decision.

That's where real estate appraisers come in.

A real estate appraiser evaluates properties before they're sold or bought. You'll conduct property inspections to assess the quality of amenities and overall condition. After this, you will offer an estimated value based on your findings and the prices of similar homes in the area.

Note that this business could be a good fit if you deeply understand the real estate industry and have a keen eye for details.

Like real estate agents/brokers, you must be licensed to become an appraiser. The requirements will vary from state to state. So make sure you check what your area requires.

3D printing service

3D printers have made it possible to create product prototypes or working models of designs on a smaller scale. Designers no longer need to wait until they meet a minimum number of orders to test out one design.

If you're knowledgeable about 3D design and printing, you can start a 3D printing service.

Generally, you just need a 3D printer, design software, and filaments (the materials used for 3D printing) to get started.

Children daycare center

Parents want to know their kids are safe and cared for, especially when not with them. That's why reliable daycare centers are in high demand.

Daycare centers look after groups of children when their parents can't, usually while they're at work.

This often means feeding them, changing their diapers, and playing with them until their parents can pick them up.

If you love working with kids and want to help the parents in your neighborhood, opening a daycare center can be a great idea.

Makeup artist

Makeup can undoubtedly help you feel more confident and beautiful.

But doing your makeup, especially for special events, can be time-consuming. That's why you usually ask makeup artists to do it for you.

Makeup artists use different techniques and beauty tools to help clients achieve their desired appearance with makeup.

You need to be updated on the latest beauty trends and products to better accommodate clients' requests.

Handyperson

Doing repairs and maintenance around your property is definitely hard work. You need the right skills for it. Otherwise, you can end up with more damage or compromising safety.

Handypersons typically handle small repairs and odd jobs around the property. This can include patching holes, fixing leaks, installing new lighting, painting walls, etc.

You may choose to offer only specific services or be an all-around handyperson.

If you know your way around tools and can fix almost any issue in a home, starting a handyperson business can be a good venture.

Note that some states require getting a contractor's license if your earnings hit a certain amount. For example, in California, you need to get one if you earn $500 or more from jobs. It's always best to check your state's requirements before diving into this type of business.

Small business coaching

Having a mentor can be extremely helpful in any field, especially if you're just starting. This is also true for aspiring entrepreneurs who want to start their businesses.

That's where small business coaches shine.

This involves familiarizing yourself with your clients' companies to give them personalized feedback and strategies.

So if you know how to start and run a successful business, becoming a small business coach can be great. You can use your expertise to help fellow entrepreneurs launch their ventures and achieve success.

Vending cart/machine business

A vending cart or machine is a great way to grab a quick snack or drink without worrying about closing times. It is a very convenient option, especially if you're often awake during odd hours.

Vending machines/carts can also sell almost anything. These can range from your typical chips, candy, and soda to T-shirts, books, and even gold .

They also need minimal supervision and maintenance. You just have to make sure they're always fully stocked. That's why they can be a profitable, low-risk business for $10k or less.

Commercial cleaning

Cleaning services are another type of in-demand service, especially among commercial properties. Commercial cleaners do what residential cleaners do (like sweeping, mopping, and scrubbing) but on a larger scale.

Your clients would be other establishments instead of homeowners, like schools, restaurants, hotels, and offices.

You will generally charge much higher rates than residential cleaning services because of the amount of ground you'll cover.

Online store

The internet has undeniably made shopping easier for consumers since you can now order almost anything online.

And everything gets delivered directly to your house. It's no wonder there are around 218 million online shoppers in the US alone.

Did you know? Fashion, toys, hobbies, and electronics are the top online shopping categories in the US as of 2023.

That's also why starting an online store is worth considering. It has fewer startup costs than a traditional brick-and-mortar store.

And it can be very profitable, especially if you sell something in demand.

Home staging

When buying a new house, seeing what it would look like as your future home is important. That's where home staging comes in handy.

Home stagers rearrange the interior of a house for sale to make them look more attractive to potential buyers. You help interested buyers better visualize what it would look like if they lived there.

Starting a home staging business can be great if you have a flair for interior design and know how to sell a "home."

It's also profitable if your neighborhood has an active real estate market. You can partner with real estate agents and brokers to get clients.

Massage therapy

A massage therapist uses different massage techniques to ease aching muscles, relieve physical pain, or simply help clients relax.

You will typically work at spas and healthcare facilities. Or you can have their own space. Sometimes, you'll go to clients' homes and do massages there.

This can be a good business to start if you're already certified. The industry is becoming more in demand, especially as people become more conscious about their health and well-being.

Did you know? Massages have many health benefits , including relieving pain, lowering stress, and improving the immune system.

Trash removal

No one likes it when junk accumulates in their properties. And these can be a health hazard if not dealt with properly.

But it's not easy to remove trash when you don't have the right tools and equipment. Trash removal services help clients remove and clear up junk from their properties.

These are usually bigger pieces of garbage that need several tools and equipment to move, like old and broken furniture or large debris. You can also help with clearing out foreclosed properties and offices.

So if you don't mind doing the heavy lifting, literally, this can be a great business to start.

Lawn care/gardening business

Lawn upkeep is often considered tedious and time-consuming. So it's not a chore everyone looks forward to doing. In fact, many homeowners would rather delegate the task to someone else.

Starting a lawn care/gardening business can be a good idea if this is a common issue in your neighborhood. This can also be a fantastic choice if you have a green thumb or just love doing yard work.

Some of the tasks you need to do are trimming hedges/bushes, mowing lawns, and removing weeds. They might also ask you to care for their plants, like pruning, watering, and fertilizing them.

Green business consultant

Adopting more eco-friendly practices has become a major business priority in recent years. And they're often given incentives to encourage them to become more sustainable.

But going green isn't easy if you don't know how or where to start. That's why more and more business owners have been turning to green business consultants for guidance.

These professionals help entrepreneurs develop new ways to be environmentally responsible while keeping costs low. You will review your clients' current practices and policies to find areas to improve without spending a lot.

Being a green business consultant can be rewarding if you have the skills and experience that align with your passion for the environment.

Medical claims billing

Doctors are busy with their patients. Which means they usually don't have the time to handle the paperwork required by insurance companies.

But these documents still need to meet the companies' standards and be properly documented before the doctors can receive payments.

So if you have the credentials and experience, starting a medical claims billing business can be for you.

Bounce house rental

Inflatable bounce houses have long been popular event attractions, especially at kids' parties. And nowadays, you can choose from unlimited designs that will fit almost any theme and occasion.

There's also a wider variety of sizes to accommodate almost every group size.

This can be a profitable option if you're looking for a business idea that requires minimal effort. You can start with a single bounce house and rent it out to potential customers in your area.

Liquidated inventory sales

It's a fact that businesses sometimes close, whether it's due to a lack of customers or financial mismanagement.

When that happens, they usually sell their leftover inventory to recover some of their losses (aka liquidation).

Sometimes, they do this when they have too much inventory (overstocking) or can no longer sell the items (like with returned products). And they typically sell the items at significantly lower prices.

So you can start a business by buying the products cheaply and then selling them at a higher markup. You get to make a profit without spending a ton of money on products.

Human resources service

Every business, small or big, needs an HR department. But having an in-house team is usually more expensive than outsourcing to a consultant.

This can be a good business idea if you have a human resources and administration background.

Videography

Videos, like photos, help preserve special occasions on film. But instead of a single moment, they capture the entire event (including audio) as it happens.

Videographers are the ones who record these events and edit the footage for more polished results. You may cover different occasions, like school events, weddings, and conferences.

Some companies will also hire you to shoot training videos for their employees.

This can be a great business if you already know how to work a camera and edit videos.

Consider trying drone photography and videography to expand what you can do. This can also be more profitable than regular on-ground videography.

Businesses to start for $5k or less

Only have $5,000 or less instead of $10k? No problem. You can still become an entrepreneur with these business ideas:

Personal chef

Personal chefs aren't just for the rich and famous anymore. Hiring one has become a popular way for people to enjoy gourmet cooking without going to expensive restaurants.

You are usually hired for smaller, more intimate events. Clients typically need to book an appointment in advance. So it's less busy than running a restaurant or a food truck/cart.

It also has fewer startup costs since you'll prepare everything in the clients' kitchens.

So if food trucks/carts aren't your style, becoming a personal chef is another way you can showcase your cooking and special menu while earning good money.

Children's party service

A children's party service is similar to an events and party planner. You will handle everything needed for a child's party.

It usually means coordinating the activities, providing party favors, and arranging the entertainment.

This can be tougher than a regular event and party planner since kids are usually more energetic and active.

But overall, this is a good business to try if you love planning parties and working with kids.

Did you know? Kids' parties have become as big as weddings these days. Some parents have spent upwards of $50k for a single party.

Valet parking service

Looking for a parking spot can be frustrating, especially in a crowded area. That's why some establishments have valet parking services to increase their guests' comfort.

A valet parking service involves driving and parking a guest's car for them. They hand the keys at the entrance, and an attendant takes over.

Valet parking services are most common around hotels and upscale restaurants. But they can also be found at events with many attending guests, like weddings, conferences, theater plays, etc.

Consider a valet parking service if you're comfortable behind the wheel and have a friendly and outgoing personality.

Personal shopper

Shopping usually involves spending money instead of earning it. But who says the two are mutually exclusive?

If you're good at shopping on a budget, why not become a personal shopper? Personal shoppers help customers pick the perfect products for their needs while sticking to their budgets.

Traditionally, you will work in fashion retail stores, assisting clients in finding the perfect outfit or replacing their entire wardrobe.

But these days, you can work as a personal shopper in almost any field, including gardening, interior design, and even groceries.

Businesses to start for $2k or less

For only $2,000 or less, you can start the following businesses:

Social media management

After all, almost everyone is on social media these days, even businesses. But not all of them have the time to monitor their accounts regularly.

And this is why they turn to social media managers for help. You will handle your client's social media accounts so they don't have to.

Some of your most common tasks include setting up your clients' accounts, posting on their behalf, or answering their customers' questions. Your tasks may also include analyzing social media trends and developing new marketing strategies.

If you're tech-savvy and have excellent communication skills, this can be a great business to start for $2k or less.

Pet grooming and/or sitting

For many people, their pets are family. That's why they pay top dollar to ensure their fur babies get the best possible treatment.

So if you love pets or have a way with animals, starting a pet grooming or pet-sitting business can be a great idea. You get to earn money while working with adorable animals.

To give you a better idea, pet groomers bathe and clean pets. This usually means trimming their nails, brushing their teeth, and styling their fur. You also need to know how to handle animals with different temperaments to keep them calm during the process.

Meanwhile, pet sitters look after pets while their owners are away or busy. It often means feeding, walking, and playing with them. Sometimes, you will take them to the vet or care for the pet's other needs.

Consider taking courses like pet first aid to make your services more attractive to potential clients.

Arts and crafts lessons

Arts and crafts used to be considered an activity just for kids. But they're now a popular hobby among adults as well. In fact, many people take up lessons to explore and get better at it.

So this can be a great business to start if you're skilled at a craft and an effective teacher. Some examples of arts and crafts you can teach are knitting, calligraphy, scrapbooking, etc.

Consider stepping up your arts and crafts game by using common household items as your materials. It can be a great way to channel your students' creativity while reducing waste.

You don't even have to hold in-person classes if you don't have the space. You can record and upload the lessons to platforms like Skillshare or Udemy .

Copywriting

Are you skilled at creating content that sells? If that's the case, becoming a copywriter can be a good idea.

A copywriter creates written messages (or "copies") that promote a company's brand, products, or services. The main goal is to persuade potential customers to buy whatever the company sells.

Businesses always look for skilled copywriters who can promote their products or services. This is a great way to capitalize on your excellent writing skills.

Music lessons

Music is something that most, if not all, people appreciate. And some want to take their appreciation to the next level by taking lessons, whether learning how to play an instrument or just the theory behind it.

If you're a skilled musician and teacher, offering music lessons can be a great business. It's a great way to make money while doing something you love.

Plus, you can hold private lessons or group classes, depending on how many students you can handle at once. Start an online course if you can't teach in person.

Fashion accessories design

Fashion is one of the most common forms of self-expression. But sometimes, existing designs just don't match your style. This applies even to accessories.

So why not create your own?

A fashion accessories designer creates unique and stylish designs for jewelry, hats, handbags, etc. You will usually check the latest trends to develop complementary accessories for various outfits and occasions. Sometimes, you would sell your designs to interested buyers.

If you have a killer fashion sense and design skills, this can be a great way to showcase them.

Furniture flipping, repairing, & refinishing

New furniture can be so expensive these days. So replacing old furniture isn't always possible. That's why furniture flipping, repairing, and refinishing can be lucrative, especially if you have the DIY skills to make them work.

You'll revamp furniture (old or new) to make it more appealing. This usually means fixing issues, reupholstering, and repainting the pieces before reselling them for a profit.

You can work with your client's existing furniture or look for old or inexpensive ones you can flip and resell.

While you're at it, try online sources like eBay or Craigslist for low-cost, secondhand furniture. Sometimes, you can get them for free if the owners simply want to get rid of their old furniture.

Go for furniture pieces you can easily restore and resell for a profit. Some examples are dressers, tables, and bookshelves.

Vintage items selling

Vintage items, especially those in mint condition, can fetch a pretty high price these days. These can be old clothes, toys, figures, etc., that are rare or no longer produced.

Collectors often pay hundreds to thousands of dollars for an item needed for their collections.

That's why selling vintage items can be a good business to start. You'll go through old things other people sell to find something valuable. And then resell them for a profit.

It's also profitable because many collectors are willing to pay extra for the convenience.

Soaps, candles, and essential oils making

The handmade soaps, candles, and essential oils market has boomed recently. They're a great way to create a relaxing ambiance and enjoy a spa experience at home.

It's also why making and selling handmade soaps, candles, and essential oils can be profitable.

You can experiment with different scents and ingredients to create unique products that appeal to your customers. You can even offer personalized products for interested customers.

SEO and digital advertising

Search engine optimization (SEO) helps web pages, including ads, rank higher on search engine results pages (SERPs). It also allows companies to set themselves apart from the competition.

But both of these can be complicated if you're unfamiliar with the strategies. That's why SEO experts and digital advertisers are in high demand.

You can help businesses optimize their online content and ads to match what search engines are looking for. That way, they easily reach the right audience.

If you're well-versed in SEO strategies, an SEO and digital advertising agency can be worth a shot.

Did you know? According to Oberlo, digital advertising accounts for approximately 67.4% of the overall expenses for media ads. This is roughly $626.9 billion and will increase in the coming years.

Online researching

Almost everything is readily available online these days. You need to know where to look. If you're good at digging up information online, becoming an online researcher can make sense.

Businesses typically hire online researchers to help them gather and organize valuable data from various online sources.

They can use this to optimize their operations, make more informed decisions, and avoid unnecessary risks and losses.

You can start this type of business without leaving your house. So it's also a great choice if you prefer working from the comfort of your own home.

Clothes alteration service

Clothes alteration involves making minor changes to clothes so that they fit better. For example, you'll adjust the seams of a dress or pair of pants to make them snugger or looser.

It's different from tailors, who create custom pieces of clothing for clients (usually with their designs). Customers often go to an alteration service when something they bought is off by a size or two.

Try this out if you have excellent sewing skills and can work quickly and efficiently.

Floral designing

Floral designers use their understanding of flowers' meanings to create unique floral arrangements for their customers. As such, one of your tasks is to make sure the accessories and packaging match the customer's preferred theme.

Floral designers usually work in flower shops, grocery stores, and other retail stores with flowers.

Sometimes, you will collaborate with event and party planners to ensure the arrangements suit the event's theme.

If you love working with flowers, pursuing this career seems a no-brainer. More so if you can channel your creativity into producing stunning arrangements.

Fitness trainer

Working out and being fit can be tough, especially without guidance. So if you can inspire others with your lean physique and active lifestyle, becoming a fitness trainer might be your calling.

Fitness trainers work closely with their clients to help them achieve their fitness goals, whether losing weight or improving their overall physical health.

This usually means creating personalized workout plans that cater to their needs and levels. You monitor your clients' progress and help them adjust their workouts when needed.

Fitness trainers often work at fitness centers and gyms and provide one-on-one in-person coaching to their clients. But you can also work with clients remotely via online platforms.

Tax preparation service

Paying taxes is something everyone needs to do. And all your financial records must be accurate and in order before filing them. After all, the IRS is pretty strict, especially with businesses.

And not to mention, no one likes doing their own taxes. They'd much rather have someone else handle it.

As a tax preparer, you'll organize your clients' financial records and ensure everything's accurate. You'll also help them calculate and file their taxes, including determining which expenses are tax-deductible.

And contrary to popular belief, you don't need to be a CPA or an attorney to become a tax preparer. You just need to get a PTIN (preparer tax ID number) and an EFIN (electronic filing ID number) from the IRS.

Take note that the states of California , Connecticut , Maryland , Illinois , Nevada , New York , and Oregon have additional requirements to become a tax preparer.

Graphic design

Striking images and visuals are ways businesses set themselves apart, especially since web users tend to ignore certain elements on a website unless they stand out.

That's why graphic designers are in high demand nowadays. Companies will hire you to create unique, bold designs that accurately represent their brand, from official logos to marketing materials.

Graphic designers also usually handle the visuals for social media posts, product designs, and more.

If you're very creative and can turn concepts into vibrant designs, you can use it to your advantage with a graphic designing business.

Bicycle repair service

Bicycles have made a comeback in recent years. They're more eco-friendly than cars, which is becoming more of a priority due to growing environmental concerns.

But while most know how to ride a bike, not everyone knows how to fix one. That's why bicycle repair services are still in demand.

Bike repairs can range from tightening loose screws and bolts to replacing flat tires and reattaching bike chains.

This can be a good business if you're an avid cyclist who can repair and maintain bicycles. You may already have the necessary tools if you regularly ride a bike yourself.

Businesses to start for $1k or less

If you have a budget of only $1,000 or lower, there's no need to lose hope. You can explore the following business ideas and see which one sparks your interest.

Online affiliate marketing

Do you have a product you can't stop raving about? Or maybe you discovered an item or service that you know others would benefit from as well?

If that's the case, consider the potential of becoming an online affiliate marketer. You can make money while promoting these items/services.

Affiliate marketers promote a company's product/service and encourage people to buy them using a special affiliate link.

You can earn a commission every time customers use their link to purchase the item or even when someone just clicks on the link, signs up for a trial, or downloads an app.

Did you know? Around 20% of marketers consider affiliate marketing the most important way they gain new customers.

Business plan writing

Business plans are a must-have for any company. But putting together one can be tough, which is why many business owners prefer outsourcing this to skilled writers.

As writers, you will assist companies in creating custom-tailored business plans that will help them achieve their goals. You will also usually conduct the research and analysis needed for a well-crafted business plan.

Did you know? Around 71% of fast-growing businesses have and follow a business plan.

So if you're business-savvy and good at putting plans to paper, writing business plans for other entrepreneurs can be a good idea.

Non-medical senior care

Unlike the medical kind, a non-medical senior care business doesn't need special permits/licenses or extensive training.

It usually involves handling tasks seniors have trouble doing, like grocery shopping and housekeeping.

Did you know? Around 90% of seniors (age 65+) prefer staying at home instead of living in community residences.

You can also drive them to their destinations, like doctor appointments or visiting loved ones. Sometimes, you just need to keep them company.

If there are a lot of seniors in your neighborhood, launching a non-medical senior care business can be a beneficial opportunity. You can help older people and give back to your community while earning.

Virtual assistant

As the name suggests, virtual assistants are similar to regular office assistants. Only you will do all the work online and remotely. Your specific tasks will vary depending on your niche and industry.

But typically, you will handle calendar monitoring, appointment scheduling, and customer data management.

You'll also deal with social media, marketing, sales, and project management.

Becoming a virtual assistant can be a good business idea if you have excellent communication and organization skills. And like online researchers, you can earn money without leaving your home.

Did you know? Approximately 67% of business owners hired at least 1 virtual assistant in 2021.

Mobile car wash business

A mobile car wash offers the same services as a regular car wash. These can include basic exterior washing, waxing, polishing, and sometimes even detailing.

The only difference is that instead of the clients going to you to have their cars cleaned, you go to them. This is more convenient for clients since they can stay home and still have clean vehicles.

Did you know? There are around 103 million privately and commercially owned cars in the US. And approximately 92% of US households own at least 1 vehicle.

Offering mobile car wash services makes perfect business sense if there are a lot of car owners in your neighborhood. And you can start small with a bucket, soap, and sponges.

You can offer premium services like car detailing if you want to earn more. But this costs more to start (but still $10k or less).

Content creation

The content creation industry has boomed in the last few years thanks to platforms like TikTok, YouTube, and Instagram.

It has become a profitable field to enter, especially if you can build a massive following and attract sponsors. And it's not limited to videos, either.

You can create content for blogs, podcasts, streaming platforms, and more. Basically, making digital content makes you a content creator.

So if you're an expert in your field or have a unique concept, this can be a good business to start. You can share what you know with the world and earn from it at the same time.

What to do before starting a business

Now that you have all these great business ideas for $10K or less, it's only the beginning. There's a lot to learn and do to become successful in them.

This will give you a more realistic view of your idea's viability. It will also help you identify potential issues and come up with effective solutions.

It will show your commitment to your business and help you focus on your goal. It will also allow you to take the necessary steps to achieve it.

Your business plan doesn't have to be very detailed or complex immediately. You can start with the key elements (e.g., executive summary, marketing analysis, and products/services). Then expand them later on.

A solid financing plan, whether using your savings or securing a business loan, can increase your chances of launching a successful and sustainable business.

This can make everything more manageable. And it'll leave more room for changes and adjustments when needed. It's also a good way to grow your confidence first.

And it can make your services more appealing to potential customers. One way to do this is by taking online or in-person courses.

Pros and cons of being an entrepreneur

Starting your own business can be a new exciting path. But, like with anything, it has its advantages and disadvantages.

Here are some of them:

What the Experts Say

CreditDonkey asked a panel of industry experts to answer readers' most pressing questions. Here's what they said:

Bottom Line

Money is always a major concern when it comes to starting a business. Ultimately, you'll require funds to cover everything you need for your new endeavor.

The good news is that there are many business ideas you can try out with $10k or less as capital.

Just make sure you do your research beforehand and choose something where you can maximize your skills and talents. That way, you can increase your chances of succeeding as an entrepreneur.

Write to Alyssa Supetran at [email protected] . Follow us on Twitter and Facebook for our latest posts.

Business Credit Cards Review Best Banks for Small Business Free Business Checking Accounts How to Build Business Credit How to Get a Business Credit Card Best Business Checking Account About CreditDonkey CreditDonkey is a credit card comparison website. We publish data-driven analysis to help you save money & make savvy decisions. Editorial Note: Any opinions, analyses, reviews or recommendations expressed on this page are those of the author's alone, and have not been reviewed, approved or otherwise endorsed by any card issuer. †Advertiser Disclosure: Many of the offers that appear on this site are from companies from which CreditDonkey receives compensation. This compensation may impact how and where products appear on this site (including, for example, the order in which they appear). CreditDonkey does not include all companies or all offers that may be available in the marketplace. *See the card issuer's online application for details about terms and conditions. Reasonable efforts are made to maintain accurate information. However, all information is presented without warranty. When you click on the "Apply Now" button you can review the terms and conditions on the card issuer's website. CreditDonkey does not know your individual circumstances and provides information for general educational purposes only. CreditDonkey is not a substitute for, and should not be used as, professional legal, credit or financial advice. You should consult your own professional advisors for such advice. Best Countries for a Business How to Do Market Research Define Your Target Market How to Write a Business Plan Key Elements of a Business Plan How to Buy a Business What is a Pitch Deck? How to Set Financial Goals Best Business Opportunities Best Small Business Ideas Lucrative Online Business Ideas Side Ideas for Women Small Scale Business Ideas Best Tech Startup Ideas App Ideas for Start-Ups Small Business Ideas in India Business Tycoons to Learn From Most Innovative Entrepreneurs Successful Women Entrepreneurs Best Business Books of All Time Startup Pitch Deck Examples Successful Social Entrepreneurs Top Entrepreneurs of India Best Online Legal Services Small Business Software Apps for Daily Operations Business Name Generators Mission Statement Generators Privacy Policy Generators Start a Profitable Online Store Start a Dropshipping Business Start a Consulting Business Start a Podcast: 10-Step Tutorial Create a Successful Online Course How to Sell on Etsy 14 Best Businesses To Start With $10k In 2024 So, you’ve finally decided to become a small business owner . The idea of becoming your own boss is superb! Whether you want to put your skills to good use for some extra cash or want to quit your job and work on your own schedule , it is a smart investment of your time and money. But whatever business you choose, you need seed money for it. Some businesses require significant investment while you can start others with little or no money. In fact, over 64% of small businesses start with an initial investment of just $10,000! Lucky for you, this article lists 14 top business ideas that you can put to fruition with just $10k or less in hand. So, buckle up because your journey of becoming a small business owner starts here! Business Ideas Under $10k in 2023 For growing a plant, you need seeds, soil, water, and exposure to sunlight. Even if one of these elements is missing, you won’t be able to get your desired outcome. Now think about a very successful business. Do you know that it started the same way? It had to have all the elements for its first step and become successful. So, to replicate its success, before you start a business, make sure that you select a business idea that ticks all the boxes including experience, skills, and seed money requirements. Most business owners start with just an idea and then arrange for the required elements for a startup. For your ease, I have addressed all three elements in each of the 14 ideas listed below: 1. Digital Marketing Agency Skill requirement:. Strategic thinking Marketing knowhow Technical proficiency Client relationship management Leadership & team management Experience Requirement: Marketing campaign execution Client management Analytics & reporting Budgeting & financial management Team leadership Startup Cost: $1500 for a one-person digital marketing agency. Social media is one of the most important channels for marketing in 2023 because more than 4.60 billion people or 59.9% of the population use social media. These numbers aren’t merely statistics. They reflect the power of social media that brands must recognize. But how many businesses can invest in an in-house digital marketing team? Here are some digital marketing stats to prove the potential of this business: 56.9% of startups were found to have an in-house dedicated marketing team. 15.3% of small businesses have owners conducting marketing activities themselves. 7% of startups outsource marketing projects to agencies and freelancers. 34% of small businesses outsource their digital marketing function to agencies. With digital marketing agencies in demand in 2023 and beyond and a low barrier to entry in the market, you can start with this million-dollar business idea right away. But make sure you develop a business model that matches your expertise and the seed money available to you. How to Get Started? A single person can start a digital marketing agency. You can be the sole owner and employee in your agency. Plus, you don’t need any business license to operate. Plus, there’s no need to have a dedicated office space, so you save on those costs. You can hire a couple of graphic designers if you don’t have expertise in creating visual posts. But apps like Canva have made it possible for anyone with a creative mind to learn the basics of graphic designing . So, it is up to you to decide between setting up a full-fledged marketing team or doing everything yourself initially. What Services to Offer? Cost savings aside, under the umbrella of digital marketing, you can offer a wide range of services to other small business owners including the following: SEO: Search engine optimization for bloggers and website owners to rank on Google and effectively reach their target market . Creatives: Graphics and content creation for social media. Ad Campaigns: Digital campaign management for paid media. Research: Market research on digital strategies of competitor brands. Sentiment analysis for an in-depth insight into your client’s target market so they can improve their search engine optimization and marketing strategy. Customer support: Businesses use social media to communicate with their audience directly. As a digital marketing agency, you can provide your clients with customer support services through social media. You can do this by developing chatbots for them or providing them assistance with customer support by allocating a team member. High demand Social media platforms have consistently evolving algorithms. Keeping up with the constantly changing trends is challenging. Potential for growth Client handling can be stressful Option to offer a wide range of services – No licensing requirements You can as seed money 2. Personal Training Business Fitness knowledge & expertise Business acumen Interpersonal skills Sales & marketing skills Time management Hands-on training experience Industry networking $1,500 for equipment with a solo business owner . If you have a knack for fitness and have achieved your personal fitness goals, you don’t need to consider other businesses. The most profitable business opportunity for you is becoming a personal trainer. There are two reasons for this: The demand for personal trainers is growing quickly. The Bureau of Labor Statistics predicts that the demand for fitness instructors will grow by 14% through 2032. As people become more health conscious, the job opportunities for a personal trainer will widen. They can train a group of people, take one-on-one lessons, start an online store to sell fitness products, and even earn money via monetized content creation on platforms like YouTube! Before writing a business plan , ensure you have attained a certification for becoming a personal trainer. Ensure that this certification is accredited by a reputable institution such as the National Board of Fitness Examiners (NFBE) or anyone on the list in the infographic below. Although this is a low-capital business idea , you can turn it into a more lucrative business if you have access to more funds. For instance, with $50,000, you can rent and furnish a fitness studio and get a step up when you step into the world of fitness as a personal trainer . Low initial capital requirement Industry is highly competitive Wide range of opportunities Risk of injuries Easy to scale The personal trainer needs to complete almost a year-long certification program 3. Pet Grooming Business Animal handling and behavior understanding Grooming technique proficiency Customer service skills Business management skills Time management skills Veterinary assistant or animal care experience Professional grooming certification Customer service experience Inventory and equipment management experience Basic accounting and bookkeeping Under $2,000 for equipment costs. If you aren’t a people person but absolutely adore pets, you are lucky. You can earn a lot by giving pet grooming services to a client base of furry friends. Here are some stats to prove it: Just like any other service business, the profit margins are high. The industry is expected to grow by 54% from 2022 to 2029 due to increased pet ownership nationwide. If you’re working for someone else, you can earn as much as $29,000 annually. Imagine how much you’d earn if you were the sole proprietor of your own business. The cost for the startup is quite low – best if you have a small budget. You must invest in equipment, business insurance, and social media marketing to get started. The best part about this business idea is that you can operate from a company van, rent a salon, or set up at home! However, don’t hesitate to invest more money if you can. A proper setup can attract high-paying clients and will help you develop a loyal customer base. Satisfied customers become loyal customers Need to invest extensively in marketing Low overhead costs Increasing industry competition Pet injuries should be covered by business insurance 4. Cleaning Services Cleaning techniques and methods Basic accounting and financial management Team leadership and personnel management Previous Cleaning or Janitorial Experience Customer Service or Client Management Experience Basic Business Operations (Scheduling, Billing, etc.) Staff Training and Management Experience Knowledge of Health and Safety Regulations $3,000 – $5,000 for state licensing, equipment, and marketing. If you consider yourself a great manager, a great option for you to start a business is by hiring janitorial staff for a cleaning business. Here’s the potential that this business opportunity holds for you: The cleaning industry is expected to grow by 5.5% annually from 2023-2030. The number of dual-income households is expected to increase in the coming years because of the financial stability it provides. In 2014, the median income of dual-income families was 101,000 indicating the purchasing power of these families and the demand for cleaning services at home. To start a cleaning services business, you need to assess the existing businesses in your area. Identify the market gap before employing janitorial staff or marketing your services. Failing to do so will keep you from acquiring new customers as the existing competitors will already cater to them. If you have no choice but to operate in the same area, your business planning process should include determining your USP to help you break through the clutter. Low initial investment High industry competitiveness Large profit margins Market research is necessary to set the best price point The industry is rapidly growing 5. Personal Chef Business Culinary expertise Menu planning and nutrition knowledge Customer service and communication skills Business management and marketing Professional cooking experience (restaurants, catering, etc.) Food safety and sanitation certifications Customer service or client management experience Inventory management and budgeting Experience with marketing and business development $1000 for social media marketing With catering costs on the rise, more and more people are opting for personal chefs to prepare meals for parties, events, and holidays. So, if you love making food and have the skill and knack for food presentation, don’t think twice about this business opportunity. As a personal chef, you’ll be visiting other places to prepare the gourmet meals, so you don’t need specialized equipment or supplies. Just make sure that you give your clients a list of supplies you need beforehand to make sure you have everything you need for the job. This is the best business idea for you if you want to work at your own pace. You can start by cooking meals for neighbors and friends at small parties and scale up steadily. Partnering with event management startups can also lead you to more jobs. However, personal chef jobs pay only $24.39 an hour on average. While this business will give you a loyal customer base, it won’t be high paying till you strategize for business growth and hire more people on your team. : Very low startup cost with an existing network of clients. As a sole proprietor, you cannot scale your business and earnings beyond a certain point. 6. Food Business Culinary skills Business management Food safety knowledge Customer service Marketing and branding Food preparation and cooking experience Restaurant or retail management Food safety certification Customer service or front-of-house experience Supply chain and inventory management $10,000 for marketing and food truck. Although becoming a personal chef is a good way to get started in the food industry, if your goal is to earn big, you can certainly try your luck with a food business . And for starters, you don’t need to invest in expensive equipment or rent a restaurant. A food truck will do just as well as a rented restaurant. The cost of acquiring a truck ranks it on the higher end of the list of businesses to start with 10k. But even if you have $10k or a little more, you have the perfect opportunity to kickstart your food business. For a successful business in the food industry, here’s all that you need to know: Create a theme around the food. The more unique your culinary concept, the more customers you will attract. Design your truck’s eye-catching theme according to the menu. Determine places where you can legally operate your food truck. Get a food handler and health department permit for $50-$1000 depending on where you’re operating. Drive around the food truck to new places to attract more customers once you build an online presence. Use your food truck to cater for parties and events and earn around $12-$25 per guest there. Check the local fire and health regulations for operating food trucks and make sure to comply with them. How to Grow a Food Truck Business? A great idea to expand your business’ reach is to partner with a local food delivery service . You can cover these costs by charging the customers a minimal fee for food delivery. You can also diversify your business by partnering with companies. You can provide lunch and snacks to the employees on a daily basis. But if you want to run your food truck while catering to companies, a great idea is to invest in a fresh food vending machine. The only drawback is that the cost of business operations of a food vending machine business is high. You will have to pay around 15-20% in commissions, sales tax, and account for food waste. But with proper planning and the right pricing strategy , you can add a profitable income stream to your food business with this idea. Business can start with 10k Competition with other food businesses with the same theme/culinary concept. High-profit margins Food safety, fire, and health compliance requirements. High costs of buying food trucks. 7. Photography Business Technical photography skills Post-processing and editing Client communication Professional photography experience (e.g., weddings, portraits, commercial shoots) Photo editing software proficiency (e.g., Adobe Photoshop, Lightroom) Client management (e.g., consultations, bookings) Portfolio development $10,000 for equipment costs. If you love clicking pictures and have the skills to edit them to perfection, you are already prepared to start a photography business . The best part about this business is that you can select your niche according to your interests and expertise. Here are some of the niches you can offer as a freelance photographer: Photography for blogs: The internet and the demand for interactive content have increased the demand for photography. 66% of marketers state that interactive content is important for increasing engagement rates. 90% of bloggers are using social media to reach audiences where unique photo posts generate 65% higher engagement than text posts. Product Photography: Professional product photographers charge $400-$1000 per day if they take photographs of the products in their studio. Baby Photography: If you have creative ideas for newborn photography, you can charge between $100 – $300 per hour for your craft. Stock Photos: If you’re a professional who wants to work at their own pace, you could always try your luck on stock photo websites. Depending on the performance of your photos (views and downloads) you can earn up to $120 for every photo. If you have the equipment, you can start with 10k or less Building a loyal customer base for a new business takes time. 8. Personal Shopper Services Client assessment and communication Budget management Trend awareness Sales and negotiation Retail or fashion industry experience Client consultation and feedback handling Portfolio development and testimonials $1000-$1500 for marketing and networking. With dual-income families on the rise, convenience is in demand. The demand gives rise to the need for services like delivery and pickups and products like ready-to-cook. If you’re someone who loves shopping and hates mundane work, this is the perfect new business opportunity for you. As a personal shopper, you will have a variety of tasks to handle. You might have to head to the local farmer’s market to pick some groceries for your clients, select dresses for them to wear, or choose presents for birthdays, anniversaries, and holidays. While this idea is great if you want to make a quick buck, good networking can pay you well in this business. Shopper for Local Businesses : You can approach local businesses to hire you to do specialized work. For instance, an interior decorator could hire you to rummage through antique shops and flea markets to get them the best pieces for their projects. Corporate Gifts Shopper: You can even niche down and become a corporate shopper who arranges corporate gifts for employees on the holidays, potential investors, and business partners. Start with 10k or less Networking can help you get higher profits Prior experience is not necessary 9. Party Equipment Rental Service Inventory management Event planning basics You can start with minimal prior experience if you're willing to learn quickly. Start with 10k and scale up. If you want a business where you want to work smart and not hard, the idea for an equipment rental service business is for you. The catch – you need a substantial budget to build your inventory of chairs, tables, and decorations. But since this business has a high ROI, you can start with 10k and accumulate more inventory as you earn. For a successful party equipment rental, it would be best to pick a niche first. For instance, you could buy equipment that matches the requirements of children’s parties or holiday events. If you have a higher budget, you could invest in wedding equipment. Although wedding equipment would cost more than $10k and you will also have to spend on logistics, it is high-paying. Here are some stats to illustrate how you will earn back your investment if you go for a wedding niche: Tent rentals alone range from $250 – $4,500 per event depending on the type and size of the tent. Wedding costs have significantly increased over the past few years. In 2022, the average wedding cost in the USA was $30k. Around 6% of this cost is for rentals like dinnerware, chairs, tables, tents, and décor, which is around $1,800 on average for each event! High ROI High capital, storage, and logistics costs Need to account for inventory damage, depreciation, and replacement. 10. Childcare services Basic first aid. No professional experience is required. $4,000 to create an inviting environment at home. In 2023, the demand for childcare services including traditional babysitting and daycare centers is increasing and so is the cost. The average cost of one child under childcare services comes to around $10,600 per annum. And this cost is set to increase as many states in the USA offering childcare funding are being forced to cut down because of the rising inflation. The decreasing government spending on childcare services means that families will have to opt for private daycare centers. With families already paying around 7% of their income on childcare services, decreasing government support will make it unaffordable for middle-class families. Additionally, only 20% of families rely on a family member for childcare at home. So, there exists a great opportunity for startups to offer cost-effective childcare services. If you’re someone who thinks this idea is worth spending on, you should start with a small seed amount from a spare room in your home. Although you don’t need any licenses to operate a childcare business from home, ensure you and your staff have basic first-aid training for treating any injuries. Business insurance is also an important requirement and a cost driver for a childcare startup. Other costs include equipment purchases and supplies needed for creating an inviting environment for the kids. or less Costs for hiring additional employees can run high No experience needed Need to invest in business insurance. are making the market highly competitive for talent 11. Moving Services Logistics and planning Heavy lifting techniques Vehicle operation and maintenance Experience working with a reputed moving company. Start with 10k. Moving businesses are evergreen because annually 27 million people move from one place to another in search of better opportunities and jobs, and adjusting their living conditions. While a moving business requires significant capital spending, you can save money and start with 10k if you invest smartly in this business idea. How to Invest Smartly in a Moving Business? Your initial investment would be a small, second-hand truck. Target clients moving locally or to short distances. Roughly 84% of moves yearly are local. So there’s a lot of potential there. Next, you need at least $1,500 to cover licensing costs. You need to spare $1,000 for a quarter’s insurance. Insurance costs vary based on the location you’re operating from and the cargo you’re handling. Since your potential clients initially would be those moving within the city, your insurance costs won’t run that high. Gauge your startup costs for the initial investment and survey the competitors. Then create a pricing structure that is attractive to your potential clients. How to Grow a Moving Business? You can also offer additional services to complement your business such as packing, purging, and unpacking. For this, you need to create a separate pricing structure and upsell your clients this service when they hire you for moving. A $500 profit margin for a local move on a $1,250 job on average will get the business wheels running so you can get more employees on board and possibly invest in a larger truck after several successful local moves. High return on investment High initial investment Opportunity to upsell additional services 12. Staging Services Organizational skills and a knack for interior design. A strong portfolio can help get customers. $10,000 for rentals. In 2022, over 5 million housing transactions were completed in the US alone. This means that 5 million people sold their houses or condos in the year through real estate agents . While the real estate business is highly profitable, you need to complete courses and get a business license in the state you will operate in before you get started. If you want to start with 10k in the real estate industry and you possess a creative mind, a great business idea for you is offering staging services. By staging houses for sale in the real estate market, you can help sellers get a better value for their property. And when you help sellers get better value, you earn well too. To put it into perspective, professional stagers earn between $25 – $125 per hour. You can start offering your services on the lower end and charge customers the rental costs for materials. You can use the client’s existing furniture and equipment to stage the home too. With this business model, you can attract a huge clientele looking for cost-effective staging services. Low capital requirement It will take time to build your business clientele and charge on the higher end. High demand for staging services No need for licensing 13. Consulting Business Industry knowledge. Experience working in a service business. $10,000 for marketing materials, networking event tickets, and office space rental. If you have had experience working in a corporation, but want to start a business, launching a consulting business is undoubtedly the best idea. The best part about this business idea is that there’s a need for consulting in every industry. Whether you have experience with accounting software , marketing, finance, IT, or management, consulting is something that is present everywhere. With low initial costs, the consulting business is perfect for industry specialists who have established a strong network in the corporate world and want to retire from the 9-5 routine. Lucky for these individuals, the consulting industry is expected to grow at a CAGR of 10.8% through 2025. Although the industry has a handful of big consulting firms, there are more than 900,000 small business owners in the consulting industry in the US. While this reflects competition in the industry, it also reflects the demand for consulting services. The industry’s competitiveness means that even if you have relevant experience, you should check all the prerequisites off this list to build a successful business in consulting: Pick a niche in your industry according to your expertise. Take online courses for starting a business as a consultant to learn and build credibility. Build a strong network of individuals working in corporate and business owners. Post thought leadership articles on social media platforms such as LinkedIn to elevate your business by building credibility. Low capital requirement Takes time to build credibility and clientele Perfect for people with corporate experience High competition due to the nature of the business. Flexibility to set your own hours and work from anywhere Easier to scale 14. Virtual Assistant Communication skills Data management Administrative support Scheduling and calendar management CRM software Very low. You’re good to go with just a laptop and a solid internet connection. The virtual assistant market stands at $11.13 billion in 2023. However, this market is expected to expand to a staggering $45.83 billion by 2028, thus attaining a CAGR of 32.72%. While AI is expected to take over the virtual assistant market, the demand for manual responses, calendar management, keyword research, travel arrangements, and bookkeeping will still exist. The best part about this business idea is that becoming a virtual assistant requires no experience. However, the low barrier to entry means that the industry is highly competitive. To get some clients, you must prove you are better than the rest. Good communication and presentation skills can go a long way in this industry. Online business – no barrier to entry Need certifications and portfolio for credibility No need for licensing The market is highly competitive Low startup and operational costs Pay rate is lowering because of the rise of AI Final Words Business ownership gives one a sense of pride and achievement. But laying the foundation of a business is no easy endeavor. For starters, you need to have a business idea that matches your skillset and then arrange for the required funding. You can then develop a business plan that addresses all the major areas: finance, marketing, and business model. Many aspiring entrepreneurs have amazing business ideas but lack the funding to execute those ideas. This article listed the 14 best businesses to start under $10k for you to get started on your entrepreneurial journey. With this list, you can come up with other business ideas that you can execute depending on your skill and experience level. You can start your own business as a freelancer without any capital. However, you need to have a portfolio of your work for this online business to impress clients to grow. With $1,000, you can start a digital marketing agency, offer virtual assistant services, or become a personal shopping assistant. You need to direct your capital towards marketing to get a client base and work solo initially. With $,5000, you can start a cleaning business, offer childcare services, pet grooming services, or become a consultant. However, make sure you meet the skill and experience requirements for these businesses. With $10,000 in capital, you can start your own business in the food sector, party equipment rental, or moving. Explore Further How to Start a Business With No Money Small Business Ideas To Make Money Online Profitable Home Business Ideas To Start Today Best Business Ideas for Students Was This Article Helpful? Martin luenendonk. Martin loves entrepreneurship and has helped dozens of entrepreneurs by validating the business idea, finding scalable customer acquisition channels, and building a data-driven organization. During his time working in investment banking, tech startups, and industry-leading companies he gained extensive knowledge in using different software tools to optimize business processes. This insights and his love for researching SaaS products enables him to provide in-depth, fact-based software reviews to enable software buyers make better decisions. Businesses to Start with 10k: Creative Ideas and Strategies for Success Dreaming of launching your own business but worried about the hefty startup costs? Good news—you don’t need a massive bankroll to get started. With just $10,000, you can dive into a variety of business ventures that have the potential to grow and flourish. Whether you’re looking to turn a hobby into a profitable enterprise or explore a new industry entirely, there are plenty of opportunities that won’t break the bank. From online stores to service-based businesses, your entrepreneurial journey can begin today with a little creativity and strategic planning. Key Takeaways Starting a Business with $10,000: Launching a business with a budget of $10,000 is feasible with careful planning and strategic allocation of funds. Key expenses include licensing, equipment, marketing, operational costs, and professional fees. Funding Options: To supplement your initial investment, consider personal savings, loans from family and friends, crowdfunding, grants, and small business loans. Proper funding can alleviate financial strain and extend your budget. Top Business Ideas: Viable business ideas under $10K include home-based services like freelance writing and virtual assistance, online retail ventures such as dropshipping and print-on-demand, and specialized consultancies in marketing, career coaching, and IT. Low-Cost Startup Strategies: Implement lean business planning by focusing on essential tasks and leveraging affordable digital marketing channels like social media, SEO, and email marketing to engage potential customers effectively. Managing Growth and Scaling: For long-term success, prioritize reinvesting profits in marketing, product development, and technology upgrades. Explore expansion options through new markets, product line extensions, and partnerships to sustain and grow your business strategically. Understanding Your Budget: Starting a Business with $10,000 Starting a business with $10,000 can be both exciting and challenging. With the right approach, though, you can launch a profitable venture without breaking the bank. Evaluating Business Costs Understanding where your money goes helps prevent overspending. Break down your costs into categories, for example: Licensing and Permits : Research required permits and licenses for your industry to avoid fines. Equipment and Supplies : List essential items needed to get started. Prioritize high-ROI items. Marketing Expenses : Budget for initial advertising and branding efforts. Digital marketing, such as social media ads, can be cost-effective. Operational Costs : Consider utilities, rent (if applicable), and other overheads. Opt for remote work options to save on rental costs. Professional Fees : Allocate funds for legal, accounting, or consulting services to ensure compliance and accurate bookkeeping. By breaking down expenses, you’ll allocate funds effectively, keeping your budget on track. WHY IT'S SPECIAL - Discover the convenience of a 2-in-1 hair pick! Our bamboo eco-friendly and sustainable hair pick is gentle on curls, 20% larger than those cheap plastic picks (that often cause more damage), and it has no chemicals. Our hair comb has a size that matches Gift Wrapping Made Fun and Easy! - As Seen on Shark Tank, Little ELF Gift Wrap Cutter has revolutionized the gift wrap industry by making it easier for people to cut wrapping paper. Little ELF is a patented device that is the most efficient, safe, and easy tool Drop Stop provides 100% Gap Coverage in front of, surrounding and behind seat belt catch. Drop Stop attaches to the seat belt catch via built in slot; moves with the seat and no need to readjust or reinstall. As Seen on Shark Tank, Drop Stop blocks that annoying 2-in-1 TEETH CLEANING: Elevate your oral care routine with our multi-patented 2-in-1 TeethRefreshers, the only travel toothbrush and toothpaste duo designed for the a busy, social on-the-go lifestyle. Whether you're a wine enthusiast, a frequent business traveler or a busy mom, our patented solution ensures your smile remains Wad-Free for Bed Sheets reduces the tangling, twisting, and balling-up of bed sheets in both the washing machine and the dryer. Drastically reduces wet items getting trapped in the sheets. Loads come out cleaner, helps the washer drum stay balanced, sheets dry faster with fewer wrinkles. Saves time As Seen on Shark Tank and other shows: This is the ORIGINAL Click & Carry that has been featured on Shark Tank, QVC - In the Kitchen with David, GMA, The Today Show, Hoda & Jenna, Bethenny, I Want That, and Food Fortunes How it Works: Click & Sourcing Initial Funding If $10,000 isn’t enough to cover all startup costs, consider these supplemental funding options: Personal Savings : Use your own savings to avoid debt and interest costs. Family and Friends : Seek small loans or investments from your network. Clearly outline repayment terms to maintain trust. Crowdfunding : Platforms like Kickstarter or Indiegogo can raise capital while building a customer base. Ensure your pitch is compelling. Grants and Competitions : Look for grants specifically for startups or business plan competitions that offer cash prizes. Small Business Loans : Consider microloans for additional funding. Compare interest rates and terms to find the best option. Combining these sources can extend your budget and alleviate financial strain. When you evaluate costs and source initial funding strategically, bootstrapping a business with $10,000 becomes achievable. Top Business Ideas Under $10K You can start several thriving businesses with a budget of $10K. As someone passionate about online business and startups, I’ve explored many ventures. Here are some top ideas. BEFORE YOU DROP A BOMB, DROP A DUDE BOMB: When you use the all mighty DUDE Bombs, you can literally walk around like your poop don't stank. Just drop one in the toilet before you sit down, let it rip, and enjoy your deuce with confidence 2-IN-1: DUDE PAIN REDUCTION – Naturally reduce muscle tension, back pain, and headaches by simply laying on the mat daily for 10-30 minutes. Acupressure releases endorphins that block pain, and helps relax the muscles in your back, neck and feet. FULL SUPPORT – Both cushioned foam mats are large enough Removes insect venom, saliva, and other irritants left under the skin using suction By removing the irritant, the body stops producing the reaction that is causing you to itch & swell Works on: mosquitoes, bees, wasps, biting flies, no-see-ums, chiggers, sea lice & more Compact, lightweight, reusable and Home-Based Services Starting a home-based service offers many advantages. You save on office space, commute time decreases, and your initial costs stay manageable. Some popular home-based services include: Freelance Writing: Offer your writing skills to clients. Set up a website, showcase samples, and use platforms like Upwork. Virtual Assistance: Provide administrative support remotely. Assist with tasks like email management, scheduling, and social media. Personal Training: Conduct fitness sessions at home or online. Create tailored workout plans and provide nutrition advice. Online Retail and E-Commerce E-commerce continues to grow, making it a profitable venture. You can easily start with platforms like Shopify or Etsy. Here are some ideas: Dropshipping: Sell products without holding inventory. Partner with suppliers to ship products directly to customers. Print on Demand: Create designs for apparel, mugs, or phone cases. Use services like Printful to handle printing and shipping. Handmade Goods: Sell your crafts or handmade items. Platforms like Etsy cater specifically to artisans and crafters. Specialized Consultancies Consulting allows you to leverage your expertise. It has low overhead costs and high scalability. You can offer consultancy in various fields: Marketing Consultancy: Provide marketing strategies to small businesses. Help improve their online presence and increase sales. Career Coaching: Guide individuals in their career paths. Offer resume reviews, interview coaching, and job search strategies. IT Consulting: Assist businesses with technology solutions. Provide insights on cybersecurity, software development, or network management. Starting a business with $10K is feasible by selecting the right idea and managing costs effectively. Explore these options, and choose one that aligns with your interests and expertise. Key Strategies for Low-Cost Business Startups To start a business with $10K, leveraging creativity and efficient planning is essential. Here are some key strategies to maximize your success. Lean Business Planning Begin by creating a concise business plan. Focus on core aspects: target market, value proposition, operational plan, and financial projections. Prioritize tasks that drive immediate results and avoid spending on non-essential items. For instance, if starting an online retail business, utilize free resources for initial research and marketing rather than investing heavily in advertisements. Digital Marketing Essentials Utilize affordable digital marketing channels. Social media platforms, search engine optimization (SEO), and email marketing offer cost-effective ways to reach your audience. Create engaging content related to your product or service. If you’re launching an online consultancy, share valuable insights and tips on LinkedIn to attract potential clients. Budget for targeted ads carefully to ensure they align with your strategic goals. Managing Growth and Scaling Navigating the growth phase of your startup requires strategic planning. It’s essential to balance growth with sustainability to ensure long-term success. Let’s dive into some strategies for managing growth and scaling efficiently. Reinvesting Profits Redirecting profits back into your business can accelerate growth. Profits are best reinvested in areas that directly impact revenue and customer satisfaction. Marketing Efforts: Allocate a portion of profits to enhance your marketing campaigns. Digital ads, influencers, and upgraded SEO can boost visibility. Product Development: Improve existing products or develop new ones. Customer feedback is invaluable for identifying enhancement areas. Technology Upgrades: Invest in tools and software that streamline operations. Automation can save time and reduce errors. Start small by prioritizing investments with the highest impact and track their return on investment (ROI). Considering Expansion Options Expansion introduces numerous opportunities and risks. Thoroughly evaluate each growth path to align it with your business objectives. New Markets: Entering new geographic or demographic markets can diversify your customer base. Conduct market research to understand local preferences and needs. Product Line Extension: Adding related products or services can increase your market share. Ensure new offerings cater to existing or complementary customer needs. Partnerships: Collaborate with other businesses to leverage their customer base and expertise. Partnerships can provide new resources without substantial capital investment. Scaling requires a data-driven approach. Regularly assess performance metrics to ensure strategies propel your business forward sustainably. Starting a business with $10K might seem daunting but it’s entirely possible with the right approach. By focusing on creativity and strategic planning you can maximize your budget and set a solid foundation. Remember to keep your business lean and reinvest profits wisely to fuel growth. Don’t be afraid to explore new markets or expand your product lines when the time is right. Partnerships can also offer valuable opportunities for growth. Ultimately your success will depend on how well you manage costs and how effectively you market your business. With determination and smart planning you can turn your $10K investment into a thriving enterprise. Frequently Asked Questions Can i really start a business with $10,000. Yes, you can start a business with $10,000 by focusing on lean business planning, creative solutions, and efficient cost management. What types of businesses can I start with $10,000? Businesses such as online stores, consulting services, freelancing, home-based businesses, and small-scale production are good options to start with $10,000. How should I manage my initial budget? Prioritize essential costs, use free or low-cost resources, negotiate with suppliers, and reinvest profits wisely for sustainable growth. How can I scale my business efficiently? Reinvest profits into marketing, technology upgrades, and product development. Consider expanding into new markets, extending your product line, or forming strategic partnerships. What’s the importance of strategic marketing when starting a business? Strategic marketing helps build brand awareness, attract customers, and drive sales, which are crucial for the growth and sustainability of your business. Should I consider reinvesting my profits? Yes, reinvesting profits is essential for scaling your business, improving products, enhancing marketing efforts, and upgrading technology. What are the risks of starting a business with a limited budget? The risks include financial constraints, limited resources, and slower growth; however, with strategic planning and efficient management, these risks can be mitigated. How important is cost management for a startup? Cost management is crucial for a startup to ensure funds are used efficiently, helping to maintain financial stability and achieve business growth. What are some cost-management strategies for a new business? Strategies include negotiating with suppliers, using cost-effective marketing methods, automating processes, outsourcing tasks, and continuously monitoring expenses. Can I consider forming partnerships as a growth strategy? Yes, forming partnerships can provide additional resources, expertise, and market access, which can help scale your business efficiently. Share this with your friends... About the author. John Prince You might like these articles as well.... Benefits of Gamification in Business: Boosting Employee Engagement and Productivity Why is Gamification Popular in Business: Exploring Its Impact and Benefits What Businesses Does Shaq Own? A Complete List Gamification in Business: Enhancing Employee Engagement and Productivity Start & Scale Your Successful Business How To Become An Influencer In 6 Simple Steps (2024 Guide) How To Become An Influencer On Instagram In 8 Steps How To Become An Influencer And Make Money: 16 Simple Strategies Top 16 AI Tools For Writing 29 Ways To Make Money With AI How To Make Money Online From Home How To Make Money Online For Beginners 15 Ways To Make Money Online With Google What Companies Are In The Consumer Services Field? 65 Businesses To Start With 10k (Or Less) Many people dream of starting their own business, but don’t want the risk of high startup costs or big loans with even bigger interest rates.  Fortunately, there’s never been more businesses to start with 10k than there are right now.  With more business models going digital every day, startup costs are lower than ever and side-hustles can take off with serious results. Here are our top 65 businesses to start with $10k or less.  Many we’ve tried out personally and will give you the pros and cos as we see them. 1. Print on Demand (POD) T-Shirts If you have an eye for what’s trending in T-shirts or fashion and want to rock your own brand, starting your own POD business can often cost less than $1,000 to start.  You can literally take any high-rez design and put it on a shirt. (that isn’t already copywritten!) Even if you’re not a design wiz, you can easily hire a designer to do it for you and still be way below the $10k mark. Don’t know how to make t-shirts or do screen printing? That’s the good news: With a print on demand means all manufacturing & shipping are done by another company. Pros: This is a model we have done well with and can vouch for.  As an add-on to our main businesses we’ve been able to generate well over $200K in sales. It is also dirt cheap to start. With POD you hold zero inventory, have low/no startup costs and let another company do ALL the work. Cons: While startup costs aren’t expensive, it can take anywhere from 25 – 40 tries before hitting a design that sells well.  Once you nail a winning design, it can often make sense to bring the production in house so you can earn more profits.  It’s not required but it can increase your cash significantly. 2. Digital Marketing Consultant If you have a knack for marketing on Social Media or with Search Engines like Google, then you can make additional income helping other companies sell online. All you need is a laptop and internet! Pros: We’ve done A LOT of this over the years and earned A LOT of money! If you have a knack for putting out helpful content, are willing to grow an engaged email list and audience, you can bring in TONS of clients fairly easily. Cons: Because this is an easy business to start there can often be A LOT of competition. A smart play is to often start local and scale upwards. You may also want to combine this strategy with the next one to really crush it… 3. Niche Fan Blogger If there’s a niche topic you’re passionate about and love to write informative posts, blogging can be a great way to turn a hobby passion into a career. It’s even possible to grow it into an industry news site and score press passes as well as interviews with your favorite artists, stars or creators. It’s not an overnight slam-dunk, but you can start for very little cash. All you need is a laptop and internet connection. You can start by finding your audience on social media and once you’ve built a reasonable following, sell basic ad space to earn a few hundred to a few thousand dollars per month.  You can even grow your earnings through affiliate links. Not a fan of writing?  You can use simple speak-to-text software and even hire out freelance writers. (We’ve done both!) Pros: This is a model we have done MANY times starting in 2011. Over time we’ve spun woven our sites into a multi-million dollar ecosystems. One of the properties even sold for 6 figures on its own! Cons: Getting started isn’t hard but it can take a minimum of 3-6 months to break in because ranking on Google isn’t instant. If you’re not patient and willing to put in at least 5-10 hours of work each week, this may not be for you. 4. Charcuterie Board Business You can have zero cooking skills and still rock a healthy, 6-figure charcuterie business with relative ease. (Because charcuterie has NOTHING to do with cooking!) In the past 4 years this form of “food artistry” has exploded into the mainstream. Because of the steadily upward trending popularity this market is still totally wide open for the taking with low start up costs. Many small businesses are starting to crop up all over the world and some are earning 6 or even 7 figure incomes quickly.  With over 755K “charcuterie” related searches in Google every month, check out the International Charcuterie Association for more info on this massive new market. Pros: In nearly 20 years of building businesses I have never seen anything like this until my wife started her own.  I added in my marketing skill sets and together we’ve brought in over $2.4million in sales in less than 4 years.  Because the searches are all locally based, the opportunity to take top rankings is massive and wide open. Cons: While you won’t have to invest a ton to get started, you will probably need to get licensed and certified. Even though the classes are affordable and easy to attend, many find that small effort to be too much and decide never to grow beyond the “cottage industry” size. 5. Pet Grooming Love cats and dogs? Help the people in your area take care of their furry friends by bathing, brushing, and clipping them. Pet grooming doesn’t require a degree or a license, so you can apply that money to your supplies. You can work out of your basement or home office, but consider going mobile as mobile grooming has exploded in popularity. 6. Photographer If you’re good with a camera and digital editing, you can make a good living photographing weddings, birthdays, and events. This business requires really good people skills and your photography must be amazing, because most people won’t accept anything less. But if you’re good, you’ll make an easy living in this high-demand field. Pro: Because of how fast customers can be reached on social, you can easily get in front of potential clients.  This is also a low cost startup that will often run far less than $10K to get going. Cons: Because of how low the barrier to entry is, there is a lot of competition. You will want to network with people like event planners to help increase the flow of your business. 7. Knitting Classes Knitting and crocheting is making a crazy comeback with Millennials and Gen Z. Many of them want to learn but don’t know how to start. That’s where you can shine as a knitting or crocheting instructor! You can do it all online from your couch with the use of video classroom software such as Zoom. 8. Tutoring Services If you’re good at any school subject and like helping kids, this is a great cost-efficient business you can do yourself. You can even do it online using platforms like Upwork and TutorAround . Check your local area for any required certifications. 9. Green Business Consultant If you’re passionate about lowering your carbon footprint, then you could be the perfect consultant for companies that are looking for help with theirs. Licenses and costs vary depending where you live, so do your homework. 10. Resume Service If you’re a wordsmith who likes helping people, this is the perfect business idea for you. All you need is a computer.  For most people, finding the perfect words to describe their experiences, special skills, and interests is enough to leave them feeling defeated, which is why there is a high demand to hire someone else to do it for them. Get started on LinkedIn right away. 11. Personal Shopper Love shopping? It might surprise you to learn that a lot of people DON’T. Or they simply don’t have time. Or they’re elderly and can’t physically manage it. Whatever the reason, it’s good news for you because you can get paid to shop for someone else. Pros: With services like Instacart achieving massive popularity, there’s a great opportunity for you to piggy back off that.  The biggest frustration high end clients have with personal shoppers is that the folks working for the app aren’t allowed to think for themselves.  If you show initiative and knowledge you can offer your services directly. Cons: Just like everything else, you’ll want to work the market in order to stand out. This can take a while but it can be very worth it if you live near a wealthy area. 12. Alterations Service If you have sewing skills, you can offer alterations from a home office. While tailoring isn’t as popular as it once was, there is still a strong need for it in wedding and event spaces. With the right connections and innovation, you could go far in a field that has little competition. 13. Personal Chef Love to cook but hate the idea of spending a fortune to start up a whole restaurant? Cook more intimate meals for two (or for a family) in their kitchen. You can cook for as many clients as you wish to take on with virtually no start up costs. You will have to travel on the job, but this business model also allows for a lot of freedom. 14. Online Researcher This used to be called “information brokering” but the name changed as the job switched to digital. If you have a talent for digging through Google and love organizing data, try this business on for size. You’ll be delving into government and business reports to find the information your clients need. On average you can charge $25 to $35 per hour. Pros: You can often “outsource” nearly all the work to folks you find on Fiverr or Upwork, edit/transfer their findings to your own letter head and make a killing. Cons: You’ll want to make sure you work with high quality people if you are planning on handing this off. Sending second rate data will mean the loss of a client. 15. Social Media Management All businesses today need some kind of social media presence. But many business owners don’t know how to use social media and don’t want to spend all their time updating their social media presence. That’s where you come in! Get paid to run their social media for them. The best part is there’s no end to how many clients you can take on – local or global! Pros: There is virtually zero barrier to entry with this. If you have past successes make sure to show it off on your own clean, professional site and keep growing your own social following. Cons: Because there is zero barrier to entry, you’ll have a lot of competition. 16. Children’s Party Service Love party planning? Parents are spending more money on their kids’ birthday parties than they did a generation ago. There are many ways you can go about it. Go mobile with your own party supplies and set up at your client’s location. Or host parties at various rental spaces and parks. The possibilities are endless. Pros: When we had our pop-up restaurant my wife discovered how big the market is for this. You can rank locally and do really well. Cons: You must be organized and great with people. Remember, you’re dealing with the parents not the kids! 17. Furniture Flipping If you love antiquing, browsing flea markets, or shopping at garage sales and have a good eye for furniture pieces, then flipping used furniture can be an excellent business to try.  Start with a few pieces you can turn around and sell quickly from high-end locals areas on the “free” craigslist postings and flip using your local FB marketplace. Stick to areas that are hyper local to you and get to know what people are looking for. Niching down to certain kinds of items can also help drive business. Pros: Gary V has talked about stuff like this for years and he’s 100% right. If you want to make money simply turn one persons trash into your treasure. Cons: Transporting & storing goods can sometimes be a pain. It can take a little while to gain the knowledge of what’s valuable to others. 18. Music Teacher If you can play an instrument, then you can teach others how to play it too. Offer classes in your own home office or at an established music store. Pros: Having done this back in my youth I can attest that it’s a great way to monetize a skill you may already have. Consider offering virtual options as well. Cons: Many potential clients will be looking for you to come to them. Make sure you have reliable transportation. 19. Pet Sitting Service With apps like Rover it’s never been easier to start a pet sitting service. Most pet owners prefer a sitter who will go to their house and keep their fur babies company while they are at work or on vacation. 20. Teach A Language More companies are interested in hiring bi-lingual employees than ever before. And more Americans are willing to learn a second language to land their dream job and make themselves available to more clients.  Even if the only language you speak is English, as long as you have good people skills, you can teach conversational English to non-English speaking employees via Zoom. 21. Backyard Nursery Got green thumbs and a backyard? You can make thousands of dollars a year growing and selling trees, shrubs, garden plants, and even house plants. Pros: If you plan on monetizing online, consider combining this with #3. You can build your audience by becoming an influencer, selling directly or selling ad space. Cons: You’ll want to do your homework before diving in to make sure the market you’re looking at has existing search traffic as well as current demand. 22. Business Plan Service It may surprise you to know most small businesses don’t have a business plan. To start such a service, you should have experience with business planning and be able to conduct the research and running projections based on real market data. Pros: Often focusing on a single area of niche expertise can help you stand out. Combining this with #3 is one way of making sure you have a unique voice for yourself. Cons: There are a lot of nation-wide companies offering this service. To stand out, you can demonstrate you are more hands on and focused. 23. Copy Writing/Ghostwriting If you’re a solid writer and don’t mind putting in the work, this could be a massive ticket to solid income.  We’ve worked with ghostwriters for years now and have seen how well they can do.  We’ve even helped some generate multiple 6 figures from their words.  From blog posts to full on fiction novels, you can often negotiate salary AND payouts generated by your earnings.  This gig can also involve writing short text for websites, advertising, print marketing materials, press releases, radio commercials, catalogs, and more. Pros: If you network you can easily locate tons of work without too much hassle. While there is a lot of competition, most of it comes from non English speaking  countries and so the language can leave a lot to be desired. Cons: Writing is a lot of work and takes a lot of time. You’ll want to make sure you have a contract in place which includes milestones where the client will send you payment before you move onto the next phase. 24. Fashion Accessories Designer If you’re crafty, you can sell your own handmade jewelry, bridal veils, handbags, shoes, belts, belt buckles, scarves, or anything else you come up with. Even if you don’t know how to sew, as long as you can come up with design ideas, there are numerous POD (print on demand) fashion accessory manufacturers that will make your designs under your name. 25. Taxes Preparation Service Note, this is not the same as filing taxes or being an accountant. Tax preparation is just that; preparing.  But you’d be surprised how many people hate doing even that step.  Especially small business owners that don’t have time to organize all their receipts. You can do this step for them and make money while charging much less than an accountant would. Some states require licensing, so be aware and check the requirements for your area. 26. Making Your Own Essential Oils and Soaps Selling handmade soap and essential oils from home is a unique business opportunity that will appeal to eco-friendly entrepreneurs. You can start from your kitchen for far less than $10k and sell your products online or at craft fairs and home parties. Find your niche & build a rabid fan base. Pros: Many companies cropped up when beard oil became popular and the market is still booming. Cons: For best results, you’ll want to combine this with #3 in order to stand out. Content can take time but that time can be very worth it. 27. Vintage Clothing Dealer Got any eye for fashion and love shopping at flea markets? You’ll need to know how to do your own repairs (such as removing stains) or be ready to hire someone to do it for you. But as long as you’re knowledgeable about the value of different clothing brands, how much to pay, and how much you can mark them up, this business is easy, fun, and will net you a good living. Sell the items on eBay to keep costs low and returns high. Pros: You can niche yourself down, focus on a certain market and really do well. Cons: Getting traction can often take 6-12 months and you’ll need to hold some inventory for that time. 28. Image Consultant Get paid to help people look and feel their best. CEOs, celebrities, people preparing for a job interview, singles getting back into the dating scene, patients recovering from an illness or injury are all looking for someone to help them with things like updating their wardrobe, etiquette training, communication skills, posture and handshake skills, and developing a new image or social media presence. Building a clientele requires very good networking skills so be prepared to be among the people as often as possible. 29. Non Medical Homecare These services can include companionship, meal preparation, medication reminders, light housekeeping duties, laundry, running errands, trips to appointments, and shopping for groceries and other personal needs. In addition to seniors, nonmedical home-care workers can also provide similar services for new moms, people with disabilities, and people recovering from injury or illness. You must be insured to work in this field, but the start-up costs are nearly non-existent especially if you work through an agency. 30. Coffee Bar We’re not talking about a full-blown restaurant, which is beyond the budget for this article. But you can open a small place that has a nice selection of coffees and teas, and maybe some pastries and snacks. The key is keeping it small so as not to need a lot of room. That way you can rent space in a pre-existing building or store. Think seriously about the visibility of the location, though, because foot traffic will be vital to the success of this business. 31. Virtual Staffing Agency A lot of jobs can be done remotely these days, but employers still need workers! A virtual staffing agency can be done two ways:  Connect employers of remotes jobs to resumes of potential employees, or build your own team of workers to provide commonly needed services such as web design, data entry, seo optimization, and more. 32. Makeup Artist It can seem like makeup artists today only want to make YouTube videos, but the industry is so much bigger than that. With the right skill set, you can do anything from work at a salon, to Bridal makeup, to New York Fashion Week. Even costume makeup for film, magazines, commercials, and so on. All while being your own boss and setting your own hours. Cosmetology school technically isn’t required, but having the proper training and credentials will help you go further in this business. 33. Furniture Repairs This business is perfect for novice and expert carpenters alike. If you have a van, you can go mobile and do the repairs on site at your client’s home or place of business. Or you can open a small repair shop in a rented space or garage. 34. Bicycle Repairs Bicycling is on the rise in the U.S. as more and more of the population turn to eco-friendly transportation and are becoming more health-conscious. But not many people know what to do when their bikes break down. If you do, then you’re in luck. Bicycle repairs can earn you $25 or more per hour. 35. Child Care Child Daycare is constantly on the rise in the U.S. With the cost of living increasing, most families require two full-time incomes to make ends meet. Which means someone else needs to take care of the kids while Mom and Dad work. Keep startup costs low by starting a home based daycare. The number of children you can take will be limited by the size of your house, but you can always expand to another facility later. Proper certification and licenses are required. 36. Pet Photography Who wouldn’t want to work with animals all day? If you’re good with a camera, this business won’t even feel like a job. Get creative with pet costumes and themed backdrops to really make your customers happy. Boost earning potential with products such as keychains, tshirts and mugs that you can easily transfer a picture to. Be repaired though. Not all pets are furry and cute. There may be some bites, scratches, and potty accidents along the way. 37. Cloth Diaper Cleaning Service This business idea might be the easiest one on the list, but will YOU do it? A single baby can use as many as 3,000 disposable diapers per year. Many eco-conscious and budget-conscious parents are interested in using cloth diapers but are often overwhelmed by the idea of cleaning those diapers. That’s where you come to the rescue. Get paid to pick up, wash, and return the diapers. 38. Expense Reduction Consultant Great budgeting skills and business experience is all you need to start an expense reduction consultant service aimed at small business or global corporations. Assist business owners with things like developing long and short term budgets, analyzing fixed and variable overhead, increasing employee productivity, and more. 39. Medical Claims Billing Service Doctors must bill insurance companies and Medicaid for all services performed, and the bills must be prepared to exacting standards with the proper codes for each item. While doctors can be great at treating patients, they may not be patient with submitting such paperwork. You can charge to do the filing for them. You will need to obtain certification which is usually available from your local community college where you will learn the coding system and software required by the medical industry. There is a fairly steep learning curve, but good money can be made if you are able to work in bulk volume. 40. Firewood Service Many people love using their chimneys in the winter, but don’t have the time or the physical ability to chop their own wood. You can chop and deliver wood for them!  Don’t want to chop wood all day? No problem! You can actually source firewood from all over the country and just get paid to deliver it. 41. Self Publishing Consultant Help writers realize their dream of publishing as a self-publishing consultant. You can offer numerous services such as editing, proofreading, designing, marketing, and distribution. Knowledge and experience of the publishing industry is a plus. 42. Aerial Photography and Videography If you have a drone and a camera, you can start a business in the aerial photography trade. Potential clients include colleges, property developers, corporations, amusement parks, golf courses, outdoor-event organizers, resorts, mining and forestry sites, sporting-event organizers and basically any person or business that wants an aerial photograph or video of their event or property. As a bonus, you can also offer photo/video editing services. Be aware of all local and federal laws concerning drone policies. 43. Vacation Property Rental Agent This can be especially lucrative if you live in an area with high tourism. Whether a beach, an urban hotspot, or a popular outdoor reserve for skiing, hiking, or kayaking. Many people purchase vacation homes in popular areas with the intention of renting them out when not in use. But these people can live thousands of miles away and underestimate the amount of work needed in promoting their rental property. A rental agent would be the person they hire to find a steady stream of renters and do some light house clean up in between. 44. Apartment Preparation Service Help busy landlords prepare an apartment for rent by making sure the space is in good condition. Services can include painting, carpet cleaning, trash removal, and other minor repairs. 45. 3D Printing Service The sky’s the limit with 3D printing. The size of the 3D printer is what will limit what you can do with it, so think about the types of products your potential clients will need before purchasing. For example, if you plan to work primarily with jewelry makers, then you likely won’t need a very large printer. Because 3D printing is still a pretty new concept, part of building a clientele will include educating your clients on everything they can do with a 3D printer including printing prototypes. 46. App Developer Whether you do the coding yourself or outsource, if you have a great idea for a new app, you can make it happen. The biggest challenge here is not getting lost in the ocean of other apps already available, so make sure you have a great marketing plan and budget set aside. 47. Marketing Consultant Most business owners have a great product or service, but don’t know how to get customers in the door. Especially now that everything is digital and seems to come with a steep learning curve. If you have experience in marketing, it’s never been a better time to be a marketing consultant. Services include developing marketing plans, establishing budgets, hiring and training salespeople, developing advertising, and anything else a client might need. 48. Virtual Assistant A virtual assistant is similar to a personal assistant, but a V.A. works remotely. Services will vary largely depending on the needs of each individual client and which field you specialize in. But in general you would be working on a computer for most of. Some examples include customer support, calendar management, website upkeep, travel arrangements, bookkeeping, data entry, photo editing, email campaigns, and managing social media. Basically a jack of all trades online. 49. Lawn Care Whether you do the labor yourself or hire out, startup for this business can be done for less than $1,000 because you can start small and build up as you grow your client base. To start, offer services based on the tools you already own. As your income grows, set aside a budget for new tools so you can offer more options to your customers. 50. Personal Trainer If you’re a gym rat and love working with people, a career in personal training helping people to reach their fitness goals could be perfect. Certification can cost up to a few thousand dollars depending where you live, and insurance is required. However, you don’t need to own a gym. Start by working with an already established gym or travel to your clients’ home gym. 51. Commercial Cleaning You and a partner can make a good living vacuuming, moping, and wiping down windows for commercial property owners. All for the low cost of cleaning supplies. 52. Hauling Service If you have a truck, you’re pretty much set to start a hauling service. People accumulate a lot of junk they no longer want – from old furniture and scrap metal to lawn clippings. But most don’t know what to do with it or have the right vehicle to move it. Depending on your area, you may need to obtain a special license. You also want to establish a relationship with your local junkyards and recycling centers. Get to know their rules, business hours, and if there are any fees. 53. Home Staging Selling a house is a challenge for even the best real estate experts. Home staging goes a long way in shortening the amount of time a house stays on the market. If you have an eye for interior design and enjoy the idea of sprucing up spaces before they’re shown to the public, this fun and easy business model could be for you. 54. Deck Builder Handymen (and handy ladies) who enjoy working outdoors can make a good lucrative income building/installing decks for others. It’s way easier than doing any kind of home renovation and you likely already own all the tools you’ll need. Enhance the experience by offering other outdoor service too, such as repairing broken siding or cleaning gutters. 55. Locksmith There is always a market for someone who can help people who have locked themselves out of their cars or homes. Training is required and can be done through your local community college or, in some areas, via an apprenticeship. 56. Dent Removal Service You’ll first need to learn the fine art of removing car dents without causing or requiring the need for a new paint job. But if you can manage it, there is a high demand for someone who can do good dent removal jobs for a price that is lower than your average mechanic shop. If you can fill that role, you can earn $70k – $200k a year according to this article.  https://howtostartanllc.com/ business-ideas/dent-removal 57. Teach An Art Class Share your artistic passions with the world by teaching others to paint, sculpt, stain glass, or craft. You can offset some of the startup costs by requesting the use of a room at your local library or school and have students bring their own supplies. As you grow, you can rent a more permanent space later. Another great option is to host your class online through Zoom or YouTube Live. 58. Outdoor Adventurer If you love hiking, being outdoors, and discovering great scenic spots, you could get paid to share your passion with a group of like-minded people by leading them on an outdoor adventure. Tourists love this sort of thing and being an expert on your local area’s natural assets can lead to a big pay off. Keep in mind this business isn’t as easy as taking a walk in the park. You must be able to organize trips, work with groups, be flexible, and be willing to take risks. 59. Yoga or Pilates Instructor Training and certification are required, but once you’re certified being a yoga instructor can be a very lucrative business. Begin by working through a pre-established gym before striking out on your own. This can also be a great skill set to add to a personal training business. 60. Massage Therapy With the popularity of Eastern and alternative medicine on the rise, it’s no surprise that so many people are flocking toward massage therapy for things like pain relief and muscle repair. Check to see if your state requires any certifications. Keep startup costs low by renting space within an already established spa or gym. Add additional services such as aromatherapy and reiki to boost your income. 61. Computer Repair Let’s face it, computers have become vital to our most basic function in today’s world. Yet they still break down all the time. And most people have no clue how to fix their own technology. While IT training and experience is a good idea before kicking off this type of business, it’s not actually required in most states. And you can start from home before renting a commercial space. 62. Port-o-Potty Rental Bet you didn’t think of this one! Human beings will always need somewhere to “go” and portable toilets are essential to any outdoor event. From weddings to festivals to construction sites. The closer you are to an urban area, the higher the demand will be. But even rural areas need their temporary toilets! 63. Airplane Cleaning Regular detailing is needed to properly sanitize and maintain the cleanliness of an aircraft. Your company can step in and provide the service that airlines need to exceed guest expectations. You’ll want a business partner for this one – or plan to hire out – because a single airplane can require 2-4 workers to get things done in a timely fashion. 64. Ice Cream Truck Believe it or not, your local ice cream truck earns an average of $300 to $1k PER DAY. Of course, this depends largely on your area and the season. Your biggest expense will be obtaining a truck with a proper freezer unit. The ice cream shouldn’t cost more than $1k to stock your entire menu as you can score good wholesale deals for ice cream. 65. Vending Machine Rental Most corporate and commercial businesses like having a vending machine or two in their building and it’s a surprisingly lucrative business. In addition to delivery and installation, you’ll also be in charge of collecting the money and restocking inventory on a regular basis. Which of these 65 businesses to start with $10k inspired you to make your dream a reality? Let us know in the comments. Like this post? Check out this Case Study: From $7k to $279k In Under 90 Days 15 Small Business Ideas That Take Less Than $10K to Start by: David Woutersen Last Updated: March 25, 2024 First Published: December 29, 2023 Explore practical small business ideas under $10K, covering the essentials of low-cost startups, including market assessment, business planning, and cost-effective marketing. Discover opportunities in home-based, tech, food, personal services, and educational sectors, offering a path to entrepreneurship with minimal investment. Skip ahead: Low-Cost Business Fundamentals Starting a low-cost business can be a great way to enter the world of entrepreneurship without breaking the bank. Here are some fundamentals to keep in mind when starting a low-cost business. Assessing Market Demand Before starting any business, assessing the market demand for your product or service is important. This will help you determine whether there is a need for what you’re offering and whether you can make a profit. Conducting market research can help you understand your target audience, their needs, and what they’re willing to pay for your product or service. Business Planning Basics A solid business plan is essential for any business, regardless of size or budget. When starting a low-cost business, keeping your expenses in mind and creating a realistic budget is important. You should also consider your revenue streams, marketing strategies, and long-term goals. A well-thought-out business plan can help you stay on track and make informed decisions. Cost-Efficient Marketing Strategies Marketing your low-cost business can be challenging, especially with limited funds. However, many cost-efficient marketing strategies can help you reach your target audience without breaking the bank. Social media, email, and content marketing are effective ways to promote your business without spending a lot of money. You can also consider partnering with other businesses or attending local events to increase visibility. In summary, starting a low-cost business requires careful planning and research. By assessing market demand, creating a solid business plan, and utilizing cost-efficient marketing strategies, you can increase your chances of success and achieve your entrepreneurial goals. Home-Based Business Ideas Starting a home-based business can be an excellent way to earn money while enjoying the flexibility of working from home. Here are some home-based business ideas that require less than $10K to start: Freelance Writing Services If you have a writing talent, freelance writing services can be a great way to earn money from home. You can offer your services to businesses, bloggers, and others who need high-quality content for their websites or other marketing materials. Depending on your preference, you can charge per word, article, or project. Virtual Assistant Services Virtual assistant services are in high demand, and it’s easy to see why. Many businesses and entrepreneurs need help with administrative tasks, such as email management, social media management, and scheduling appointments. If you have experience in these areas, you can offer your services as a virtual assistant . You can work from home and set your hours, making it an ideal business idea for those who need flexibility. Handmade Crafts and Art If you’re creative and enjoy making things by hand, you can turn your hobby into a profitable business. You can sell your handmade crafts and art online through Etsy or Amazon Handmade. You can also attend local craft fairs and markets to sell your products. This business idea requires some initial investment in materials, but it can be a fun and rewarding way to earn money. Tech-Focused Startup Ideas Starting a tech-focused small business can be a great way to turn a passion for technology into a profitable venture. Here are a few ideas for tech-focused startups that can be started with less than $10,000. App Development With the increasing popularity of smartphones and tablets, there is a growing demand for mobile apps. If you have experience in app development, starting an app development business can be a great way to turn your skills into a profitable venture. You can offer your services to businesses and individuals looking to create custom mobile apps. You can also consider creating and selling your apps on app stores like Google Play and the App Store. Web Design Services In today’s digital age, having a strong online presence is essential for any business. If you have a talent for web design, starting a web design business can be a great way to help businesses establish their online presence. You can offer your services to small businesses and startups looking to create a website or redesign an existing one. You can also consider offering services like search engine optimization (SEO) and website maintenance. Tech Support Services Many small businesses and individuals struggle with technology-related issues, such as setting up a new computer or troubleshooting software problems. If you have a strong technical background, starting a tech support business can be a great way to help others with their technology-related issues. You can offer your services remotely or in person depending on your preferences and client’s needs. You can also consider offering additional services like data backup, recovery, and network setup and maintenance. These tech-focused startup ideas can be a great way to turn your passion for technology into a profitable business. With the right skills and a solid business plan, you can start a successful, tech-focused small business with less than $10,000. Food and Beverage Business Ventures Starting a food and beverage business can be a great way to turn your passion for cooking into a profitable venture. With less than $10K capital, you can start a food and beverage business run from home or on the go. Catering Services Catering services are a great way to start a food business with low startup costs. You can offer your services for various events, such as weddings, corporate events, and parties. You can build a loyal customer base with a good menu and excellent customer service. To start a catering business, you must understand food preparation , presentation, and delivery well. You must also have a good kitchen space, equipment, and supplies. You can market your business through social media, flyers, and word of mouth. Specialty Food Production If you are passionate about creating unique and delicious food products, starting a specialty food production business can be a great option. You can create and sell your products online, at local markets, or through specialty stores. To start a specialty food production business, you must understand food safety, packaging, and labeling well. You must also have a good kitchen space, equipment, and supplies. You can market your business through social media, online marketplaces, and food blogs. Mobile Food Services Mobile food services are a popular and profitable way to start a food business with low startup costs. You can start a food truck, cart, or trailer and offer services at various locations, such as parks, festivals, and events. To start a mobile food service business, you must understand food preparation, cooking, and delivery well. You also need to have a good vehicle, equipment, and supplies. You can market your business through social media, flyers, and word of mouth. In conclusion, starting a food and beverage business can be a great way to turn your passion for cooking into a profitable venture. With less than $10K capital, you can start a catering service, specialty food production, or mobile food service business. Personal Services Business Ideas Starting a personal services business can be a great way to turn your passion into a profitable venture. Here are some personal services business ideas that can be started with less than $10,000. Pet Services People love their pets and are willing to pay for services that help keep their furry friends happy and healthy. Pet services include dog walking, pet grooming, pet sitting, and pet training. These services can be offered on a part-time or full-time basis and can be run from home or a storefront. Cleaning Services Cleaning services are always in demand and can be started with minimal investment. Services can include residential, commercial, and specialized cleaning services such as window or carpet cleaning. Starting a cleaning service requires little more than cleaning supplies and marketing materials. Personal Fitness Training Personal fitness training is a great business idea for fitness enthusiasts who want to help others achieve their fitness goals. Personal trainers can work with clients one-on-one or in small groups, offering various services such as weight loss coaching, strength training, and nutrition counseling. Personal fitness training can be run from a home gym or a rented space. These are just a few examples of personal services business ideas that can be started with less than $10,000. Anyone can start a successful personal services business with creativity and hard work. Educational and Training Services Starting an educational or training service can be a lucrative small business idea that requires minimal investment. Here are a few ideas to consider: Tutoring Services Tutoring services are always in demand, and starting a tutoring business can be an excellent way to help students while earning a profit. Tutors can specialize in various subjects, such as math, science, or English, and offer one-on-one or group tutoring sessions. To start a tutoring business, one can advertise services on social media and local classifieds or create a website to promote their business. One can also partner with schools or educational institutions to provide tutoring services to their students. Online Courses Online courses are becoming increasingly popular as people seek flexible and accessible ways to learn new skills. Starting an online course business can be an excellent way to share knowledge and expertise while earning a profit. To start an online course business, one can create a website or use a platform like Udemy or Coursera to create and sell courses. One can also partner with other experts or institutions to create courses collaboratively. Workshop Facilitation Workshop facilitation is another educational business idea that requires minimal investment. One can offer workshops on various topics, such as public speaking, leadership, or team building. To start a workshop facilitation business, one can advertise services on social media and local classifieds or create a website to promote their business. One can also partner with schools or educational institutions to provide workshops to their students. These are just a few educational and training services that can be started with less than $10K. With the right skills and marketing strategies, one can turn their passion for education into a profitable small business. Final Thoughts Your entrepreneurial journey doesn’t have to wait for a big budget. With these under $10K business ideas, you can start small yet think big! And if you’re hungry for more, especially with an even tighter budget, dive into our Best Online Businesses To Start Under $1000 for more low-cost, high-potential online ventures. Your next big opportunity might be a click away! David Woutersen David is the founder of Outofthe925.com and has been in the social media industry since 2017. Since then, his mission has been to help others take control of their online presence. For some, this has been earning an income online; for others, it's teaching how to use social networks more effectively. And each year, he continues to help millions with strategy, troubleshooting, and inspiration. Leave a Comment Cancel reply Featured In Download The Free Video Optimization Cheat Sheet Channel Growth Guides How Many Views To Make Money How To Make YouTube Thumbnails How To Make a YouTube Banner Can You Still Make Money on YouTube? YouTube Channel Ideas For Introverts YouTube Challenge Ideas: Ultimate List Q&A Questions For YouTube Best Camera For YouTube YouTube Channel Audit Get a comprehensive channel audit to pinpoint growth opportunities to increase views, subscribers, and revenue. In-Depth Website Audit Get a comprehensive website audit to spot weaknesses in your content, backlink, branding, and monetization strategy. Editorial Guidelines [email protected] This site is built with GeneratePress and is hosted on Greengeeks . © 2024 Outofthe925.com - All rights reserved. We participate in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for us to earn commissions by linking to Amazon.com and affiliated sites. We also participate in other affiliate programs, we appreciate all purchases through our links. Privacy Policy 30 Profitable Business To Start With 10K Ever dreamt of launching your own biz without breaking the bank? Well, our guide on business to start with 10K has your back! We’ll dive into exciting and profitable ventures you can kickstart with just 10K. Get ready to transform that modest investment into a booming business adventure. So, keep reading and discover the perfect business to start with 10K for you! Business To Start With 10K Content Writing Social Media Management E-commerce Store Online Tutoring Graphic Designer Photography Services Virtual Assistant Personal Chef Food Truck Pet Sitting/Dog Walking Landscape Design Personal Stylist IT Support Services  YouTube Content Creator Virtual Event Hosting Social Media Influencer Dropshipping  Candle Making Home Cleaning Services Online Coaching Handmade Crafts Seller Language Translation Services Airbnb Management Online Course Creation Handyman Services Digital Marketing Agency Car Detailing Mobile Car Wash Event Planning Personal Training Business To Start With 10K: Benefits Of Starting A Low-Cost Startup Everyone enjoys starting a business at a low cost, isn’t it? And beginning a low-cost startup can offer several benefits. 1. Reduced Financial Risk Low-cost startups require less initial investment, reducing the financial risk of starting a business. This allows entrepreneurs like you to test your ideas and business models without committing significant capital upfront. 2. Faster Time To Market Low-cost startups can often launch your products or services quickly since you don’t require extensive funding or complex infrastructure. This allows you to enter the market faster and gain a competitive advantage. 3. Focus On Innovation When financial resources are limited, entrepreneurs like you and me are forced to be creative and find innovative solutions to problems.  This can lead to unique and disruptive business models differentiating our startups from competitors. 4. Lean Operations Low-cost startups typically adopt a lean approach, focusing on efficiency and cost-effectiveness.  This mindset encourages you to prioritize essential tasks, eliminate waste, and optimize processes, leading to streamlined operations. 5. Learning Opportunities Starting a low-cost startup often involves wearing multiple hats and performing various roles.  This provides valuable learning opportunities for you, allowing you to develop a diverse skill set and gain experience in different aspects of business operations. 6. Attractiveness To Investors Low-cost startups that demonstrate early success and profitability can attract investors.  Investors appreciate businesses that can achieve significant milestones with limited resources, making them more likely to invest in your startup’s future growth. It’s important to note that while low-cost startups offer many benefits, they also come with their own set of challenges.  You must carefully manage resources, prioritize spending, and find creative ways to grow your businesses within limited means. Significance Of Choosing The Right Business To Start With 10K Ever wondered why picking the perfect business idea is such a big deal? Well, let’s break it down. Choosing the right business idea is like building the foundation of a skyscraper – it’s crucial for your startup’s success and longevity. A smart choice means your idea syncs with what people actually want, solves a real problem, and has room to grow and make money. Plus, it lets you tap into your own passions and expertise, keeping you fired up and dedicated. A great business idea also makes you stand out from the crowd. You’re not just another fish in the sea; you offer something unique that customers can’t resist. Moreover, it gives you clear goals and direction, making decisions and planning a breeze. It even helps you attract investors who see your potential for long-term success. So, when you pick the right business idea, you’re setting yourself up for a rock-solid start, increased chances of growth, and a real shot at reaching your entrepreneurial dreams. How To Choose The Right Business Idea? So, how can you choose the right business idea? Choosing the right business idea involves a systematic approach, and here are a few tips to help you in the process: Identify your interests and passions: Consider your interests, hobbies, and skills. Look for business ideas that align with your passions, as this will increase your motivation and commitment to the venture. Research the market: Conduct thorough market research to identify trends, gaps, and opportunities. Analyze the target market, customer needs, and competition. Look for areas with high demand but little competition or markets where you can offer exceptional value. Consider profitability and sustainability: Evaluate the potential profitability and sustainability of the business idea. Look at the revenue streams, cost structure, and growth potential. Consider the long-term viability of the concept and whether it can adapt to changing market conditions. Assess the competition: Analyze your target audience and the competitive landscape and understand how your business idea will differentiate itself. Find out what makes you stand out from the competition and how to position yourself in the market. Evaluate the risks and challenges: Assess any possible hazards and challenges related to the business idea. Consider factors such as market volatility, regulatory requirements, and financial constraints. Develop strategies to mitigate these risks. Seek advice and mentorship: Consult with experienced entrepreneurs, industry experts, or mentors who can provide guidance and insights. Their expertise can help you make the right decision and avoid common pitfalls. Remember, choosing the right business idea for you is a dynamic process.  Be open to feedback, adapt to changes, and be willing to pivot if necessary. With careful consideration and thorough evaluation, you can select a business idea with the potential for success and fulfillment. How To Secure Funding And Financing For A Startup? Now, let’s delve into a few steps that will help you to secure funding and financing for your startup. Securing funding and financing for a business startup can be crucial in turning your idea into a reality. Here are some steps to help you out! 1. Develop a solid business plan Develop a thorough business plan that details your goals, market analysis, competitive advantage, financial forecasts, and growth strategy.  A well-prepared business plan demonstrates professionalism and increases your chances of securing funding. 2. Determine your funding needs To start and sustain your business, assess your required funding.  Consider initial setup costs, operational expenses, marketing, and working capital. Finding the best financing solutions will be simple if you clearly understand your financing requirements. 3. Explore self-funding and bootstrapping Consider using your savings or personal assets to fund your startup. This demonstrates your commitment and reduces the need for external financing.  Additionally, explore bootstrapping techniques such as keeping costs low, negotiating favorable terms with suppliers, and generating revenue early on. 4. Look for grants and government programs Research grants, subsidies, and government programs that support startups in your industry or region. These funding sources often have specific eligibility criteria, so ensure your business meets its requirements. 5. Consider crowdfunding Explore crowdfunding platforms where you can present your business idea to a large audience and raise funds from individual contributors. Develop a compelling campaign, offer attractive rewards, and leverage your network to maximize your chances of success. 6. Approach angel investors Angel investors are individuals or groups who provide capital to startups in exchange for equity or convertible debt.  Research and identify angel investors interested in your industry or business model. Prepare a compelling pitch and be prepared to negotiate terms. 7. Explore small business loans Investigate small business loans offered by banks, credit unions, or alternative lenders. If required, prepare a detailed loan proposal, including your business plan, financial projections, and collateral.  To find the best alternative, compare the terms of loans and interest rates. I know securing funding can be a challenging process, and rejection is common. But be persistent, refine your pitch based on feedback, and explore multiple funding sources simultaneously.  30 Profitable Business To Start With 10K! So without any further due, let’s explore 30 profitable business to start with 10K. Starting a business doesn’t always require a massive investment. With the right idea and smart planning, you can kick-start your entrepreneurial journey with as little as $10,000.  So read on to find out 30 profitable business ideas you can launch with 10K and turn your entrepreneurial dreams into reality! 1. Content Writing Are you a creative enthusiast who loves to write? As a freelance content writer , you operate a writing business that provides written content for various clients and industries. Your job involves crafting engaging blog posts, articles, website copy, product descriptions, and more.  With an initial investment of $200 – $500 for website setup and marketing, you can create an online presence to showcase your writing skills and attract potential clients.  Building a portfolio, networking, and delivering high-quality content is key to establishing a successful freelance writing career. 2. Online Tutoring Would you like to be in your pajamas and teach online? As an online tutor, you offer educational instruction to students in subjects you excel in through virtual platforms. You provide personalized tutoring sessions, help with homework, clarify concepts, and prepare students for exams.  With an initial investment of $200 – $500 for marketing, you can promote your tutoring services and reach a broader audience. Building a reputation for expertise, delivering effective teaching, and providing valuable learning support are essential to attracting and retaining students. 3. Virtual Assistant Are you interested in assisting others when needed? As a virtual assistant , you offer administrative support to busy professionals remotely. This involves managing emails, scheduling appointments, organizing documents, data entry, and other tasks as required. With an initial expense of $200 – $500 for marketing and software, you can launch your virtual assistant business. Utilizing efficient marketing to attract customers and the right software solutions to speed up tasks and communication are crucial in today’s digital workplace.  These two things will help you establish yourself as a dependable and in-demand virtual assistant. 4. Pet Sitting/Dog Walking Are you an animal lover like me? Then be on duty and fill your pocket! As a pet sitter/dog walker , your job is to provide care and companionship for pets when their owners are away. This includes pets sitting at the owner’s home, walking dogs, feeding them, and giving them attention and affection.  You can start your pet care business with an initial investment of $200 – $500 for marketing and supplies.  Developing trust with customers and protecting the well-being of their furry friends requires investing in vital pet care products and effective marketing to pet owners. 5. Personal Stylist Are you a fashionista? Would you like to style others as you style yourself? As a personal stylist, your job is to assist individuals in making fashion choices that suit their unique styles and preferences. You offer wardrobe consultations, suggest clothing and accessories, and help clients create stylish and cohesive looks.  With an initial investment of $200 – $500 for marketing, you can start your personal styling business.  Effective marketing to reach potential clients, building a solid reputation for fashion expertise, and delivering personalized fashion advice are crucial to attracting clients and growing your personal stylist career. 6. YouTube Content Creator If your hand is full of exciting and entertaining content ideas, then be a content creator. As a YouTube content creator, your job is to produce engaging and entertaining videos on a specific niche or topic. You start a YouTube channel and aim to build a loyal audience through consistent and quality content.  With an initial investment of $200 – $500 for recording equipment, you can begin creating videos. Monetizing the channel through ads allows you to generate revenue based on views and ad clicks, making it a potential source of income as your channel grows in popularity. 7. Social Media Influencer As a social media influencer , your job is to build a solid personal brand and attract a dedicated following on social media platforms. You create compelling and engaging content related to your niche or interests.  With an initial investment of $200 – $500 for content creation, you produce high-quality posts, photos, and videos to connect with your audience.  As your follower base grows, you can collaborate with brands for sponsored posts, promoting their products or services and earning income through partnerships and endorsements. 8. Candle Making Do you like making candles ? Candle-making involves creating handcrafted candles and selling them to customers. With an initial investment of $200 – $500 for supplies and marketing, you can start your candle-making business.  The costs cover purchasing high-quality wax, fragrance oils, wicks, containers, and other supplies.  Effective marketing strategies, such as online platforms, social media, and craft fairs, can help you reach potential buyers and build loyal customers for your unique and beautifully crafted candles. 9. Online Coaching As an online coach, you offer personalized coaching services in life, health, or career areas. With an initial investment of $200 – $500 for marketing, you can start your coaching business.  Effective marketing strategies, like social media, content marketing, and advertising, can help you reach potential clients seeking guidance and support in various aspects of their lives.  Offering valuable coaching sessions, building trust, and showcasing your expertise are essential to attracting clients and growing your online coaching practice. 10. Language Translation Services You offer professional document translation and interpretation services as a language translation service provider. With an initial investment of $200 – $500 for marketing, you can start your language translation business.  Effective marketing strategies, such as online promotion, networking, and referrals, can help you reach potential clients needing accurate and timely translations.  Building a reputation for linguistic expertise and delivering high-quality translations are crucial to attracting clients and establishing a successful language translation service. 11. Social Media Management If you are a person who enjoys spending hours online, this is for you. Social media management involves assisting businesses in optimizing their social media presence.  The task entails developing and curating existing content, scheduling posts, responding to messages and comments, analyzing performance metrics, and implementing strategies to boost brand visibility and engagement. Social media managers can provide businesses with an efficient approach to engaging with their audience, develop brand loyalty, and spur business growth through a $500–$1,000 initial investment in marketing and software tools. 12. Graphic Designer As a graphic designer, you offer creative and visual solutions to clients’ design needs. You create eye-catching graphics for various purposes, including branding, marketing materials, websites, and social media.  The task involves using industry-standard graphic design software and tools to bring clients’ ideas to life.  With an initial investment of $500 – $1,000 for essential software and marketing efforts, you can establish yourself as a professional graphic designer, collaborating with clients to communicate their messages effectively through visually appealing designs. 13. Personal Chef As a personal chef, you provide customized cooking services and deliver delicious and nutritious meals to busy individuals or families. You work closely with clients to understand their dietary preferences and restrictions, plan menus, and prepare fresh and healthy dishes in their homes or commercial kitchens.  You can start your chef business with an initial investment of $500 – $1,000 for ingredients and marketing. Effective marketing, delectable meals, and exceptional customer service are essential in building a loyal client base. 14. Landscape Design Would you like to make your passion for designing into a career? As a landscape designer, your job is to create personalized and visually appealing landscape designs for residential properties.  You work closely with homeowners to understand their preferences and needs, analyze the site, and develop detailed plans, including plant selection, hardscape elements, and outdoor features.  You can start your landscape design business with an initial investment of $500 – $1,000 for tools and marketing.  Effective marketing to reach potential clients, investing in design tools, and showcasing your creativity are crucial to attracting homeowners and providing them with beautiful outdoor spaces. 15.  IT Support Services Are you a techie ?  As an IT support service provider, you offer technical assistance to individuals and businesses for their computer systems and technology-related issues. With an initial investment of $500 – $1,00 0 for marketing and software, you can start your IT support business.  Effective marketing strategies like online advertising and networking can help you reach potential clients.  Investing in essential software tools and resources for troubleshooting and problem-solving is vital to delivering efficient and reliable IT support services and building a satisfied client base. 16.. Virtual Event Hosting You organize and facilitate online events for companies or organizations as a virtual event host. You can start your virtual event hosting business with an initial investment of $500 – $1,000 for marketing and software.  Effective marketing strategies, such as social media promotion and email campaigns, can help you reach potential clients seeking virtual event solutions. Investing in reliable virtual event software and tools is crucial to delivering seamless and engaging virtual experiences, attracting clients, and growing your event hosting venture. 17. Dropshipping Want to be a delivery person? Dropshipping can fill your dream. Dropshipping is an e-commerce business model where the retailer doesn’t hold inventory but transfers customer orders and shipment details to the supplier, who then directly ships the products.  As a dropshipper, your job is to set up and manage an online store, select products from suppliers, and market them to potential customers.  With an initial investment of $500 – $1,000 for website setup and marketing, you can start your dropshipping business , focusing on driving traffic and generating sales without the burden of inventory management and storage. 18. Home Cleaning Services How about cleaning? As a provider of home cleaning services, your job is to offer professional and thorough cleaning solutions for residential properties. You clean and sanitize homes, including dusting, vacuuming, mopping, and bathroom cleaning.  You can start your cleaning business with an initial investment of $500 – $1,000 for supplies and marketing.  Effective marketing to reach homeowners, investing in high-quality cleaning supplies, and delivering exceptional service are essential to attracting clients and building a reputable and successful home cleaning service. 19. Handmade Crafts Seller Explore your crafting skills through business. As a handmade crafts seller, your job involves creating unique and artistic products by hand and selling them on platforms like Etsy.  You design and craft various items, such as jewelry, home decor, and accessories, showcasing your creativity and craftsmanship. You can start your craft business with an initial investment of $500 – $1,000 for supplies and marketing.  Compelling product photography, engaging product descriptions, and customer service are vital to attracting buyers and growing your online presence in the handmade crafts market. 20. Airbnb Management As an Airbnb property manager , you provide comprehensive management services for Airbnb hosts. This includes handling bookings, guest communication, check-ins/check-outs, cleaning, and property maintenance.  You act as a liaison between guests and hosts, ensuring both parties have a seamless and enjoyable experience. With an initial investment of $500 – $1,000 for marketing and software, you can start your Airbnb management business.  Effective marketing, efficient property management, and positive guest experiences are key to attracting more bookings and growing your business. 21. Online Course Creation As an online course creator, your job is to develop and sell educational content on a specific subject. You create comprehensive courses with engaging content, videos, quizzes, and assignments.  With an initial investment of $500 – $1,000 for course development and marketing, you can start your online course business.  Effective marketing to attract students, investing in course creation tools, and delivering valuable and impactful learning experiences are essential to building a successful online course business and generating revenue through course sales. 22. Handyman Services As a handyman service provider, you offer home repair and maintenance solutions to homeowners and businesses.  You handle various tasks such as fixing plumbing issues, repairing electrical systems, painting, carpentry, and general maintenance.  You can start your handyman business with an initial investment of $500 – $1,000 for tools and marketing.  Effective marketing to reach potential customers, investing in essential tools, and delivering reliable and quality services are necessary to build a successful handyman services venture. 23. Digital Marketing Agency Are you a master in marketing? As a digital marketing agency, your job is to provide businesses with a wide range of online marketing services.  This includes creating and executing digital strategies, managing social media, running online advertising campaigns, optimizing websites for search engines, and analyzing data to improve performance.  You can start your agency with an initial investment of $1,000 – $2,000 for marketing and software. Effective marketing to attract clients, investing in essential digital marketing tools, and delivering measurable results are vital to establishing a successful digital marketing agency. 24. Car Detailing You offer comprehensive and meticulous vehicle cleaning and detailing services as a car detailing service provider.  This involves deep cleaning the interior and exterior of cars, removing dirt, stains, and restoring their appearance. You can start your car detailing business with an initial investment of $1,000 – $2,000 for equipment and marketing.  Effective marketing to reach car owners, investing in professional detailing equipment, and delivering top-notch service are crucial to attracting customers and establishing a successful car detailing venture. 25. Mobile Car Wash As a mobile car wash service provider , you offer clients convenient and professional car washing services at their preferred locations.  Operating from a fully-equipped mobile unit, you clean and detail vehicles on-site, saving customers time and effort. With $1,000 – $2,000 initial expenses for marketing and equipment, you can start your business.  Developing a loyal client base requires excellent marketing, outstanding customer service, and careful attention to detail in this competitive sector. 26. Event Planning Make others’ days memorable through an event planning business.  As an event planner, you plan and execute various events for clients, ensuring they run smoothly and meet their objectives. The job involves understanding clients’ needs, budgeting, venue selection, coordinating vendors, managing logistics, and providing on-site support.  You can establish your event planning business with an initial investment of $1,000 – $3,000 for networking and marketing.  Building a solid network, showcasing your expertise, and delivering memorable events are essential to attracting and retaining clients. 27. Personal Training Are you a fitness lover? Would you like to be fit and help others to be fit?  Then how about being a personal trainer? As a personal trainer, you provide fitness training services to individuals, helping them achieve their health and fitness goals. The job involves conducting fitness assessments, designing personalized workout programs, demonstrating proper exercise techniques, and offering nutrition guidance.  You can start your personal training business with an initial investment of $1,000 – $3,000 for certification, fitness equipment, and marketing efforts.  Building strong client relationships, motivating clients, and tracking their progress are vital aspects of this rewarding career that positively impact people’s lives. 28. E-commerce Store Want to be an entrepreneur but don’t have much time to invest in? Go online! Starting an e-commerce store and selling niche products requires an initial investment of $1,000 – $5,000 .  This budget covers website development on platforms like Shopify or WooCommerce , product sourcing or drop shipping arrangements, and essential marketing efforts to attract customers through social media, Google Ads , and influencer collaborations.  Careful planning and strategic marketing are crucial to ensure a successful launch and growth in the competitive online retail market. 29. Photography Services How about taking pictures? As a photographer, you offer professional photography for events and portraits. Your job involves capturing memorable moments and creating stunning images that meet clients’ needs and expectations.  You can start your photography business with an initial investment of $2,000 – $5,000 for equipment and marketing.  Building a portfolio, marketing your services, delivering high-quality images, and providing excellent customer service is essential to establishing yourself as a sought-after photographer and attracting a steady stream of clients. 30. Food Truck Is cooking your cup of tea? Then start with a food truck business ! As a food truck owner, you operate a mobile food business with a distinct and appealing menu. You prepare and serve freshly cooked food from your truck at various locations, events, and markets.  You can start your venture with an initial investment of $5,000 – $10,000 for a used food truck and supplies.  It’s essential to attract consumers and develop a profitable food truck business by offering delicious and distinctive cuisine, picking ideal locations, and delivering top-notch customer service. Starting a business with 10K is within reach for ambitious entrepreneurs willing to put in the effort and dedication. With a wide range of business ideas, you can align your passion with your budget and embark on a fulfilling and profitable journey.  A business to start with 10k is not just a dream but an attainable reality! Throughout this guide, I’ve showcased diverse business ideas that cater to various interests and skills. With careful planning, resourcefulness, and determination, you can turn your dreams into reality and pave your way to success in the entrepreneurial world. So, embrace innovation, take calculated risks, and let your 10K investment become the foundation for a thriving and fulfilling business venture. 1. Can I start a business with 10K? Absolutely! You can start a business with 10k with careful planning and smart budgeting. It’s about making strategic decisions and finding cost-effective solutions to kick-start your venture without compromising quality. 2. Is there any low-cost business to start with a 10k budget? There are several low-cost businesses to start with 10k, such as e-commerce stores, digital marketing agencies, content creation services, drop shipping, and freelance consulting.  You can also consider service-based businesses like pet grooming, home cleaning services, tutoring, event planning, or starting a food truck. 3. How can I maximize my 10K investments for the best returns? Focus on essential expenses like equipment, initial inventory, website development, and marketing to maximize your budget.  Consider utilizing accessible or affordable digital marketing tools, social media platforms, and networking to create awareness about your business without overspending on advertising. 4. Is starting a sole proprietorship or a partnership with 10K better? The decision between a sole proprietorship and a partnership depends on your business goals, risk tolerance, and the skillset of potential partners. Starting as a sole proprietor may be easier and less expensive, but partnerships can offer more resources, knowledge, and shared responsibilities. 5. What challenges should I expect when starting a business with limited capital? Starting a business with 10K may present a few challenges, such as limited cash flow for expansion, marketing, or unforeseen expenses. It’s essential to be prepared for slow growth initially and have a solid business plan to increase profitability gradually.  You Might Also Like How to start a gutter cleaning business in 18 simple steps, how to start a dog walking business: the complete guide, how to start a rental property business successfully in 2024, how to sell stuff on ebay: a comprehensive guide for beginners, 10 silicon valley tech companies you need to know about. Leave a Reply Cancel reply Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked * Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment. Get business ideas that can make you over $995k per month! Popular news. How Much Does It Cost to Start a Business? Sign in to your account Username or Email Address Remember Me 11 Businesses to Start With $10K Many entrepreneurs begin successful companies without piles of money in the bank. In fact, some businesses can get off the ground with $10K or less. So, if you’re dreaming of being your own boss but have limited funds, keep your chin up! In this article, I’ll touch on some low-cost business ideas to consider, how to start a business, what costs to expect, and tips for starting a business on a shoestring budget. Low Startup Cost Business Ideas Here are some types of entrepreneurial endeavors that can typically be launched without a lot of cash. Some require specific talents, while others can be taken on by just about anyone with the drive and determination to learn and hone their knowledge and skills. I hope these ideas will help spark your creativity and get you thinking about what skills and talents you might transform into a lucrative business opportunity. 1. Event Planning Event planners are a lifeline for busy clients with the money but not the time to create exceptional experiences. By handling all the details for events, such as weddings, birthdays, graduation parties, retirement celebrations, business conferences, and more, they offer a valuable service. What skills and characteristics are helpful for being an event planner? Top-notch organizational skills Detail-focused Excellent communication skills Deadline-oriented Strong interpersonal skills for building relationships with local vendors, including caterers, venue managers, florists, etc. 2. Virtual Assistant Many companies have reduced the headcount in their offices to save money. But businesses still need someone to field phone calls, monitor emails, set appointments, and handle an array of other administrative tasks. Virtual assistants can fill that void. Companies benefit from contracting a virtual assistant because they don’t have to pay a full-time salary or provide benefits. What does it take to be a virtual assistant? Exceptional organizational skills Detail-oriented Strong communication skills Versatility Knowledge of and proficiency in a variety of software applications — e.g., Microsoft Office and collaboration software (like Trello, Google Drive, and Microsoft Teams) 3. Concierge and Errands Services From working parents to elders who can’t get around as well as they used to, many people could use help picking up items from the store or pharmacy or taking on other tasks, such as taking their car in for inspection, sitting at their home while awaiting a refrigerator repair person, etc. What traits should a concierge professional possess? Good people skills Resourcefulness Reliability Excellent time-management skills Fortunately for artistic and crafty individuals, it’s possible to sell hand-crafted products to a target market beyond their local areas. Websites like Etsy, Shopify, and Amazon make it easy to establish an online store without the expense of setting up your own e-commerce website. Keep in mind that those platforms charge fees for listing products, sales transactions, and payment processing. However, they can serve as a viable avenue for ramping up a brand’s reputation and establishing a loyal customer base. What skills and qualities should an artisan have? Artistic talent in their niche Productivity-oriented Good sales skills Strong interpersonal skills 5. Bookkeeping Starting a bookkeeping business may appeal to people with a knack for math and a love of numbers. Companies rely on their bookkeepers for keeping track of their financial transactions and making sure everything is recorded correctly. Typically, bookkeepers do not need a special degree or certification to provide their services to clients. What qualities does a successful bookkeeper need? Good math skills Familiarity with using cloud-based financial software, such as QuickBooks Online, FreshBooks, Sage, and others Attention to deadlines 6. Freelance Creative Services Are you an accomplished photographer, graphic designer, or copywriter? Then offering your services on a freelance basis could prove a lucrative business venture. Keep in mind that quality does matter — not everyone is suited for this type of business. Clients will typically look for someone with some education, training, or prior experience before hiring a freelance creative professional. What traits help self-employed creative professionals succeed? Skilled in their specific area of expertise Ability to channel their talents to meet clients’ needs and specifications Excellent time management skills for meeting client deadlines Well-organized 7. Pet Sitting People adore their pets and want peace of mind that someone trustworthy will care for them during weekends away and vacations. If you love animals and have a flexible lifestyle that will allow you to be away from home to pet-sit for clients, this business idea could be an excellent fit. What characteristics are the hallmark of a good pet sitter? Understanding of pet behavior and health needs Flexible schedule Good time-management skills 8. Dog Walking What if you enjoy animals but can’t commit to spending days away from your home? Then a dog walking business might be a good choice for you. Busy people with long workdays and individuals with physical disabilities often need someone to rely on to get their dogs out for regular exercise. What traits will help someone operate a successful dog-walking business? Understanding of dog behavior and health needs Some knowledge of dog training techniques 9. Residential Cleaning Services A cleaning business has lower start-up costs than many other types of businesses. Moreover, it provides a valuable, in-demand service for time-strapped homeowners who struggle to find time to clean their houses and people with medical conditions or physical limitations. What qualities do cleaning professionals need to succeed? Strong work ethic Ability to perform physical labor In addition to the general necessities we touched on earlier, this type of business will also require cleaning supplies and equipment — unless the customers agree to let the business owner use what they have at their homes. Also, some customers may prefer a cleaning person who is insured and bonded for property damage and liability. 10. Home Repair If you’re handy and have basic plumbing and other home maintenance skills, starting a home repair services business might be your lane. Many homeowners lack that knowledge and need a trusted contractor for help when something goes awry. What attributes should a home repair services professional possess? Strong desire to complete projects Willing to get the required licensing and insurances for doing handyman work or specific types of work (e.g., electrical) Besides the business necessities we talked about earlier, home repair specialists will need tools to perform their work and building supplies (for which they can likely pass some of the costs on to their customers). 11. Residential Painting Services People who’ve discovered a talent and passion for painting their own homes might consider making a career of it by starting their own residential painting business. Before pursuing this business idea, think about whether you would like to handle interior or exterior projects — or both. What qualities are important in a painting contractor? Attention to detail Ability to meet deadlines without compromising work quality Willingness to get licenses, permits, and insurance — if required Painters must have tools to perform their work — brushes, paint, tarps to protect floors, painting tape, cleaning solution, etc. — so it’s important to factor that into planning this type of business. How to Start a Business With $10K Generally, the steps for starting any business are similar. However, they may vary depending on the industry, type of business, where the company is located, and where it provides its products and services. States, counties, and cities have different rules and requirements for businesses that operate in their jurisdictions. I encourage you to refer to the starting a business free checklist my team has created as a guide for aspiring business owners. It delves into the main steps most entrepreneurs must take when setting up their businesses. Common steps for starting a new business include: Decide on a business name and legal structure Write a business and marketing plan Obtain an EIN ( Federal Tax ID Number ) Opening a business bank account Getting equipment and supplies Applying for business licenses Keeping business records For specific information about what’s required, contact your state and local government agencies that oversee business activity. It can also be helpful to consult with an attorney and accountant for legal and tax advice. Basic Costs to Start a Business Regardless of the business idea, most entrepreneurs need the various essentials I’ve listed below — and possibly others. Some of the items have a one-time cost, while others are charged monthly, quarterly, or annually. As you can imagine, prices for these things vary depending on what you get, where and from whom you buy them, and other factors. If entrepreneurs are resourceful and savvy — leveraging what they already have and shopping smart — they can likely get what they need and stay within a $10k or less budget. Here are common business expenditures: Laptop computer and internet access Mobile phone and cellular phone plan Website, business cards, social media accounts Accounting software (to invoice customers and track financial transactions) Reliable transportation Project management software Office furnishings and supplies Entity formation Business licenses and permits Business Insurance My Top Tips When Starting a Business on a Shoestring Budget Consider a home-based business – With all of the business ideas above, client consultations and meetings could typically be handled at the customer’s location or another suitable place. Running a home-based business cuts out the expense of renting or buying office space. Compare prices on everything before you buy – If you’re on a tight budget, it pays to shop around and look for the best deals. But consider quality, too. Services and products with the lowest price tag may not offer the best value. Ask other entrepreneurs in your industry for recommendations and read customer reviews. Use effective and cost-efficient marketing tactics – Email marketing, social media marketing, blogging, and networking can help you reach your audience without spending excessive funds. Spend wisely when creating your website; if you don’t need all the bells and whistles right out of the gate, resist going overboard if you can’t afford it. Build your reputation by leveraging online reviews – You can gain trust and credibility relatively quickly by encouraging your customers to leave online reviews of your products and services. Of course, that means you must provide an excellent customer experience — which should be the goal anyway, right? Google Reviews and Facebook Reviews get a lot of attention, so those two platforms can be especially beneficial. Before requesting customers to leave a review, view the terms and conditions of the review website to make sure they allow you to ask for reviews proactively. Some sites, like Yelp, have terms of service that prohibit businesses from prompting customers to leave reviews. Keep your business and personal finances separate – Regardless of a business’s size, it’s preferable to set up a bank account to be used exclusively for the company. Mixing personal and business monies can create some big headaches—particularly at tax time when you’re trying to sort out your business deductions and complete your tax returns. And business owners that have formed an LLC or corporation MUST keep their business finances separate from their personal funds. Protect your investment by forming a Limited Liability Company (LLC) – While operating as a Sole Proprietorship requires no business registration forms or fees (aside from a DBA if you want to use a fictitious name for your business), it offers no protection of a business owner’s personal assets (home, vehicle, checking accounts, retirement savings, etc.). That’s because there’s no legal separation between the business and its owner in a Sole Proprietorship. Forming an LLC offers much of the simplicity of operating as a Sole Proprietorship but with the personal asset protection of a Corporation. It’s helpful to consult with an attorney and tax expert for guidance when setting up an LLC. But fortunately, there’s no requirement to have a lawyer file business formation paperwork. Instead, consider using CorpNet’s LLC filing services – which can save you a considerable amount of money. Make sure you get the required licenses and permits – Depending on the type of business you operate and where you operate that business, you may need state or local licenses or permits to legally offer your products or services. While licensing and permits will cost you some money (upfront and renewal fees), it will cost you way more in fines and other penalties if you ignore the requirements. Get guidance from trusted small business resources – Fortunately, new small business owners can find expert advice and feedback from various national nonprofit organizations. SCORE , a nonprofit of more than 13,000 volunteers nationwide, offers free mentoring for entrepreneurs. The Small Business Administration (SBA) also offers small-business counseling and training. Small Business Development Centers (SBDC), hosted by universities and state economic development agencies, provide services to help small businesses grow and expand. State, regional, and local chambers of commerce are another resource new business owners can tap for their various networking, educational, and professional development programs. Seek funding – If you find your available funds aren’t enough to launch your company and keep it running as you build your business, you might want to explore financing options, such as SBA loans or SBA grants , crowdfunding, other grants (such as those through SBDC, the state, or local community organizations), bank loans, or funds from angel investors. My team at CorpNet is here to help! We’ve worked with tens of thousands of business owners, helping them complete their business filings as cost-effectively as possible to keep costs down. Reach out to us to discuss your needs and explore how we can help you stay on budget as you make your entrepreneurial dream a reality. Choosing a business structure can be a tough decision for the new business owner. CorpNet wants to make the process easier. This free, online tool helps small business owners navigate the process of picking the right business structure for their new business. Nellie Akalp Are you ready to start your business. Explore our business formation and compliance services -> Free Guides & Templates Starting A Business Checklist Free Incorporation Guide Free LLC Guide Free DBA Guide Meeting Minutes Templates Trending Articles Sole Proprietorship vs. Partnership Sole Proprietorship vs. LLC LLC vs. Partnership S Corporation vs. LLC Can I Use a Home Address for My LLC? Does Your Business Need a DBA? How to Add a DBA to an LLC Can You Have Multiple Businesses Under One LLC? How to Start a Business in the United States as a Foreigner What Is a Registered Agent? 10 Legal Documents You Must Have to Start a Small Business Blog Categories Seed and Development Startup and Launch Growth and Expansion Ongoing Management and Protection Crisis Management Maturity and Exit Events and Announcements Partner Program Women In Business Explore More Blog Posts Incorporate Before Year End to Avoid Issues at the Secretary of State Think you’re the only business owner who wants to incorporate or form an LLC before the end of the year with your Secretary of State? Think again. Registering a business at the end of a calendar year can take longer than any other time of the year. Because... Do I Need a DBA If I Use My Own Name? A Doing Business As (DBA) name—sometimes called a fictitious business name, assumed name, or trade name—is necessary when conducting business under a name other than a company’s legal name. DBA laws help protect consumers by ensuring the public has a... How to Find a Registered Agent for Your LLC If you have a Limited Liability Company (LLC) or other business that’s registered with the state, you must have a registered agent designated to receive legal correspondence and other documents on its behalf. If your LLC operates in more than one state,... Subscribe to Newsletter Practical business and financial insights, lessons, perspectives, and know-how brought right to your inbox. Thank you for subscribing! Ready to start your business today and need guidance? Get a free Consultation! Business Structures & Entity Types C Corporation S Corporation Limited Liability Company (LLC) Limited Liability Partnership (LLP) Professional Limited Liability Company (PLLC) Professional Corporation Nonprofit Corporation Sole Proprietorship Partnership Services & Supplies Registered Agent Services Corporate Supplies Express Filing Services Business Names Doing Business As (DBAs) Business Name Search Business Name Reservations Comprehensive Trademark Search Licenses, Permits, & Tax Filings S Corp Elections 501C (3) Filings Federal Tax ID Numbers (EINs) Sales & Use Tax Permits Payroll Tax Registration (SUI/SIT) Business Licenses & Permits Secretary of State Filings Tools & Wizards Business Structure Wizard Start a Business FAQs A-Z Services and Pricing Business Filings Filing Service Overview Change a Registered Agent Articles of Amendments Entity Conversions Domestication (LLCs & Corps) Foreign Qualifications Reinstatements Articles of Dissolution (Close a Business) Nationwide Registered Agent Services Initial Reports Annual Reports BOI Reporting Annual Meeting Minutes Certificates Of Good Standing Certified Copies Of Documents Corporate and LLC Kits Corporate & LLC Seal Embosser LLC Member Certificates Corporate Stock Certificates Forms & Templates Corporate Minutes and Bylaws LLC Operating Agreement Free Compliance Check Run a Business FAQs Compliance Checklist Need more education on choosing a business structure? Check out our Business Structure Wizard! LLCs & Corporations Why Incorporate? Tax Benefits of Incorporating Types of Corporations Incorporate Types of LLCs Form an LLC Compare Entity Types LLC vs. C Corporation C Corporation vs. S Corporation DBA vs. LLC Browse Articles & Resources Latest Articles Popular Articles State-by-State Resources Free Guides and Templates Educational Videos Podcasts and Webinars Free Guides & Templates Starting a Business Checklist Leadership Team The CorpNet Guarantee Why CorpNet Compare CorpNet CorpNet Reviews Nellie’s Small Business Corner CorpNet Press Center Interested in partnering with us? Schedule a call! Program Overview Partner Program Introduction Ongoing Partner Support Business Formation Guide Terms of Use and Agreement Program Options How it Works Revenue Opportunities Reseller vs. Referral Partner Resources Connect to Our API Video and Webinars Checklists, Guides, and Tools Marketing Materials and Resources Client Questionnaires Spanish Translations Partner Program FAQs Program Informational Video Account Holder Email 1.888.449.2638 [email protected] [email protected] Account Settings Ippei’s Content Writer (Paid) Ippei’s Keyword Research Tool Ippei’s Email Scraper DONE4U LEADGENS 100 Businesses to Start With 10K  (Summary Breakdown of the Cost) August 23, 2024 The businesses to start with 10K are: Local lead generation Commerce business Digital marketing agency Consulting business Import/export business 3D printing Small business coaching Social media management agency Graphic design According to Small Biz Genius, 64% of small businesses start with $10,000 in capital. The key is to focus on low-overhead, high-demand services or products. You need to leverage digital platforms to help reduce costs and reach a broader audience. Kabbage even reports that one-third of successful small businesses started with less than $5,000. For online businesses, this investment can cover website hosting, e-commerce platform fees, initial inventory or product development, and digital marketing expenses. According to Tigren, the average cost of website hosting ranges from $2.95 to $49.95 per month. But physical businesses often need much more capital to get off the ground. In these cases, $10,000 can be seed money for a business plan, market research, and securing more funding. But starting a business with limited funds means you must wear multiple hats. This can lead to long working hours and eventual burnout. Limited funds also restrict your ability to scale, pushing you to seek loans. Careful financial planning is essential to avoid running out of funds. According to the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, 82% of small businesses fail due to cash flow issues. Your business might rely heavily on a few clients. You will also need to diversify your client base to avoid risks with client dependency. This article covers 100 businesses to start with a 10K investment. We will also breakdown the estimated startup cost of each business and reveal why 90% of business fail in four month. Lastly, we discuss the best business the start and introduce another model that might be better for you. 1. Local Lead Generation Local lead generation uses websites to target customers searching for local services. These sites collect leads, pass them to local businesses, and earn a commission for each lead. According to Saleshandy, a one-person local lead gen agency’s initial cost can range from $800 to $1,500. The expenses include a website, domain, hosting, and lead generation software. According to Salesmate, SEO leads have a 14.6% close rate. This is higher than the 1.7% close rate for outbound leads, making them 8 times more likely to close. Local businesses should optimize their sites because local searches drive more store visits. Salesmate states that leads that are followed up within 5 minutes are 9x more likely to be converted. This shows the importance of timely follow-ups in the lead generation process. 53% of marketers spend about 50% of their budget on lead generation. The importance of lead generation in business growth is highlighted by this substantial investment. Starter Story reports that lead generation businesses average $48,600 in weekly revenue. This weekly revenue can translate to monthly revenue of $194,000. Whereas, established lead generation companies can make $500 to $2,000 monthly per site. Startup Costs Breakdown: Estimated Costs Professional Website: $200 to $500 WordPress or Namecheap $10-$15/year HostGator or Siteground $3-$12/month Payment Processor: Stripe (3% fees) or PayPal (1.9%-3.5%) Call Tracking Number: CallRail $25/month 2. eCommerce Business An ecommerce business generates revenue from selling products or services online. For instance, it might sell apparel, software, or housewares. Ecommerce refers to buying and selling online and can happen on a website, social media, or a company app. Online transactions will account for 22.6% of retail sales by 2027. This statistic shows that the rise in digital orders is a permanent shift. Upmetrics says that individuals can start an ecommerce store with an investment of $500 to $1,000. The initial investment covers website setup, domain, and eCommerce platform expenses. According to Shopify, the average profit margin can be around 10% for an eCommerce business in the USA. These profits can rise to 20% with a proper plan and management depending on the industry you are dealing in. An eCommerce site in the US can make over $150,000 in revenue per month within three months. But if the business operates for one year, it will generate nearly $330,000 per month. Website Development and Hosting: $500 - $1,500 Inventory Purchase: $1,000 - $5,000 Marketing and Advertising: $500 - $2,000 Packaging and Shipping Materials: $300 - $1,000 Business Licenses and Permits: $100 - $500 Payment Processing Fees: $200 - $500 3. Digital Marketing Agency A digital marketing agency specializes in online marketing services. These include social media management, content creation, graphic design, and paid advertising. To set up a digital marketing agency, you’ll need an initial investment of $50 to $500. It’s also wise to have small business insurance. It cost $500 to $2,000 to cover potential risk while permits and licenses could run from $50 to $700. You also need to factor in miscellaneous expenses, like office supplies and utilities. Profit margins in the digital marketing industry can vary from 15% to 25%. A small agency can generate $500,000 in revenue. These agencies typically serve local clients or focus on specific niches. Salaries will depend on the size of your agency and its growth. Full-time employee salaries can range from $30,000 to over $100,000 per year. This depends on their role and experience. Business registration and licenses: Website development: Marketing software subscriptions: Advertising and promotion: Training and certification courses: Initial team salaries (if any): 4. Consulting Business Consulting firms provide tailored guidance to assist both companies and individuals. It helps them solve problems or improve processes. Starting a consulting business usually costs between $5,000 and $10,000. Investments can include a professional website, marketing materials, and essential software tools. But if you plan to have a physical office, you will need to spend over $20,000. The annual income can range from $90,000 to $350,000. This means that business consultants can make an average of $56 per hour. The yearly salary for a consultant in the U.S. is around $79,526. This varies based on services offered and client types. Consultants might charge hourly rates or project-based fees. Consulting businesses can scale by hiring more consultants or expanding service offerings. Business Registration: Marketing Materials: Client Management Software: Legal Fees: Communication Tools: Subscription Services: Training and Certification: 5. Coaching A coaching business offers personalized support for personal or professional development. Coaches help clients identify goals, overcome challenges, and unlock their potential. Coach Foundation says you can start a coaching business with a $5,000 investment. Over 98% of coaching clients say that coaching was worth the investment. Demand for life coaches is rising, with the industry expected to grow at 5.4%. 80% of leaders believe they need external help for growth and development. According to a case study, coaching can have a 221% ROI. The 2023 ICF study found coaches’ average annual revenue is $52,800. And according to Glassdoor, business coaches earn an average of $100,145 per year. But running a coaching business full-time can allow you to earn more. The average annual earnings for a small coaching business are around $84,190. Which means they can earn $2,000 to $10,000 per month. While top earners make up to $30,000 per month. These figures depend on factors like the coach’s experience, location, and service offerings. Certification/Training: Website Development: Business Licensing and Fees: Coaching Software: Professional Liability Insurance: Online Course Platforms: 6. Import/Export Business Import and export businesses engage in the trading of products and goods across borders. This trade is vital for the global economy because it helps countries get needed products. Entrepreneurs will need to invest $5,000 to $20,000 for initial setup and operational expenses. Operating from home minimizes costs by eliminating office space and extensive inventory. Specific costs can include product cost, shipping, customs fees, insurance, and overhead charges. USA Custom Clearance says import-export startups average $75,000 profit. But a mid-level importers/exporters can earn $50,000 a year. This venture is ideal for those with a keen interest in international trade. Since they must be able to navigate many regulations and logistics. Import Licenses: Customs Fees: Shipping Costs: Product Costs: 7. 3D Printing 3D printing turns a digital model into a tangible, 3D object by layering materials. This method has grown fast because it’s cheap and small. The initial investment cost for a 3D printing business is around $5,000. But your budget can be approximately $2,000 to $10,000 for mid-range 3D printers. The demand for 3D printing is strong. According to many analysts, the 3D printing market will expand between 18% and 27% annually. Entrepreneurs can make and sell items, like smartphone cases, toys, and home accessories. According to The 3D Bros, a 3D printing business can have an 80% profit margin. This can translate to a potential annual revenue of $40,000 to $130,000. YouTuber and 3D printing company owner Austen Hartley shares that he earns $5,000 to $30,000 per month. He says entrepreneurs can earn this from printing services and designing. They can also earn by printing objects and selling pre-made prints on platforms like Etsy. 3D Printer: $1,500 - $3,000 Filament Materials: $300 - $500 Design Software: $0 - $1,200 Marketing & Advertising: Workshop/Space: 8. Small Business Coaching A small business coaching is a service that offers professional and personal development for entrepreneurs. Life coach Smita Das Jain shares that her initial investment was $7,000. She spent most of it on certifications, affiliations, and creating a credible interface. Smita says engaging personally with your network is key to achieving results. Gitnux states that the business coaching industry is expected to grow at a CAGR of 5.5% from 2020 to 2027. The rise of entrepreneurship created a big demand for skilled business coaches. Deposit Fix states coaching businesses can maintain a 25-30% profit margin. The average hourly rate for business coaching can range from $75 to $300 which translates to $1,572 per week. As of 2024, business coaches earn an average of $100,145 per year, according to Glassdoor. Marketing and advertising: Certification and courses: Professional liability insurance: Networking events: Miscellaneous expenses: 9. Social Media Management Agency A social media management agency oversees a company’s presence on social platforms. It includes creating, scheduling content, and monitoring performance. According to Starter Story, starting a social media management business costs $5,911. Your expenses include software tools for project management, email marketing and accounting. The demand for social media management is growing as businesses value online presence. Gitnux reports that in 2021, 91% of small businesses use social media. That means nine 9 of 10 companies are using social media to connect with their target audience. MavSocial states that social media management rates can range from $250 to $5000+ per month. And the average salary for a Social Media Manager in the U.S. is $73,099, according to Builtin. For beginners should use platforms like LinkedIn to find freelance jobs and reach out to small businesses. Collaborate with small businesses to establish steady contracts and achieve growth. Computer and Software: Legal Fees and Licensing: Professional Training: Payroll for First Month: Miscellaneous Expenses: 10. Graphic Design Businesses rely on graphic design to attract and engage their target audiences. Entrepreneur estimates starting a graphic design business costs $2,000 to $10,000. But CNBC suggests it can be done for under $1,000. The initial expenses include a computer, design software, and a website. This often costs between $500 and $5,000. Piktochart says that 20% of organizations spend $10,000 on graphic design. 32% of organizations report an annual graphic design budget of $1,000 to $5,000. This makes it an essential and lucrative field for those with a creative flair.  A graphic designer can charge 25.05 to $31.01 per hour which translates to $52,100 to $64,500 a year. Whereas a midlevel graphic designer earns between $45,000 and $55,000 on average. Freelancing is common in this field. Platforms like Fiverr and Upwork allow designers to find clients quickly. Custom design services for small businesses are in high demand, ensuring steady work. Marketing and Branding: Training/Education: Business Licensing: Miscellaneous: 11. Tax Preparation Tax preparation is preparing tax returns for compensation on behalf of others. It includes tasks like calculating tax owed. It ensures compliance with tax laws and finding deductions or credits to reduce tax owed. It’s an affordable businesses to start with an initial investment of $2,000 or less. You only need to spend on certifications, software subscription, and marketing to start your business. You can further reduce overhead costs by running your business from home. Tax preparation is in demand, especially during tax season from January to April. Many people hire professionals because U.S. tax laws are so complex. Tax preparation service can earn around $77,000 per year. Indeed, reports the national average salary for a tax preparer is $48,274 per year. Specific earning potential varies depending on factors.  Preparer Tax Identification Number: Business Registration (DBA or LLC): Professional Tax Software: $300 - $2,500 $500 - $1,000 $200 - $1,000 12. Content Creation Content creation is making and sharing content like blog posts, videos, and infographics. Content creators brainstorm, create, and publish relevant content pieces. A survey by Learn with Breonna found that content creators spend around $2,221 per year on expenses. FindModelsLab states that content creators will need to spend $5,000 - $2,000 on tools and software. The demand for content creators rose 117% in July 2023 year-over-year, per Indeed. Companies spend $2,500 and $75,000 on content marketing, as reported by Marketing Insider Group.  Glassdoor puts the average annual income for content creators between $49,000 and $79,000. This means that your hourly rate ranges from $23.56 to $37.98, with a monthly earning of $4,083 to $6583. Provide valuable and informative content to build trust with your audience. This trust can build long-term relationships with your clients and allow you to earn more. Camera/Video Equipment: Computer/Laptop: Editing Software: Website Setup: Marketing/Advertising: Online Courses/Training: Internet and Hosting Fees: 13. Online Translating Service An online translating service quickly converts text or speech from one language to another. Individuals can get started on a translation business with zero to minimal investment. StartUp101 states that the cost of starting a translation business can be between $2,000 and $5,000. These include grammar books, dictionaries, and books in your niche. Translators use digital tools with advanced algorithms and machine learning to translate content in real-time. You can also buy professional translation software, which will cost between $200-$1,000. This service is in high demand due to globalization and international communication needs. Average income ranges from $20,000 to $80,000 per year. Freelance translators can earn around $60,000 annually, with hourly rates of about $18. Computer Equipment: Professional Translation Software: 14. Online Retail Business An online retail business is the sale of products and services to the public in small quantities over the internet. Upmetrics reports that an individual can start an e-commerce business for as little as $500-$1,000. But to thrive with proper marketing and advertising, the costs can be much higher. Ongoing expenses for an eCommerce business include website costs, logistics, and marketing. Forbes predicts that by 2024, 20.1% of retail sales will be online, a number expected to rise to 23% by 2027. This growth is fueled by the convenience and competitive pricing of online shopping. E-commerce store owner Jenn Leach shares that she earns $10,000 a month in less than 10 hours per week. A Quora user even states that a new eCommerce store can make over $63,000 in monthly revenue. To enhance profitability, you need to provide a seamless and enjoyable shopping experience. Put in place strategic measures to maximize the impact of the behavior change. Take advantage of customer data to understand your customers’ purchasing patterns. Shipping Supplies: 15. Domain Flipping Domain flipping involves buying and selling domain names for a profit. It’s like trading real estate but in the digital world. You buy a domain at a low cost and resell it at a higher price, often without developing it. You don’t need a lot of money to start flipping domains. Based on Hostinger, individuals can get domains for only $0.99/year. Other than those costs, you need a computer and stable internet. This makes domain flipping a low-risk and accessible business. According to WeCanTrack, successful website flippers achieve a 30-150% return on investment. Beginner domain flippers can earn $100 to $10,000. Part-time flippers can earn from $1,000 to $8,000 per year flipping domain names. Domain flipping is risky without a buyer but easy to start with minimal investment. Successful domain flippers identify domains with potential value. Domain Name Purchases: $500 - $5,000 Domain Registration & Hosting: Market Research Tools: $100 - $300 16. Dropshipping Dropshipping is when an eCommerce business sells products without stocking them. This business model allows entrepreneurs to outsource handling and shipping products. It appeals to individuals who prefer efficiency and low overhead. AppScenic says you’ll need around $2,000 to start drop shipping. LitExtension states that 30% of eCommerce stores use dropshipping as a fulfillment method. This suggests a thriving market for dropshipping suppliers and service providers.  Retail fulfillment usually has a profit margin of 3% to 10%. In contrast, dropshipping often offers much higher profit margins. According to BlueCart, dropshipping make between 20% and 30% profit from each sale. This means they take home at least $100,000 per year or $1,000 and $5,000 per month. Successful dropshipping businesses can earn from $50 to $5,000 daily. At the same time, established dropshippers make between $2,000 to $10,000 per month. eCommerce Platform: Domain Name: $2,000 - $5,000 Initial Product Sourcing: 17. Online Researcher Online researchers collect data for companies or individuals by browsing websites and online databases. The estimated startup costs for an online research service can range from $200 to $5,000. This can include basic online tools, research software, and office space. You also need to spend on a reliable computer, internet connection, and software for data analysis. The average hourly rate for an online researcher can range between $10 to $29/hour. However, an entry-level online researcher might start out at $5 to $10 per hour, with pay raises to follow. According to Comparably, the average US salary for an internet researcher is $67,349. This means they earn $5,600 per month. The trend towards data-driven decisions opens up long-term profit opportunities for this business. Computer or Laptop: High-Speed Internet: $50 - $100/month Research Tools and Software: Website Development & Hosting: Training and Certification Courses: 18. Social Media Consultant A social media consultant helps businesses improve their online presence. They do this by creating and managing content on many platforms. Starting a social media consulting business can cost $730 to $7,000 investment. This covers essential tools, marketing, and a few initial advertisements. Finmodelslab reports that the social media consulting industry grows at 10% every year. Businesses rely more on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, and LinkedIn for marketing. The Economic Research Institute states that average social media consultants earn $52,000. If you’re good at social media, use your $10,000 to make a website. This business is ideal for tech-savvy entrepreneurs who understand digital marketing trends. High-Quality Laptop: Social Media Management Tools: Advertising Budget: Legal and Accounting Services: 19. SEO Consultant An SEO consultant helps businesses improve their online visibility by optimizing their websites for search engines. The initial cost to start an SEO consultant business can range from $62 to $7,000. This depends on the number of services the agency will offer and features you plan to use. Companies need SEO consultants to boost their online presence. In fact, Forbes projects that SEO roles will continue to grow by 22% between 2020 and 2030. Search Engine Journal states 27% of SEO professionals earn $35,000 to $49,000 after 2-4 years. Experienced SEO consultants charge $100-$150 per hour. This translates to an earning of $200,000-$300,000 as solo entrepreneurs. However, the potential for profit grows even more when you start an agency. SEO tools and software: Training and certification: 20. App Development An application developer creates programs for various platforms, such as Android or iOS. A Clutch survey found the average minimum app development project cost to be between $5,000 to $10,000. The total median cost is around $171,450 due to complexities. There is significant demand for app development. Consumers spend an average of four hours daily using the internet. 88% of that time is spent on apps. This preference for mobile apps opens up a huge market opportunity. Pat Walls shares that an app development business can make $950,000 per year with a gross margin of 83%. Business of Apps reports that the average US developer earns about $121,000 per year. Appbooster says 5G and more digital content are driving the demand for mobile apps. Businesses can use these trends by adding features that improve user experience. Computer Hardware: Software Licenses: Development Tools: Website and Domain: Online Advertising: Network and Internet Setup: App Store Enrollment Fees: 21. Virtual Assistant A virtual assistant is a remote professional that provides administrative, technical, or creative support to businesses. GrowThink indicates that it can cost $100 to $2,000 to start a virtual assistant business. You would only need a computer and internet and these costs are usually at the lower end of the price range. But the cost can vary depending on the service you’re going to offer.  The demand for virtual assistants has surged, growing approximately 40% in 2020. This trend continues, driven by the increasing need for remote work solutions. On average, a virtual assistant in the US is paid $23.95/hour, according to Doola. And those with specialized skills earn even more. While VAs on Upwork make $18.89 per hour. This business model is ideal for those seeking flexibility and independence. Virtual assistants should also invest in marketing and advertising to grow their business. $500 - $1,200 Internet Connection: Software Subscriptions: Training Courses: 22. Social Media Marketing Agency A social media marketing agency provides services for businesses looking to enhance their online presence. These agencies manage and create content for Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn. Zarla’s research shows that it costs between $1,410.00 and $2,575.00 to start a social media marketing agency. High demand for digital marketing makes starting a social media agency appealing. Social media is now a key marketing tool due to the shift online. Agency Analytics reports that social media agencies earn $1,500 to $25,000 monthly per client. ZipRecruiter says a social media marketing agency earns about $78,800 a week. A marketing agency can make a lot of money. They can do this by using new trends and keeping a smart approach. Marketing Software: Advertising: Training and Certifications: 23. Self-Publishing Consultant The role of a self-publishing consultant is to assist authors in independently publishing their works. This service saves authors time and effort, commanding a premium fee. Starting a self-publishing consultancy requires low initial investment. It can range from $2,000 to $10,000 for a basic setup. You will need tools like a computer, internet, and editing software. The self-publishing industry has seen a 264% increase in the last five years. And in 2023 alone, over 500,000 self-published books were released. This surge highlights a growing market for self-publishing consultant. Career Bliss reports, publishing consultants charge $34 per hour and an annual salary of $70,000. But project-based fees could vary based on the scope of services offered. Business Licensing & Fees: 24. Business Plan Service A business plan service helps small businesses create detailed and strategic business plans. A conservative estimate for a home-based business might start at a few thousand dollars. But a more traditional office setup could need tens of thousands. According to NerdWallet you need to spend $50 to $725 for business licensing and certification. Your initial expenses might include marketing campaigns, website, insurance, and research and development.  A business plan service is crucial for guiding businesses reach their definition of success. Steve Goldstein says 30% of businesses without a plan fail in the first 3 years. And 70% of the businesses that manage to survive for 5 years, about 70% follow a strategic business plan. Zippia reports that an average US business planner salary is $119,250. Business planner salaries typically range from $85,000 to $166,000 annually. The average hourly rate is $57.33. Accounting Software: 25. Customer Service Training A customer service training ensures businesses deliver high-quality service. It teaches employees the skills necessary to handle customer inquiries and complaints effectively. According to Starter Story, the initial investment can range from $2,000 to $10,000. This depends on the scale and complexity of the training services offered. Customer service is vital for business growth. Since, consumers now expect a great experience at every touchpoint. PWC reports 73% of consumers say great experiences influence future purchases. A Customer Service Training Specialist makes, on average, $20 per hour. According to the Coach Foundation, customer service coaches make an annual salary of $30,000 to $50,000. Training Materials: Venue Rental (initial): Professional Licenses: Business Insurance: Software and Tools: 26. Sales Training  Sales training businesses focus on helping individuals and organizations improve their sales skills. According to Uteach, you need $190 to $500 to start a sales training business. Data from Business says the initial investment ranges from $100 to over $1,000. A well-established sales training business can generate significant revenue. The average salary for a sales training specialist is $69,157 per year in the US. While a sales training manager earns an average of $90,786, according to Pay Scale. As a business owner, your potential earnings could exceed these figures. Legal and Licensing Fees: 27. Resume Service A résumé service offers professional writing and editing services to job seekers. They create appealing resumes to attract recruiters and hiring managers.  You can start a resume writing business with an initial investment of $50-$100. Your ongoing expenses will include computer maintenance, marketing expenses, and internet connection fees.  According to Upwork, resume writers on their website can earn $25–$65/hr. Most of the money you earn will be pure profit. Earning $100,000 annually is achievable with 100 clients at the top price tier. Glassdoor reports that a professional resume writer can earn up to $79,000 annually. Resume Software: 28. Expense Reduction Consultant An expense reduction consultant helps businesses identify and implement strategies to cut costs. They analyze financial statements and operational processes to pinpoint inefficiencies. Entrepreneur reveals that the startup cost is between $2,000 to $10,000. The major expenses include financial analysis software, certifications, and marketing materials. You can start small and expand services or team members as you gain more clients.  A consultant at Expense Reduction Analysts earns an estimated total pay of $92K–$145K per year. This includes base salary and additional compensation. Glassdoor reports an average base salary of $107,000 per year, plus $8,000 in additional pay. Certification Courses: Business License and Permits: $1,000 - $3,000 Professional Software: Initial Travel Expenses: 29. Liquidated Inventory Sales Liquidated inventory sales are about buying excess or returned items at deep discounts and reselling them to make a profit.  According to ProjectionHub, the startup costs for a liquidation business are $10,000. Liquidation businesses capitalize on the buying frenzy people are feeling. The total amount of liquidation sales has increased by 5% over the last decade. Entrepreneurs can leverage the impulsive nature of online shoppers to be profitable. For instance, a liquidator might buy a truckload of retail goods valued at $115,000 for $8,000, or 7% of the retail price. If they sell these goods for 28% of the retail price, they could make around $32,000. This means their cost of goods sold is 25%. Liquidators can have an annual revenue of $3 million with net profit of 15% of sales. This amounts to $450,000 in annual profit. Initial Inventory: $4,000 - $5,000 Storage Facility: $1,000 - $1,500 Marketing and Promotion: Shipping and Handling: 30. Health and Wellness Coaching Health and wellness coaching is a collaborative approach that helps clients achieve sustainable lifestyle changes. The price range for starting a health coaching business is $3,000 to $10,000. This depends on factors like location, overhead, and marketing expenses. According to Market Research, 60% of Americans want health coaching. But 80% of them have never had it offered to them. This market gap shows there is a demand for this type of service.  Kresser Institute reveals that health coaches earn around $50,000 to $100,000 per year. This means that they charge $25 to $100 per hour. Full-time Health Coaches earn between $50,000 and $80,000 annually. And according to Zip Recruiter, the average personal health coach earns between $29,000 to $97,00 per year. Millennials and Gen Z are particularly inclined to spend on health and wellness. This shift and the rise of holistic health create a business opportunity for this industry. Certification and Training: Legal Fees (LLC, permits): Professional Insurance: Promotional Materials: 31. Green Business Consultant A green business consultant helps companies integrate sustainability into their strategy and operations. Businesses today are motivated to “go green” due to regulations and public pressure. Organizations look to improve their image and follow evolving regulations. The cost for green building consulting businesses can range from $2,000 to $10,000. Studies show that 88% of consumers would be more loyal to a company that helps them be eco-friendly. In the US, Green Consultants earn about $41.55 an hour on average. Green building consulting business owners earn between $50,000 to $150,000 annually. And owners can earn between $70,000 and $150,000. Business License: 32. Professional Organizer A professional organizer helps businesses and individuals declutter and arrange office spaces. Surveys show 25% of Americans admit to having a clutter problem at home. Finmodelslab, that the initial cost to start, can range between $500 to $10,000. You also need to shell out for advertising, insurance, website development and expenses. QC Design school suggests saving up at least $15,000 - $20,000 before starting operations. But this number may be higher or lower and depends on how big you want your company to be. Data shows home and office organizers charge $50-$75 per hour. Although experienced organizers may demand over $100/hr. Indeed, reports the average salary for an organizer is about $45,023 per year. As a professional organizer, you can earn $50 to $200 per hour or more. A professional organizer can also serve niche markets. For example, they can organize for seniors or people with disabilities. Website and online presence: Marketing materials: Storage solutions: Legal fees: Business insurance: Professional toolkit: 33. Music Instruction Music instruction is a teaching business that involves imparting music knowledge to students. This business is a great option for individuals who have a passion for music and enjoy teaching. The Tattooed Piano Teacher says you can start with under $500 for basic supplies and tools. According to Newfoundr, starting a music lessons business costs about $10,500. Costs are reduced when you work from home. If you choose this route, you can avoid rent expenses. Gitnux data shows 83% of Americans believe music education is important for children. And according to Career Explorer, the U.S will need 18,500 music teachers in the next 10 years. According to Career Explorer, the U.S will need 18,500 music teachers in the next 10 years. The average yearly revenue for music school businesses in the US can range from $200,000 to $500,000. While Careers in Music states that music teachers earn approximately $51,000 annually. Tom Hess Music Corporation also reports successful music teachers earn $100,000. Music instruction is also a good fit for those who want to work from home or have a flexible schedule.  Rent (if applicable): Instrument Purchases: Licenses and Permits: Registration Software: Miscellaneous Expenses 34. Home Staging Home staging is preparing a home for sale by making it look more appealing to potential buyers. It can be adding decor, rearranging furniture, and making spaces look inviting. The goal is to sell a home faster and at a higher price. Starting a basic home staging business requires an initial investment of $10,000 to $50,000. You can cut costs by using the homeowner’s existing furniture or renting items. According to the Real Estate Staging Association, home staging offers a return on investment exceeding 400%. Across the industry, 75% of staged homes achieve an ROI of 5% to 15% over the asking price. Sellers who skip staging risk significant financial losses.  The Staging Diva’s Debra Gould shares you can charge $300 for a two-hour consultation. Completing three consultations a week can earn you $3,600 a month. According to ZipRecruiter, home stagers earn between $26,000 and $42,000. Successful stagers can make up to $81,000. Create a portfolio showcasing your skills with before-and-after photos. This way, you can show the value you bring to potential clients.  Incorporation Fees: Licensing and Permits: Initial Inventory (Furniture and Decor): $200 - $600 35. Hair Styling A hair styling business is focused on cutting, coloring, and styling hair to meet client preferences. Many stylists also offer extra services like makeup application and skincare treatments. Starting a hair styling business can require an initial investment of $2,000 to $10,000. People need hair styling for grooming and special events, keeping the demand high. According to StyleSeat, the average cost for haircuts ranges from $10 to $90. For example, Madison Dufour opened her studio with about $700, including rent. Special occasion styles can cost between $40 and $325, and bridal hair services range from $60 to $400. According to Doola, the monthly earnings of hairstylists can range between $1,500 and $5,000. But stylists can earn six figures or more if they work in the right field. Professional Courses: Styling Tools: License and Permits: Studio Rent (3 Months): 36. Massage Therapy Massage therapy involves moving soft tissues to reduce stress, ease muscle tension, and promote relaxation and well-being. It is a hands-on technique performed by trained massage therapists. UpFlip reports that startup costs can range from $6,000 to $10,000. It’s mostly spent on acquiring certifications and licenses. This will validate your skills and help build trust with potential clients. For example, the National Certification Board for Therapeutic Massage & Bodywork can be beneficial. ClinicSense research shows that 54% of medical providers recommend massage therapy to patients. Bureau of Labor Statistics projects an 18% job growth for massage therapists from 2022 to 2032. That means the demand for massage therapists continues to climb. The average salary for a massage therapist is $47,180, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. But a massage therapy business owner in urban areas can expect to earn between $50,000 to $100,000 annually. Training and Licensing: Registration and Permits: Business Entity Formation: Rent for small space: 37. Party and Event Rentals Party and event rentals are a convenient and hassle-free way to plan an event. They help customers save time, reduce stress, and avoid the costs of delivery and pickup fees. They offer options that make event planning efficient and cost-effective. QC Planning says starting a party and event rental business costs $850 to $1,000. PerfectVenue reports that the industry earns between 10% and 20% revenue. Over 40% of B2B party rental revenues come from U.S. customers. Quipli’s Kyle Clements notes that a party rental service can gross $250,000 to $900,000. But a party rental business owners can earn $52,000 to $156,000 a year. Marketing materials (flyers, website): Delivery van (used): Bounce castles: Decorations (lights, streamers, etc.): Party tents: 38. Childcare Services Childcare services offer care for young children outside of their family’s home. These services are essential for working parents needing child care during work hours. Initial costs can range from $10,000 for a small home-based daycare center. According to Care 47% of parents spend $1,500 per month on child care expenses in 2023. Moreover, 49% have no intention of changing their spending in 2024. With this rising demand, starting a childcare business can be profitable. According to Dojo Business daycare centers have gross margins of 30% to 50%. A small daycare owner might earn around $800 per month, while an average center owner makes $7,500 monthly. Business Insider states that childcare workers make an average of $12.40 an hour. And childcare workers earn between $9.00 and $22.65 per hour. Child Wise reports small to medium d Licensing Fees: Safety and Learning Supplies: $1,000 - $2,000 Marketing (online ads, brochures): Monthly Rent (for 3 months): $2,500 - $3,000 39. Moving Company A moving company helps people, and businesses move their goods. This involves packing, loading, transporting, unloading, and arranging items. Every moving business will have slightly different startup costs. They are affected by your location and the size of the business you’re forming. You can invest in a secondhand trailer for $3,000-$4,000 to minimize startup costs. Many people need moving services due to things like career moves and lifestyle changes. This demand ensures a steady flow of customers and directly affects your profits. BISWorld analysts expect the moving business to keep growing at 3% per year through 2025. The annual revenue for small companies can range from $10,000 to $50,000 per month. SharpSheets says the average turnover for a US moving service is $1,050,000 per year.  Moving Truck Rental: Moving Equipment: Initial Payroll: 40. Food Truck or Cart A food truck or cart is a mobile culinary establishment that serves and sells food to customers. These mobile food businesses operate in various locations and cater to different events. Chef’Store states that business owners can start a food truck business with $2,000-$3,000. This is possible if you lease a food cart instead of buying a new one. The food truck industry has grown at an annualized rate of 9.9% from 2018 to 2023, according to Tailor Brands. The unique and creative cuisine options are the reason consumers are drawn to food trucks. According to ScottMax, 43% of food truck spending comes from people aged 25-44, and 20% from those under 25. Food trucks clearly hit the mark with customers under 44. Food Truck Operator states that about 50% of food truck owners make $150,000 to $200,000 annually in gross sales. Toast also states that food truck owners earn between $24,000 and $153,000. Used Food Truck/Cart: $3,000 - $5,000 Kitchen Equipment: $1,500 - $2,000 Permits and Licenses: $500 - $800 41. Flower Truck A flower truck is a mobile florist that sells flowers and plants to customers. These businesses travel to different locations, such as farmers’ markets, festivals, and events. Zapier reveals that florists only need $5,000 as an initial investment. Painting and outfitting the truck to be visually appealing and functional can cost $1,000 to $2,000. According to Extension Americans spend $171 on floriculture products. The rising demand is due to their ability to bring fresh flowers directly to consumers at various locations. EveryStem’s LuAnn Dickson shares that she earns around $500,000 in revenue. And with profits that are around $85,000 after her bills, expenses, and payroll. Profitable Venture reports a flower truck business can net over $360,000 annually. This is assuming a flower mobile business has a steady clientele. This mobile business model attracts customers who enjoy buying flowers on the go. And social media has made this demand greater. It boosts visibility and buzz for flower truck businesses. Used Truck/Cargo Van: Initial Flower Inventory: Mobile POS System: 42. Vending Machine Business A vending machine business operates machines that dispense various products automatically, without human interaction. This business ranges from small setups to extensive networks. Business Insider notes vending machine startup costs range from $1,500 to $3,000. Grand View Research forecasts a 10.7% yearly growth for the vending industry until 2030. It indicates a strong demand and sustained viability for vending machine businesses. A Quora discussion suggests that a well-situated vending machine can earn $75 to $100 a week. As per SBO Financial, an average vending machine makes around $5,000–$6,000 of profit per year. Successful vending machine businesses often focus on choosing the right locations. They keep machines stocked with popular items and offer good customer service. Secondhand Vending Machine: Initial Stock (snacks/drinks): Location Fees: 5%-25% of gross income $100 - $250 Maintenance and Repairs: $100 - $500 annually 43. Junk Removal Junk removal is a business that involves picking up and disposing of unwanted items. This service is essential for those looking to declutter homes or businesses. Junk removal companies also ensure materials are disposed of safely. The startup cost for your junk removal business will range from $2,225 to $5,300. Recent statistics say the junk removal industry is projected to grow at a rate of 4.2% annually from 2021 to 2026. Urbanization is causing more people to live in smaller spaces with less storage. As a result, it causes a need for regular junk removal service.  As per WorldMetrics 29% of people use junk removal services when moving. The United States makes up 4.25% of the global population but generates 33% of the world’s waste. This waste generation creates abundant job opportunities for waste management. YouTuber Financial Tutor Kevin says a junk removal business can earn $45,000 a month. Junk removal businesses generate an average annual revenue of approximately $1.4 million. Box Truck (used): $5,000 - $7,000 Tools and Supplies: Website and Software: Fuel and Maintenance: 44. Photography Services A photography service provider handles all aspects of photo production, from sourcing raw materials to printing in various formats. They also offer post-processing services, including color correction. Zenfolio estimates that starting a photography business can cost an average of $10,000 to $15,000. There is a strong demand for photography services. Events like weddings, birthdays, and corporate functions often require professional photography. A detailed analysis found that clients spend $100 to $500 per photography session. Customers use photography services 1 to 3 times a year, depending on their needs and events. A wedding photographer, for instance, can earn between $2,000 and $3,000 for a one-day shoot. Job projections show a 4% increase in photography employment from 2022 to 2032. This creates opportunities for new photographers, with up to 13,900 job openings per year. $0 - $1,000 Computer and Editing Software: Camera and Lenses: $1,500 - $5,000 Lighting and Studio Equipment: Website Creation and Hosting: Marketing and Branding Material: 45. Video Production Business Video production involves creating video content from start to finish. Video production companies serve clients, including businesses needing marketing content. Videographers will need to spend $62 to $45,959 to start their own production company. According to HubSpot, 31% of marketers allocate 40% to 60% of their budget to video marketing. Businesses need engaging ways to reach customers, driving high demand for video content. A video production company’s profit margins can range from 10% to 50%. Video producers earn around $57,696 annually. But high-end producers can make $100,000. So, it’s safe to assume that your business could make $50,000-$100,000 a year. Your earnings depend on your niche, location, experience, and networking skills. Camera Equipment: Audio Equipment: 46. Aerial Photography and Videography Aerial videography is the taking of motion pictures or videos using drones or airborne platform. To start, you can expect to spend $1,000 and $5,000 on professional-grade drones. You would also need to buy accessories like lens filters, extra propellers, and carrying cases. Wyzowl’s data shows 91% of businesses used video as a marketing tool in 2023. This indicates a growing demand for video content across every industry. As reported by PocketSuite, aerial photographers can make $43,930 per year. This can translate to a monthly earning of around $3,360, depending on the project and location. One advantage of running your own business is that you can choose what work you want to do. This lets you have a lot of freedom in your career and more earning potential. An aerial photography business owner can earn a median income ranging from $50,000 to $80,000 per year. After you create a schedule and booking system on your website, you can work on your terms and at your own rates. High-Quality Drone: Drone Accessories (extra batteries, propellers): Licensing and Certification: Liability Insurance: 47. Medical Claims Billing Medical billing is a process of collecting payments for healthcare providers. Doctors need help with tasks like preparing bills, sending invoices, and collecting payments. Medical Billing Course says you can start a medical claims billing service for under $100. Simply invest in a computer, internet, and certifications. The demand for medical billing companies is increasing due to rising healthcare costs and billing issues. The Bureau of Labor Statistics expects a 13% rise in medical services jobs. This means that about 27,800 new medical positions are added.  Entrepreneurs can earn $40,000 per year with a home-based medical billing service. ClaimTek data shows that owner-operators earn %$150,00 to $250,000 a year over the first three years. On the other hand, business owners with 5 members can earn $500,00 per year after a few years of operation. Certified medical records specialists average $56,290 annually, according to the AAPC. And those with two AAPC credentials earn an average of $66,198. Marketing and Website: Initial Working Capital: 48. Pet Grooming Pet grooming is a key health maintenance activity for companion animals. It involves brushing, clipping, trimming hair, bathing, cleaning ears, and trimming claws. You can start a pet grooming business with just $500 to $1,000, as per QC Pet Studies. Many pet owners prefer professional grooming services because they ensure thorough care. Grooming ensures the well-being of pets by preventing pain and discomfort. According to Punchey, mobile grooming services account for 20% of the market.  PetExec reports that pet grooming salons average $2,000 to $15,000 in monthly revenue. But a small salon in a rural area with fewer customers and limited resources will make $2,000 monthly income. A high-end salon can rake in a monthly revenue of $15,000.  Grooming Equipment: Mobile Unit/Vehicle Setup: 49. Car Detailing Car detailing is improving the condition of a vehicle’s interior and exterior appearance. It helps restore both the car’s exterior and interior to make it look nearly brand new. Starting a car detailing business requires an initial investment of $5,000. You need to prioritize acquiring essential equipment such as a vacuum, polisher, and cleaning supplies. Over 90% of US households have access to at least one vehicle. Car detailing is in high demand because many car owners want to keep their vehicles looking good.  According to Detail King, the average price for a complete detail is $350-$450. If you work part-time on weekends, detailing two cars per day, your gross earnings could be around $4,000 per month. The industry’s net income is about 17.1% of revenue. So, the average small business owner can make about $37,620 in profit per year. According to Rightlook, you can charge between $1,000 and $2,000 per detail and potentially earn up to $400 an hour. Torque360 reports an average one-person detailing business can generate $90,000 annually. Cleaning equipment and supplies: Auto detailing software: Trailer for mobile equipment: $1,000 - $4,000 Business licenses and permits: DIY website and business cards: Deposit on garage space: $0 - $5,000 50. Lawn Care Lawn care businesses focus on maintaining and enhancing outdoor spaces. They handle tasks like mowing, trimming, and fertilizing yards. Data from FieldRoutes shows that the net profit margins for lawn care businesses range from 5% to 20%. RingCentral reports that lawn care business owners start with an investment of $5,000 to $8,000. It’s wise to set aside about $5,000 for your business registration, licensing, and marketing. A Homebase article shares how one entrepreneur started with $300 in old tools. Now, they make $348,000 a year with two workers. Profit margins within the lawn care sector can fall between 5% and 20%. A well-managed operation achieves margins towards the high end. The average annual salary for a Lawn Care Business Owner in the United States is $127,973. This equates to approximately $61.53 per hour, $2,461 per week, or $10,664 per month. Provide ongoing services such as fertilization, weed control, and pest management to maintain steady income. Lawn Mower: Trimmer/Edger: Truck/Trailer: Fuel/Travel Costs: 51. Pressure Washing Pressure washing is a cleaning method that uses high-pressure water to remove dirt, grime, mold, algae, and other stubborn substances from surfaces. Forbes Advisor also says this business can be started with less than $5,000 in capital. The initial investment is mostly spent on equipment, supplies, and a vehicle lease. The need for pressure washing services comes from homes and businesses. The U.S. pressure washing market has been growing at an average annual rate of 5.7% from 2018 to 2024. This growth is due to more construction projects worldwide. Josh started Brown’s Pressure Washing with only a $5,000 investment. Joshua invested $5K to start his business. He bought a boat trailer for $300, a pressure washer for $3,500, and other equipment and expenses. These made up the rest of his low startup costs. Upper says a pressure washer business can make $25,000 to $70,000 per year. A team of four to six workers, along with truck routing software, can increase this by cutting manual work. Pressure Washer (Gas or Electric): $200 - $3,000 Nozzles and Hoses: $50 - $1,000 Cleaning Solutions: Marketing Materials (Flyers, Ads): Vehicle (for transportation): $2,000 - $4,000 52. Real Estate Appraising A real estate appraiser holds qualifications to estimate property values. They conduct an unbiased evaluation and create a report to support your findings. Starting an appraisal business can be done with an initial investment of $2,000 to $5,000. The Bureau of Labor Statistics projects appraiser employment to grow by 5% from 2022 to 2032. This will create about 6,900 job openings each year.  Salary data shows new residential appraisers earn $58,919 per year. A seasoned certified general appraiser earns $113,958 per year. Your salary will increase the more education and experience you have. Appraisal Software: Transportation (Initial Costs): Measuring Tools: 53. Doula Service A doula service is a business that provides emotional, physical, and informational support to expecting parents before, during, and after childbirth. The role of doulas is to act as advocates, coaches, and companions for the birthing person and their partner. Entrepreneurs need to invest at least $500-$3,000 to open up their own doula service. According to NCBI, only about 6% of women who gave birth in 2011 and 2012 received doula care. Doula care is not easily accessible for low-income women and communities of color, creating obstacles. According to Bornbir, doula services could range from about $800 to $2,500 or more. And Julie Francom from VBAC shares that high-profile doulas can earn up to $100,000 per year. However, your profit is directly tied to your fees. For instance, if you charge $1000 per client as a doula and incur $179 in expenses, your profit is $821. Despite these costs, there has never been a greater need for more doulas than there is now. Doula Certification: Legal Fees (Business Registration): Advertising (Online and Local): 54. Sewing and Alterations A sewing and alteration business provides clothing repair, custom tailoring, button replacement, and other alterations. Alterations are essential for size adjustments, repairs, and fitting clothes. You can start this business right from your home and save on rental costs. According to Startup101 individuals will need to spend $2,000 and $5,000 to get their business up and running. Alterations are common in the wedding industry for tailoring suits and adjusting dresses. According to The NewYorkDress, basic bridal gown alterations range between $150 to $700.  This sector has a profit margin ranging from 15% to 40%. This means that for every dollar sold, the company can expect to pocket a significant amount of money. To give you a better idea, a 20% profit margin would translate to $0.20 in profit for every dollar in sales. Alterations by Phyllis says tailors can earn $1,000 to $4,000 a month doing clothing alterations. Sewing Machine: Sewing Supplies: Advertising and Marketing: $100 - $400 Business Licenses/Permits: 55. Children’s Party Entertainment A children’s party service handles organizing, managing, and running kids’ parties. Children’s party entertainment can be started with $2,000 in overhead costs. Zapier suggests becoming a children’s party entertainer to start a party entertainment business. This involves dressing up as a character, such as a Disney princess or a clown, and mingling with children. Side Hustle Nation reports that 47% of U.S. parents spend at least $500 on their child’s birthday party. This highlights parents’ spending habits and the market potential for children’s party entertainment. A children’s party planner business owners can expect to make a median income of around $45,000 to $60,000 per year. Nathaniell from One More Cup of Coffee says children’s party entertainers earn $60,146. But he says that running your own business can allow you to make even more. Industry experts say successful business owners can earn $50,000 to $100,000+ annually. Booking and Scheduling Tool: 56. Furniture Flipping Furniture flipping is purchasing used pieces of furniture to resell them. The goal is to make them look like new again and then resell them for a profit. Flippers spend $100 as an initial investment that is usually spent on materials. They find free furniture at garage sales, thrift stores, or on Facebook Marketplace. According to reports, 68.7% of Americans are opting for second-hand home décor options to save money. 34% of this generation has purchased furniture or home goods from resale marketplaces.  According to JungleScout, furniture flippers can double their selling price with quality refinishing. ShareTown’s data shows that you can earn from $500 to $10,000 per month flipping furniture. In an interview with Niche Pursuit, Ryan Cron shared that he earns $2,000 to $3,000 per month flipping furnitures. By working part-time, he made $400 a day, and when working full-time, his earnings reached up to $8,000 per month. Used Furniture: Repair Tools and Supplies: Workspace or Storage Rent: $100 - $400/month 57. Handyman A handyperson, also called a handyman or handywoman, is skilled in a variety of home repair, maintenance, and improvement tasks. Juggling busy schedules in dual-income households makes it hard for homeowners to engage in DIY projects. ZenBusiness says starting a handyman business costs between $2,000 and $10,000. The demand for handyperson services is high. Homeowners spend between $177 and $691 to hire a handyman. Approximately 80% of American households need these services at least once a year.  Self-employed handymen can earn $53,000 to $120,000, according to Handyman Startup. Handymen’s earning potential comes from the many services they can offer. These services range from basic repairs to complex renovations and smart home installations. Tech platforms help business owners reach more customers and manage work. Vehicle (used): Website and Branding: Initial Supplies: 58. Handmade Crafts Handmade crafts involve creating and selling items made by hand or with minimal machinery. This type of business emphasizes the craftsmanship and unique qualities of each product. Handmade crafts include pottery and textiles like macramé, knitting, and crocheting. Fin Models Lab suggests that a handmade craft business can start with $2,000 to $10,000. Creative Hive Co advises to allocate 80% of the budget to business and marketing. This will allow you to focus on growth and customer acquisition. A recent Pew survey found that 22% of U.S. adults have bought a handmade product online. In fact, the holiday demand for these products can generate up to 25% of annual revenue for store owners. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, in 2021, craft and fine artists earned a median of $24.02 per hour. This amounts to an annual median income of $49,960. Whereas the annual revenue for US handmade craft businesses ranges from $10,000 to over $500,000. This business is ideal for crafters who want a career from their hobby. Materials and Supplies: Equipment and Tools: Website and Online Store Setup: Business Licenses: Packaging and Shipping: 59. Personal Training Personal trainings are provided by fitness professionals to help clients reach their fitness goals. Trainers usually provide one-on-one training short-term or long-term. According to Durable, if you plan on training clients online or outside, startup costs can be close to $0. And training clients at a gym can cost between $500 and $1,500 per month. Trainers also need liability insurance that costs $100 to $400 annually. 31,100 more personal training jobs are expected to be added to the industry by 2026. PTPioneer even states that the average personal trainer salary is roughly $60,000 per year. Industry reports also shows that personal training businesses average $40,000 to $100,000 annually. You can scale your business via group coaching, online courses, and training coaches. You will also need effective promotion and relationship building to maximize profits. Certification Course: Marketing (Website, Business Cards): $300 - $700 Gym Rental Fees: 60. Painting A painting business covers indoor and outdoor home painting, including walls and decks. A Sherwin-Williams survey showed 50% of respondents hire professional painters for hard-to-reach areas. According Huckleberry the startup costs for a painting business range $2,000 to $35,000. But this depends on how you launch your business. 41% of homeowners believe it is best to entrust the task to professional painters. The U.S. painting and wallpaper business is expected to grow 2.3% annually through 2026. National data shows that painting business owners makes 15% to 18% of their revenue. The average yearly income for a painting company owner in the is $76,000. But most successful entrepreneurs make over $1,000,000. Paint supplies: Brushes and rollers: 61. Property Management Property management oversees residential, commercial, and industrial real estate. This includes tasks such as collecting rent, handling maintenance, and addressing tenant issues. They act as intermediaries between property owners and tenants. Property managers need a license, so consider specializing in residential or commercial properties. Zarla reports it costs approximately $3,000.00 to start a property management company. Property management businesses has annual income of $75,000 and an average profit margin of 10.1 percent. Business Dojo states that the average monthly revenue falls between $10,000 and $200,000. Property owners often seek reliable managers. They hire them to maintain their investments and ensure tenant satisfaction. This translates to a consistent flow of potential clients. Software and Technology: 62. Jewelry Making Jewelry making involves creating ornamental pieces using materials like stones to precious metals. This allows owners to design, market their creations, and control their business. ShipBob reports 49% of consumers prefer to buy their jewelry from small businesses. This translates to a demand for unique and smaller jewelers. Permanent Jewelry Center states that you will need to spend $1,650 and $6,000 to start your jewelry business. Remember to budget for ongoing costs like marketing, insurance, and employee salaries. In the US, jewelry making businesses usually have profit margins of 40% to 60%. According to Salary a jewelry store owner can earn $227,675. But the average salary can fall between $199,183 and $267,092. Statista’s data shows that a consumer spends $136 annually on jewelry. As a result, e-commerce now makes up 20% of all jewelry sales. E-commerce and social media have also opened up global market opportunities. This allows jewelry businesses to reach customers worldwide, without physical storefronts. Tools and Equipment: Studio/Workspace Setup: E-commerce Website: 63. Makeup Artist A makeup artist enhances and transforms appearance with makeup. They have expertise in many makeup techniques, products, and tools. They create looks for weddings, photo shoots, and theater performances. The startup costs for a makeup artist business are $2,000 to $5,000. This covers supplies, equipment, insurance, a website, marketing, classes, and other expenses. MoonInvoice states that you can start as low as $8,000. You can expect to spend around $3,000 on a professional website and related costs. Advanced Dermatology found 1,003 people from around the U.S. spend $722 on their appearance each year. PlanPros projects the industry continues to grow at the rate of 3.4% from 2020 to 2025. It’s driven by the demand for personalized beauty and greater skincare awareness. Professional makeup artists can make up to $134,750 per year. FinModelsLab reports that makeup artist business owners in the U.S. range from $40,000 to $120,000. The growth potential for this business is steady. Legal Fees and Registration: 64. Bicycle Repair Service A bicycle repair service focuses on fixing and maintaining bicycles.The minimum startup costs for a bicycle repair service can range between $62 and an average cost of $19,267.There’s a strong demand due to the popularity of cycling for commuting and fitness. It’s estimated that maintaining a bicycle costs about $350 per year. This reflects the increasing number of cyclists and their need for maintenance.  Bike shop profits can range from 2% to 10% of total revenue. According to Salary website a bicycle repair technician earns $10 to $16 per hour. But bicycle repair shop owners can earn $50 per hour, as per Entrepreneur. And the average revenue for a bike shop per year is between $100,000 and $500,000. Rent for Shop Space: Legal Fees and Licenses: 65. Personal Shopping Personal shoppers assist others by providing shopping advice and suggestions. StartUp101 reveals that the startup expenses for a personal shopper business can be as low as $2,000 or as high as $5,000. Freelance personal shoppers help customers find and buy any item they need. The growth rate for personal shoppers is projected to be 7-10% from 2018 to 2028, as stated by the U.S. Department of Labor. Which is faster than other industries. Career resource site Zippia shows personal shoppers earn an average of $35,000. Glassdoor reports that the average annual income of a personal shopper is $26,000. Indeed, states that the average Instacart shopper earns $14.64 per hour. And if you work from home with 2 clients per week for 4 hours each, you can generate $50,000 in revenue. This would mean $45,000 in profit, assuming a 90% margin. As your brand gains recognition and you get referrals, sales could climb to four clients per week. With annual revenue of $100,000, you’d make a tidy profit of $90,000. Shopping Software/Apps: Transportation/Travel Costs: 66. Tour Guide A tour guide is a professional who accompanies individuals or groups around tourist spots. They provide extensive information, give trip recommendations, and answer questions. The BLS also reports that the demand for tourist guide services is expected to grow by 29% by 2030. It is expected that the US will need 13,200 tour guides over the next 10 years, due to growth and retirements. According to Xola, the startup cost for a tour company falls under $2,000. In fact, there have been companies launched for far less. If transporting guests, initial costs will be higher because of the need for a company car. The average salary for a tour guide in the United States is $32,323 per year, which is about $15.54 per hour. Depending on experience and location, salaries can range from $18,000 to $55,000 annually. Tour guide businesses have significant growth potential. The projected global value of this industry is expected to grow in the coming years. Initial Marketing Campaign: 67. Pet Sitting Service Pet sitting involves caring for pets in their homes while owners are away. This personalized pet care arrangement is an alternative to boarding. This allows pets to remain in a familiar setting, reducing stress and anxiety. According to Time To Pet, starting a pet sitting business can cost as little as $500. This minimal startup includes essentials like business registration, a website, and basic supplies. This can start as a side job for extra income, but with a large client base, it can become full-time. Pet sitters also spend $1,000 to $5,000 annually on advertising and marketing. According to Pet Sitters International, the average price for a single pet visit is about $19.35. FinModelsLab shows the average profit margin for a pet sitting business is 15% to 45%. According to Side Hustles, pet sitters earn $15+ per hour caring for cats, dogs, and other pets. Full-time pet sitting and dog walking business owners earn $30,000 to $40,000 yearly. Pet sitting is ideal for animal lovers looking for a low-investment service business. Software (scheduling, accounting): 68. Vintage Reselling Vintage reselling involves sourcing and selling items over 20 years old. This model promotes a circular economy by extending clothing lifespan and reducing waste. Based on Starter Story, you can start your own store with an initial investment of $300 to $5,000. You can source your items from thrift stores and sell them on platforms like eBay, Depop, and other vintage consignment stores. Gitnux specifies 70% of consumers are open to secondhand clothes for the environment.  According to FinModelsLab, online vintage clothing stores can achieve profit margins of 20-30%. In the US, vintage clothing resale stores make between $250,000 and $500,000 a year. The business can be very profitable, but you need the right knowledge. You need to find unique items, set low prices, and use good marketing. And with the rise of online shopping, you can sell vintage clothing to a global audience. Shipping and Packaging Supplies: Business Licensing and Permits: 69. Home Cleaning Home cleaning refers to tidying, sanitizing, and organizing the interior of a residence. This includes tasks like vacuuming, dusting, mopping, and cleaning surfaces in various rooms. Professional cleaning services are used by 10% of U.S. households. 80% of dual-income families are likely to use such services in the future. GetJobber says that individuals need to spend $685 to start their cleaning business. But this might vary depending on how much supplies cost in your area. Consumers always need help keeping things clean, so demand for this service is steady. For example, Molly Maid earns millions with over 450 outlets in nine countries. According to ZipRecruiter, an average cleaning business owner makes $55,949 a year. But some successful businesses can earn even more. Cleaning Supplies: Vacuum Cleaner: Professional Cleaning Kit: Business License/Permits: 70. Older Adult Companion Care Companion care is non-medical support for older adults, offering socialization and emotional support. This service helps seniors stay in their homes instead of moving to facilities. America’s aging population is skyrocketing. There are 50 million older adults are over 65 in the U.S., and this number is expected to double soon. A senior home care business can be a “shoestring startup.” You only need a computer with internet access which only cost around $200. Daily activities become more challenging for seniors in their 70s and 80s. This rising demand makes senior home care a crucial community service. Senior Service Business says senior home care providers can earn $900 to $1000 weekly or $45,000 to $50,000 per year. Elderly companion care offers a reliable income potential, making it a viable business option.  Baking is cooking food using dry heat using an oven. You can create a variety of baked goods like bread, pastries, cookies, and cakes. Bakeries stand out in the food market by offering in-demand specialty delights. According to Zapier, a baking business has an overhead investment of under $1,000. Aspiring business owners will only need to buy ingredients, tools, and a menu of creations. According to Toast, the annual revenue for small bakeries lies between $325,000 and $450,000. The Restaurant CFO says skilled bakers can get a profit margin of 12% with $54,000 annual income. You could sell wedding cakes, cupcakes, and bread. Consider targeting niche markets like pet bakeries or movie-themed treats. Innovations such as 3D-printed cake decorations can set your bakery apart. Licensing and Permits Baking Equipment: Initial Ingredients: 72. Candle Making Candle making is the art of creating candles using various materials and techniques. The process starts by melting wax, then adding fragrance or color, pouring it into molds or containers. CandleScience says that customers, approximately 7 out of 10 households, use candles. You will need to spend about $1,000 to start a small candle business from home, as per Shopify. Common candle-making costs include equipment like double-boilers, pouring pots, and Mason jars. This business taps into the growing interest in aromatherapy and rising incomes in Asia and the Middle East. As per Forbes, the average margin on a candle business is around 25% to 50%. But this can vary based on the cost of materials, shipping and your niche or target market. A small candle making shop can earn a net income of $10,000 to $50,000 per year. Candleers says that new candle makers can expect to earn $500 and $1,000 per month and work up to a higher income.  Wax (10 lbs): Essential Oils: Packaging Materials: Marketing & Branding: Initial Product Testing: 73. Personal Chef Personal chefs work independently and travel to prepare meals for different customers. They are hired by different clients to cook in their home kitchens. Virginia Stock Well states that you can start a small personal chef business with $500. According to Chefs for Seniors the startup expenses can go for $5,000-$10,000 for the first 3 months. Career Explorer states that the personal chef job market is expected to grow by 5.2% between 2016 and 2026. Clients hire personal chefs to save time and energy, especially during the day. The United States Personal Chef Association says there are 5,000 to 6,000 personal chefs nationwide. This showcases the rising popularity of these services in the market. Chefs of Seniors, chefs can charge $40-$100 per hour when executing the service. While those with a full slate of clients can earn $150,000 per year. And an average personal chef in the US makes $54,074, according to Comparably. This creates big chances for personal chefs to thrive in this industry. Transportation: 74. Laundry Business A laundry business involves offering services like washing, drying, and folding clothes. NerdWallet says it costs $200,000 to $500,000 to start a laundromat because of the expensive equipment. Chris Melore from StudyFinds explains that 52% of young adults say laundry takes too much time, and 50% dislike tasks like loading the machine or folding. This translates to people paying for laundry services instead. The average household spends at least $1,500 yearly on laundry. The business operates all year, ensuring a constant demand and stable income. According to SideHustle, a small laundromat shop can make around $15,000 per month as revenue. And they can have a monthly earning of $5,000 to $25,000. Commercial Washer and Dryer: Lease or Rent for Small Space: Detergents, Softeners, and Supplies: Business Licensing and Legal Fees: Utility Deposits (Water & Electricity): Furniture and Fixtures (Tables, Chairs): 75. Plants Nursery A plant nursery is an establishment that raises, propagates, and sells seedlings or saplings. They also provide other planting materials for gardening and landscaping purposes. Nurseries can specialize in a particular type of plant or offer a wide variety of plants for sale. Growing Our Retirement says entrepreneurs started successful nurseries with only $1,000. They focused on growing and selling around 500 plants per year. FinModelsLab reports profit margins for plant nurseries range from 10% to 20%. FasterCapital states that the industry is expecting an annual growth rate of 5.8% from 2020 to 2027. This demand led to an 8% increase in plant sales in 2021. According to a Quora discussion, the profit margin for a plant nursery can range from 30-50% of revenue. FinModelsLab reports profit margins for plant nurseries range from 10% to 20%. But nurseries with rare and exotic plants can achieve margins of 20% to 40%. This is due to the premium prices these plants command. Small Business Trends says small backyard nurseries can earn $7,000 to $40,000 annually.  Seeds/Plants: Pots/Containers: Greenhouse/Outdoor Setup: Soil/Fertilizer: 76. Valet Parking Service Valet parking services are professional solutions by businesses to manage the parking of guest vehicles. Expert attendants handle the parking and retrieval of vehicles, providing a seamless experience. Black Diamond reports that the initial costs to start a valet parking service can range from $1,500 to $5,000. Start with a small, well-trained team and gradually expand to reduce initial costs. The demand for valet parking is increasing, especially in busy urban areas. Customers value the convenience and time savings provided by valet services. Most valet parkers make somewhere between $20,000 and $40,000 annually. Valet parkers usually earn between $9 and $15 an hour instead of a set salary. On average, they make about $24,000 a year, which works out to around $12 an hour. Business Registration and Licenses: Uniforms for Staff: Valet Equipment: Initial Employee Wages: 77. Children’s Party Service A children’s party service handles organizing, managing, and running kids’ parties. Children’s party entertainment can be started with $2,000 in overhead costs. Zapier suggests becoming a children’s party entertainer to start a party entertainment business. Side Hustle Nation reports that 47% of U.S. parents spend at least $500 on their child’s birthday party. This highlights parents’ spending habits and the market potential for children’s party entertainment. Costumes and Props: Initial Supplies (crafts, party favors): Website Setup and Hosting: 78. Artisanal Food Manufacturing Artisanal food manufacturing is a food production that focuses on creating unique and high-quality food products. Food artisans use traditional methods and local ingredients. It’s a business that needs creativity, passion, and skill to produce standout food. Starter Story reports artisans can start their business with an initial investment of $500 to $10,000. Industry benchmarks and data show artisan food business owners earn $50,000 to $150,000 on average. The scale of operations plays a crucial role in determining income potential. Small batch producers may have lower overhead costs and higher profit margins. Location also impacts earning potential in the artisan food industry. Commercial Kitchen Rental: Ingredients: 79. Arts and Crafts Instructor An arts and crafts instructor teaches various art skills, such as drawing, painting, and crafting. This business model involves organizing classes for people of all ages. A small arts and crafts instruction service can be started with an investment of $500 to $2,000. You can reinvest profits to expand your offerings and improve your setup. There is a high demand for arts and crafts classes, as 75 percent of Americans have creative hobbies. According to Artsy, 68 percent want to use their creativity more often. The average salary for an Arts and Crafts Instructor in the U.S. is around $53,655 annually. This salary range is comparable to other fields like graphic design or photography. Arts and crafts instructors often teach multiple classes or freelance to increase their income. This allows them to diversify their income streams and increase their overall earnings.  Supplies and Materials: Studio Rental (Initial Months): 80. Gardening Consultant A gardening consultant helps others design, plan, and maintain their gardens. This can include from selecting the right plants to advising on garden layout. Gardening experts can start their own consulting service with a $5,000 investment. But they might need to factor in additional expenses for advertising and software. The high number of U.S. households (55%) engaging in gardening activities creates a favorable market for a gardening consulting service.  The financial potential for this business is promising. On average, a garden consultant in the United States can earn $43,680 per year, with hourly rates around $22.40. This is competitive compared to a garden center employee’s average pay of $19.46 per hour. Legal Fees and Insurance: Vehicle for Transportation: $2,000 - $3,500 81. Floral Designer A floral designer arranges fresh and artificial flowers, leaves, and decorations into attractive designs. You can create corsages, wedding decorations, or funeral arrangements. This business model leverages your creativity to meet client needs. Hana Florist POS states that the startup cost can range from $10,000 to $50,000. In the US, a floral designer pays $500 to $4,000 monthly for workspace and utilities To cut up these expenses, consider starting your business from home. This gets rid of expensive rent and utility payments, which can be a big part of your budget. Floral designers can earn between $21 and $31 per hour. This translates to an average earning of 42,775 and $63,679. Floral designers should aim for a 70% profit margin on flowers and hard goods. Florists must mark up flowers 3-4 times the wholesale cost and hard goods 2 to 2.5 times to make profit. Floral tools and supplies: Initial flower inventory: Workstation setup: Floral cooler: Marketing and branding: 82. Fashion Accessories Designers A fashion accessories designer creates unique and stylish designs for jewelry, hats, handbags, and more. Designers use current trends to create accessories for various outfits and occasions. Starter Story reports that starting a fashion accessories brand costs about $4,500. Starter Story reports that starting a fashion accessories brand costs about $4,500. Fashion accessories are in high demand because they complete and complement outfits. Consumers prefer unique and stylish accessories to express their personality and style.  Fashion accessories businesses are well-positioned to capitalize on this trend. They can do this by offering unique, personalized products for specific consumer niches. According to FinModelsLab, people working in the accessories sector earn $60,000 and $80,000 a year. Small-scale businesses earn less than $30,000, while established brands can make millions. Fabric and Materials: Sewing Machine and Tools: Packaging Supplies: Inventory Storage: Vendor Booth Fees: 83. Toy Maker A toy maker is someone who makes toys. They use a variety of materials such as plastic, cloth, wood, and metal to create various types of toys. This includes dolls, action figures, stuffed animals, and puzzles. Toy Makers can work in a factory that produces toys or operate a small individual shop by themselves. Toy designers can open their shop with an initial investment of $2,000. They will also need a workshop space outfitted with basic hand and power tools and a sewing machine. Americans collectively spend billions on toys each year. And on average, a child receives $6,500 worth of toys in their lifetime. The profit margins in the toy industry vary between 4% and 10%, with an average net profit margin of about 7.5%. These margins are like traditional manufacturing but lower than in high-tech industries. Comparably reports that the average toy maker in the US makes $57,881. While the top toy makers in the country can make upwards of $100k per year. Website and Online Store: 84. Essential Oils and Soaps Making Essential oils are the volatile essences extracted from aromatic plants. Soaps and essential oils can be sold online, in stores, or at craft fairs and farmers’ markets. You can set up a soap-making station for less than $500. While a commercial distiller for creating oils is about $1,000. As per Medium, you can launch a specialized soap-making business with a $10,000 investment. But perfecting recipes, product testing, packaging, and online marketing might cost more. A Quora user stated that a soap-making business’s profit margin can range from 20%-40%. A small-scale soap-making business at home can earn $1,000 to $2,000 per month selling at farmers’ markets. You can also earn $5,000 to $10,000 per month if you expand to selling to retail stores, spas, and hotels. Essential oils can be sold in bulk to health and beauty product manufacturers. Soap Production Equipment: Essential Oil Distiller: Raw Materials (Oils, Fats): Fragrances and Additives: 85. Vintage Clothing Dealer Vintage clothing are items mimicking past trends are labeled “retro,” regardless of actual vintage status. They are secondhand clothes and previously worn. A vintage clothing dealer from Bravely Go opened their Italian shop with a $5,000 investment. It took them 3 months to start and run a successful shop.As per PR Newswire 3 in 5 US consumers, buy vintage items. This means that 60% of consumers are potential buyers of vintage clothing. While significant numbers wish they could revisit the shopping experience of decades past. Depop US top seller Sydny Boney said that she earns as much as $10,000 a month selling vintage clothing. She sources her items from yard sales, thrift stores, and Facebook Marketplace. But according to ResellingRevealed a clothing reseller makes less than $300 per month. Earnings can vary by store based on factors like location and marketing. Vintage stores in the US make $250,000 to $500,000 per year. Store Supplies (hangers, tags, etc.): Rent for Store Space (if applicable): 86. Image Consultant An image consultant is a professional who helps clients create a powerful image that represents who they are and what they stand for. They evaluate clients’ current styles. Then, they create personalized looks that reflect their personality, lifestyle, and goals.  Image consultants can start their online business with an initial investment of $500 to $2,000. Createst’s study of 4,000 people found that 79% would pay for this service. JobMonkey states that image consultants earn at least $50 per hour. Consultant Joanne Blake comments that 10% of image consultants earn more than $75,000 per year. Experienced image consultants earn between $50,000 and $100,000. Virtual image consulting allows consultants to serve clients globally. This shift boosts profits and business growth. Marketing and Branding Materials: Networking Events and Memberships: Rent for Office Space: 87. Furniture Repair and Refinishing Furniture repair is the craft of making broken or worn furniture usable again. It involves preserving old furniture, also known as restoration.  Starting a furniture repair and refinishing business requires an investment of $3,000 - $10,000. This business model is in high demand. People often want to keep their cherished furniture pieces. They also seek to save money by repairing rather than buying new items. Starting a furniture repair and refinishing business requires an investment of $3,000 - $10,000. The profit margin for furniture refinishing businesses ranges between 15% and 40%. Many of US refurbished furniture businesses make from $100,000 to $500,000 or more in annual revenues. FinModelsLab states that Beginners in this field can expect to earn between $20,000 and $40,000. As you gain experience, many business owners generate annual revenues from $100,000 to $500,000 or more. Workshop Rent (1-2 months): $1,500 - 3,000 $3,000 - 4,000 $1,500 - 2,000 $500 - 1,000 88. Decorating Service A decorating service enhances the interior of a space with decorative elements such as paint, textiles, and furniture. This business model caters to clients who want a professional touch in their homes. QC Design School says it costs $500 to $6,000 to start an interior design business. Demand for decorating services is driven by consumers wanting beautiful living spaces. Opendoor’s survey shows that Americans spend an average of $1,599. A recent report expects the global home decor market to grow at a 6.4% annual rate by 2030. As per ASBN, the decorating service depends on seasonal factors with a 15% to 50% profit margin. The decorating services can help bring more prospects, significant ROI, and improved results. The U.S. Department of Labor reports the average interior designer salary is $57,060 annually. This is about $27.43 per hour. It is recommended for interior design services to aim for a 20-30% net profit.  Business licensing and permits: Basic decorating tools and supplies: Initial inventory: 89. Commercial Cleaning Commercial cleaning is done by professional cleaners hired by a company or organization. This business is in demand because a clean environment boosts productivity. Between 2015 and 2018, the industry’s average turnover increased by 30%. The demand for commercial cleaning even doubled after the pandemic lockdowns. Investing less than $10,000 can be enough to start. Your initial costs include purchasing cleaning supplies and securing necessary business permits. Payroll takes up about half of the profit margins, while operating expenses make up roughly 30%. As per the Florida SBDC, a commercial cleaning business could earn $550 per visit. On average, a commercial cleaning business earns around $70,000 to over $100,000 yearly. As a business owner, your take-home pay can range from $25,000 to over $120,000 annually. Equipment (vacuums, etc.): Uniforms and Branding: Transportation (vehicle lease or purchase): 90. Chimney Sweep: A chimney sweep cleans soot and creosote from chimneys to prevent house fires. The popularity of wood burners has increased the demand for chimney sweeps. The job ensures that chimneys function properly by removing blockages and dangerous deposits. According to Bella Solutions, you can expect startup costs to range from $5,000 to $10,000. This covers equipment, licensing, and initial marketing. People always need chimney cleaning, which is vital for preventing fires and for safe heating. Annual inspection rules for rental properties also increased the need for chimney sweeps. A full-time chimney sweeper, Dave Dare, is a full-time chimney sweep who can earn up to $2500 a week in winter. Zippia reports that chimney sweeps with an associate degree earn $41,770 annually. A chimney sweeping business in the US can expect to generate annual revenues ranging from $50,000 to $150,000. Chimney Sweep Equipment: Business Bank Account Setup: Initial Staff Costs: Business Software: 91. Blind Cleaning The blind cleaning business involves offering specialized cleaning services for various types of window blinds. According to Starter Story the initial investment can be $2,461. They need to rent cleaning equipment to keep the costs down at the start. This business is in high demand because blinds are hard to clean at home. Window Genie states that 80% of households will probably use residential cleaning services. This business is set to grow by 13% from 2020 to 2028, with residential window cleaning playing a key role. As per UpFlip, the industry can expect average profit margins of 8.8%. At $15 per blind for on-site cleaning, you could generate approximately $360,000. 92. Dent Removal Dent removal fixes dents in a car’s bodywork by reshaping the panel without repainting. This method is called Paintless Dent Removal. Individuals can start this business with minimal investment. By avoiding rent or lease costs, you can divide more funds to essential tools. A power dent puller costs around $800, while many other tools are under $50. The final costs will vary based on your techniques and services offered. A Quora user noted that customers pay between $50 and $150 per dent. According to Small Business Chron, auto repair shops make a 50-65% profit on labor. They also make a 20-28% profit on parts sales. Profitable Venture stated that a paintless removal tech can make between $70,000 and up to $200,000 a year. You can operate this business as a mobile service. You can visit clients at their homes or businesses to fix small dings and dents. Potential clients include private car owners, fleet owners, dealerships, and insurance companies. PDR Tool Set: Mobile Workstation: Business License and Insurance: 93. Event and Party Planner An event planning business supports individuals and corporations in planning and executing various events. They include professional gatherings such as conferences and graduations. Event Planning Mavericks, the startup cost of an event planning business is $500 to $3,500. Your expenses include marketing and advertising to attract clients. Event Planning reveals that most companies with 25 or more employees host 2 to 5 events per year. And businesses prefer to hire professionals to manage their events.  Indeed, reports that an event planner can make an average of $16.07 per hour. This translates to $33,000 per year. Startup Jungle reports that an event planning service can generate $85,000 to $250,000. In fact, the average salary for an event planner in the United States ranges from $34,000 to $74,000 a year. Your earnings can vary with the number of events and clients. This is ideal for those using creativity and organizational skills to create memorable experiences. Event Decor: Catering Supplies: 94. Bounce House Rentals A bounce house rental business provides inflatable bounce houses and other party rental equipment. They offer rentals to people, groups, businesses, and social events. A bounce house business does not need a lot of overhead expenses. According to Rentmy, an inflatable bounce house costs $1,700 with shipping. A combo unit costs a bit more—nearly $3000—but it’s a worthwhile investment. This is because of the higher daily rental you can charge per client. Research shows bounce houses are rented about 1.5 times a week. If you charge $150 for every time a bounce house is rented, when that’s multiplied by 1.5 bookings in a week, that comes to $225. Using that equation, when you invest in 5 bounce houses, that gets you roughly $1125 every week. Commercial-Grade Bounce Houses: Marketing and AdvertisingL Delivery Vehicle Rental/Lease: 95. Pet Photography Pet photography captures the personality, character, habits, and memorable moments of pets. It includes candid shots and formal portraits, making it a popular genre. According to Entrepreneur, you can expect to invest between $2,000 and $5,000 initially. Your budget covers pet training, grooming, studio setup, software, legal costs, and more. With over 62% of U.S. households having at least one pet, the demand for pet photography is rising. This industry is set to grow as owners pay for high-quality images. According to Hepper a pet photographer makes $38,000 annually. While Ziprecruiter reports the average annual pay for a pet photography is $62,338. A well-managed pet photography business can achieve high profit margins. For example, A photographer charging $350 per session for five sessions a week could earn $7,000 per month. A monthly profit of $6,400 is achieved with expenses of about $600. This business is perfect for pet lovers passionate about photography. Camera and Lens: Lighting Equipment: Software for Editing: Miscellaneous Supplies: Business Licenses and Fees: 96. Urban Farm Consulting Urban farm consulting provides guidance to businesses or individuals on creating and sustaining urban farms. A Reddit discussion shows that the initial investment for a small urban farm can range from $600 to $10,000. Urban farmers spend $200 to $500 monthly on utilities. This business capitalizes on the growing demand for locally sourced, sustainable food. There are over 29,000 urban farms in the United States. These figures say a 4.1% increase in job openings in the urban farming industry. A Philadelphia study found that urban farms make money from crop sales and grants. Urban farming businesses can earn $80,000 on 1/3 of an acre. Research suggests that urban farmers can earn $50,000 to $150,000 per year. On average, a consultant in the agriculture industry makes about $70,000 a year. You need to develop a structured business to launch a successful urban farming consultancy. Consulting Software and Apps: Travel Expenses for Site Visits: Professional Training and Courses: Initial Legal and Accounting Fees: 97. Drought-Tolerant Landscaping Consultant A drought-tolerant landscaping consultant helps homeowners and businesses redesign their outdoor spaces. This business model uses plants, fake grass, and hardscape that need little water. It’s possible to start a drought-tolerant landscaping consultant agency for under $5,000. With rising concerns about water scarcity, the demand for this service is growing. Homeowners want to cut their water use and make their properties more climate resilient.  Inner City Skyline notes that homeowners pay $3,200 - $13,500 for a drought tolerant landscaping in their yard. The costs for drought-tolerant services are generally around $3 per square foot. This means a backyard redesign can range from $2,000 to $10,000, with full remodels costing between $3,200 and $13,500. This type of landscaping is both attractive and environmentally friendly. If you enjoy gardening and have a flair for design, this could be the perfect business for you. Business Licensing and Insurance: Initial Inventory (Plants, Mulch): Transportation (Vehicle Expenses): 98. Pet Products Manufacturing Pet food is manufactured for domesticated animals. It is tailored to meet their specific nutritional needs. Entrepreneurs need to budget $1,500 to $30,000 when launching their pet products manufacturing business. Focus on limited range of products to minimize initial inventory and production costs. You can successful launch your business if you focus on a lean business model. About 40% of pet owners choose to purchase their pet food and treats online. This trend highlights the need for pet product manufacturers to develop online. According to Spins, over 50% of pet owners will pay more for eco-friendly pet care products. This trend presents opportunities for manufacturers to develop and market sustainable pet products. Small-scale entrepreneurs can expect to earn an average annual income of $50,000 to $100,000. Whereas larger companies see profits ranging from $500,000 to several million dollars. Successful business owners in this industry earn an average annual income of $50,000 to $150,000.  Product Design: Manufacturing Tools: 99. Vending Cart Business A vending cart business is a mobile food service operation that sells food and beverages from a small, portable cart or kiosk. CreditDonkey states vending cart businesses have a startup difficulty of 1/5. Vending carts can cost anywhere from $1,200 for a refurbished machine to $10,000 for a new, high-end one. Vending cart businesses can earn big bucks part-time or full-time. They buy products cheaply in bulk and resell them from vending carts for a profit. VendingLocator reports that vending machines average $715 in monthly earnings. A study by Toast POS reveals that food trucks can make up to $500,000 a year. For max profit, food cart owners should offer unique items. They should choose prime locations and build customer loyalty. Vending cart: Food and beverage stock: Licenses and permits: Health and safety equipment: 100. Vacation Property Rental Agent A vacation rental agent manages properties rented out to tourists on a short-term basis. According to DoorLoop, the occupancy rate for vacation rentals in the US for the first five months of 2023 was 57.4%. This presents an opportunity to manage rentals for owners on a revenue-sharing basis. The startup cost for this business can range from $2,000 - $10,000. You will also have the option to operate from home to minimize costs. People buy vacation properties to rent them to tourists and cover expenses. But rental income often falls short because owners underestimate the effort required. Large property management companies are likely to grow by 20% to 50% because of this. The Daily Telegraph reports that vacation rentals can earn about 30% in net profits. Real estate investor Michael Albaum made $51,404 from rental income on his properties.  Property Management Software: Initial Property Inspections: What's the Best Business To Start With 10K? Local lead generation is the best business to start with $10K because businesses always need new customers. It uses digital marketing to create high-demand, low-competition niches that generate consistent leads and passive income. According to Salesmate 61% of marketers consider lead generation the most challenging task. For example, window cleaning, pressure washing, and mold remediation services are always in demand. These niches provide steady leads and higher commissions due to their specialized services. 53% of marketers spend approximately 50% of their budget on generating leads. This further highlights the demand for effective lead generation services. Your initial investment includes website development, SEO, and digital marketing. This makes it possible to build a successful local lead generation business with a 10K investment. A reddit user comments that local lead gen can be done in any industry as long as you know how to reach out to the clients' target market. They also advise integrating AI tools to supercharge your lead generation process and earn some money. Why 90% Businesses Fail in Four Months? 90% businesses fail in four months due to: Lack of basic business knowledge: Many aspiring entrepreneurs believe online business is entirely different from traditional business. While that's partly true, the basics of running any business are the same. Understanding basic business concepts helps prevent failure. Skipping marketing research: Skipping market research lets you find products that sell and avoid overly competitive niches. Identify your target audience, understand their biggest frustrations, and analyze your competition to achieve this. Not creating SOPs: Not creating SOPs forces you to micromanage every employee or let them do whatever they think is right. This leads to inconsistency, which can frustrate customers.  Not adapting with marketing changes over time: When businesses don't keep up with trends and customer preferences, they risk losing relevance and their competitive edge. Lack of good customer support: It's not enough to hire just any customer service rep. Bad customer service representatives can be as damaging as having none at all. Conclusion: Why Local Lead Gen is The Best Business to Start With 10K? Local lead generation is the best business to start with 10K because you can start this as a side hustle. It costs between $500 to $1,000 to start a local lead generation business on average. It covers essential startup costs like website development, marketing tools, and initial advertising. This makes local lead generation a relatively low-cost venture. Business owners around the world have no idea how to market themselves. You can leverage this gap by providing them with quality leads in exchange for a commission. Companies constantly strive to expand their customer base, making leads a lifelong pursuit. This is because existing customers may switch to competitors or outgrow their needs. So, businesses rely on local lead agencies to provide a stream of new potential customers for them. You also have over 400 niches to choose from anywhere in the world. And every single postal code offers a multitude of opportunities. You can expand your portfolio of rented websites across various industries and locations. This will increase your passive income potential over time. Once your website is ranking, you can easily rent it to service businesses for $500 - $3,000/month. This business model takes hustle. So if you were hoping for a get rich quick method, sorry to disappoint. But if you're willing to do the work, there's no limit to your earning potential with local lead generation . Leave a Reply Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked * Name * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Email * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * have read your excellent post. This is a great job. I have enjoyed reading your post first time. I want to say thanks for this post. Thank you Great post. Thank you for sharing the business ideas. Hi Amber! Glad you enjoyed the article, and thank you for taking the time to comment. I appreciate your kind words. Did you have a favorite idea from the list, or maybe something you think I should add? I love it when folks come together and share opinions. Great site, stick with it! Hey Winston! Thanks for taking the time to comment and pleased to hear you enjoyed the article. Any business idea stand out to you-a favorite maybe? Pretty nice post. I simply stumbled upon your blog and wanted to say that I have really loved browsing your weblog posts. After all I will be subscribing on your feed and I hope you write once more very soon! You can definitely see your skills within the work you write. The sector hopes for even more passionate writers like you who aren’t afraid to mention how they believe. All the time follow your heart. Super interesting. Finding Investors How Funding Works Idea Validation Bootcamp Pitch Deck Bootcamp Pitching Investors Product MVP Product/MVP Idea Validation Customer Acquisition Emotional Support How To Write A Business Plan: A Comprehensive Guide The Startups Team How To Write A Business Plan: A Comprehensive Guide A comprehensive, step-by-step guide - complete with real examples - on writing business plans with just the right amount of panache to catch an investor's attention and serve as a guiding star for your business. Introduction to Business Plans So you've got a killer startup idea. Now you need to write a business plan that is equally killer. You fire up your computer, open a Google doc, and stare at the blank page for several minutes before it suddenly dawns on you that,  Hm…maybe I have no idea how to write a business plan from scratch after all. Don't let it get you down. After all, why would you know anything about business planning? For that very reason we have  4 amazing business plan samples  to share with you as inspiration. For most founders,  writing a business plan  feels like the startup equivalent of homework. It's the thing you know you have to do, but nobody actually wants to do. Here's the good news: writing a business plan doesn't have to be this daunting, cumbersome chore. Once you understand the fundamental questions that your business plan should answer for your readers and how to position everything in a way that compels your them to take action, writing a business plan becomes way more approachable. Before you set fingers to the keyboard to turn your business idea into written documentation of your organizational structure and business goals, we're going to walk you through the most important things to keep in mind (like company description, financials, and market analysis, etc.) and to help you tackle the writing process confidently — with plenty of real life business plan examples along the way to get you writing a business plan to be proud of! Keep It Short and Simple. There's this old-school idea that business plans need to be ultra-dense, complex documents the size of a doorstop because that's how you convey how serious you are about your company. Not so much. Complexity and length for complexity and length's sake is almost never a good idea, especially when it comes to writing a business plan. There are a couple of reasons for this. 1. Investors Are Short On Time If your chief goal is using your business plan to secure funding, then it means you intend on getting it in front of an investor. And if there's one thing investors are, it's busy. So keep this in mind throughout writing a business plan. Investors wade through hundreds of business plans a year. There's no version of you presenting an 80-page business plan to an investor and they enthusiastically dive in and take hours out of their day to pour over the thing front to back. Instead, they're looking for you to get your point across as quickly and clearly as possible so they can skim your business plan and get to the most salient parts to determine whether or not they think your opportunity is worth pursuing (or at the very least initiating further discussions). You should be able to refine all of the key value points that investors look for to 15-20 pages (not including appendices where you will detail your financials). If you find yourself writing beyond that, then it's probably a case of either over explaining, repeating information, or including irrelevant details in your business plan (you don't need to devote 10 pages to how you're going to set up your website, for example). Bottom line: always be on the lookout for opportunities to “trim the fat" while writing a business plan (and pay special attention to the executive summary section below), and you'll be more likely to secure funding. 2. Know Your Audience If you fill your business plan with buzzwords, industry-specific jargon or acronyms, and long complicated sentences, it might make sense to a handful of people familiar with your niche and those with superhuman attention spans (not many), but it alienates the vast majority of readers who aren't experts in your particular industry. And if no one can understand so much as your company overview, they won't make it through the rest of your business plan. Your best bet here is to use simple, straightforward language that's easily understood by anyone — from the most savvy of investor to your Great Aunt Bertha who still uses a landline. How To Format Your Business Plan You might be a prodigy in quantum mechanics, but if you show up to your interview rocking cargo shorts and lime green Crocs, you can probably guess what the hiring manager is going to notice first. In the same way,  how  you present your business plan to your readers equally as important as what you present to them. So don't go over the top with an extensive executive summary, or get lazy with endless bullet points on your marketing strategy. If your business plan is laden with inconsistent margins, multiple font types and sizes, missing headings and page numbers, and lacks a table of contents, it's going to create a far less digestible reading experience (and totally take away from your amazing idea and hours of work writing a business plan!) While there's no one  right  way to format your business plan, the idea here is to ensure that it presents professionally. Here's some easy formatting tips to help you do just that. If your margins are too narrow, it makes the page look super cluttered and more difficult to read. A good rule of thumb is sticking to standard one-inch margins all around. Your business plan is made up of several key sections, like chapters in a book. Whenever you begin a section (“Traction” for example) you'll want to signify it using a header so that your reader immediately knows what to expect from the content that follows. This also helps break up your content and keep everything nice and organized in your business plan. Subheadings Subheadings are mini versions of headings meant to break up content within each individual section and capture the attention of your readers to keep them moving down the page. In fact, we're using sub-headers right now in this section for that very purpose! Limit your business plan to two typefaces (one for headings and one for body copy and subheadings, for example) that you can find in a standard text editor like Microsoft Word or Google Docs. Only pick fonts that are easy to read and contain both capital and lowercase letters. Avoid script-style or jarring fonts that distract from the actual content. Modern, sans-serif fonts like Helvetica, Arial, and Proxima Nova are a good way to go. Keep your body copy between 11 and 12-point font size to ensure readability (some fonts are more squint-inducing than others). You can offset your headings from your body copy by simply upping the font size and by bolding your subheadings. Sometimes it's better to show instead of just tell. Assume that your readers are going to skim your plan rather than read it word-for-word and treat it as an opportunity to grab their attention with color graphics, tables, and charts (especially with financial forecasts), as well as product images, if applicable. This will also help your reader better visualize what your business model is all about. Need some help with this? Our  business planning wizard  comes pre-loaded with a modular business plan template that you can complete in any order and makes it ridiculously easy to generate everything you need from your value proposition, mission statement, financial projections, competitive advantage, sales strategy, market research, target market, financial statements, marketing strategy, in a way that clearly communicates your business idea. Refine Your Business Plans. Then Refine Them Some More. Your business isn't static, so why should your business plan be? Your business strategy is always evolving, and so are good business plans. This means that the early versions of your business plans probably won't (and shouldn't be) your last. The details of even even the best business plans are only as good as their last update. As your business progresses and your ideas about it shift, it's important revisit your business plan from time to time to make sure it reflects those changes, keeping everything as accurate and up-to-date as possible. What good is market analysis if the market has shifted and you have an entirely different set of potential customers? And what good would the business model be if you've recently pivoted? A revised business plan is a solid business plan. It doesn't ensure business success, but it certainly helps to support it. This rule especially holds true when you go about your market research and learn something that goes against your initial assumptions, impacting everything from your sales strategy to your financial projections. At the same time, before you begin shopping your business plan around to potential investors or bankers, it's imperative to get a second pair of eyes on it after you've put the final period on your first draft. After you run your spell check, have someone with strong “English teacher skills” run a fine-tooth comb over your plan for any spelling, punctuation, and grammatical errors you may have glossed over. An updated, detailed business plan (without errors!) should be constantly in your business goals. More than that, your trusty business plan critic can also give you valuable feedback on how it reads from a stylistic perspective. While different investors prefer different styles, the key here is to remain consistent with your audience and business. Writing Your Business Plan: A Section-By-Section Breakdown We devoted an entire article carefully breaking down the  key components of a business plan  which takes a comprehensive look of what each section entails and why. If you haven't already, you should check that out, as it will act as the perfect companion piece to what we're about to dive into in a moment. For our purposes here, we're going to look at a few real world business plan examples (as well as one of our own self-penned “dummy” plans) to give you an inside look at how to position key information on a section-by-section basis. 1. Executive Summary Quick overview. After your Title Page — which includes your company name, slogan (if applicable), and contact information — and your Table of Contents, the Executive Summary will be the first section of actual content about your business. The primary goal of your Executive Summary is to provide your readers with a high level overview of your business plan as a whole by summarizing the most important aspects in a few short sentences. Think of your Executive Summary as a kind of “teaser” for your business concept and the information to follow — information which you will explain in greater detail throughout your plan. This isn't the place for your a deep dive on your competitive advantages, or cash flow statement. It is an appropriate place to share your mission statement and value proposition. Executive Summary Example Here's an example of an Executive Summary taken from a sample business plan written by the Startups.com team for a fictional company called Culina. Here, we'll see how the Executive Summary offers brief overviews of the  Product ,  Market Opportunity ,  Traction , and  Next Steps . Culina Tech specializes in home automation and IoT technology products designed to create the ultimate smart kitchen for modern homeowners. Our flagship product, the Culina Smart Plug, enables users to make any kitchen appliance or cooking device intelligent. Compatible with all existing brands that plug into standard two or three-prong wall outlets, Culina creates an entire network of Wi-Fi-connected kitchen devices that can be controlled and monitored remotely right from your smartphone. The majority of US households now spend roughly 35% of their energy consumption on appliances, electronics, and lighting.  With the ability to set energy usage caps on a daily, weekly or monthly basis, Culina helps homeowners stay within their monthly utility budget through more efficient use of the dishwasher, refrigerator, freezer, stove, and other common kitchen appliances. Additionally, 50.8% of house fires are caused in the kitchen — more than any other room in the home — translating to over $5 billion in property damage costs per year.  Culina provides the preventative intelligence necessary to dramatically reduce kitchen-related disasters and their associated costs and risk of personal harm. Our team has already completed the product development and design phase, and we are now ready to begin mass manufacturing. We've also gained a major foothold among consumers and investors alike, with 10,000 pre-ordered units sold and $5 million in investment capital secured to date. We're currently seeking a $15M Series B capital investment that will give us the financial flexibility to ramp up hardware manufacturing, improve software UX and UI, expand our sales and marketing efforts, and fulfill pre-orders in time for the 2018 holiday season. 2. Company Synopsis Your Company Synopsis section answers two critically important questions for your readers: What painful  PROBLEM  are you solving for your customers? And what is your elegant  SOLUTION  to that problem? The combination of these two components form your value proposition. Company Synopsis Example Let's look at a real-life company description example from  HolliBlu * — a mobile app that connects healthcare facilities with local skilled nurses — to see how they successfully address both of these key aspects.  *Note: Full disclosure; Our team worked directly with this company on their business plan via Fundable. Notice how we get a crystal clear understanding of why the company exists to begin with when they set up the  problem  — that traditional nurse recruitment methods are costly, inconvenient, and time-consuming, creating significant barriers to providing quality nursing to patients in need. Once we understand the painful problem that HolliBlu's customers face, we're then directly told how their  solution  links back directly to that problem — by creating an entire community of qualified nurses and directly connecting them with local employers more cost-effectively and more efficiently than traditional methods. 3. Market Overview Your Market Overview provides color around the industry that you will be competing in as it relates to your product/service. This will include statistics about industry size, [growth](https://www.startups.com/library/expert-advice/the-case-for-growing-slowly) rate, trends, and overall outlook. If this part of your business plan can be summed up in one word, it's  research . The idea is to gather as much raw data as you can to make the case for your readers that: This is a market big enough to get excited about. You can capture a big enough share of this market to get excited about. Target Market Overview Example Here's an example from HolliBlu's business plan: HolliBlu's Market Overview hits all of the marks — clearly laying out the industry size ($74.8 billion), the Total Addressable Market or TAM (3 million registered nurses), industry growth rate (581,500 new RN jobs through 2018; $355 billion by 2020), and industry trends (movement toward federally-mandated compliance with nurse/patient ratios, companies offering sign-on bonuses to secure qualified nurses, increasing popularity of home-based healthcare). 4. Product (How it Works) Where your Company Synopsis is meant to shed light on why the company exists by demonstrating the problem you're setting out to solve and then bolstering that with an impactful solution, your Product or How it Works section allows you to get into the nitty gritty of how it actually delivers that value, and any competitive advantage it provides you. Product (How it Works) Example In the below example from our team's Culina sample plan, we've divided the section up using subheadings to call attention to product's  key features  and how it actually works from a user perspective. This approach is particularly effective if your product or service has several unique features that you want to highlight. 5. Revenue Model Quite simply, your Revenue Model gives your readers a framework for how you plan on making money. It identifies which revenue channels you're leveraging, how you're pricing your product or service, and why. Revenue Model Example Let's take a look at another real world business plan example with brewpub startup  Magic Waters Brewpub .* It can be easy to get hung up on the financial aspect here, especially if you haven't fully developed your product yet. And that's okay. *Note: Full disclosure; Our team worked directly with this company on their business plan via Fundable. The thing to remember is that investors will want to see that you've at least made some basic assumptions about your monetization strategy. 6. Operating Model Your Operating Model quite simply refers to how your company actually runs itself. It's the detailed breakdown of the processes, technologies, and physical requirements (assets) that allow you to deliver the value to your customers that your product or service promises. Operating Model Example Let's say you were opening up a local coffee shop, for example. Your Operating Model might detail the following: Information about your facility (location, indoor and outdoor space features, lease amount, utility costs, etc.) The equipment you need to purchase (coffee and espresso machines, appliances, shelving and storage, etc.) and their respective costs. The inventory you plan to order regularly (product, supplies, etc.), how you plan to order it (an online supplier) and how often it gets delivered (Mon-Fri). Your staffing requirements (including how many part or full time employees you'll need, at what wages, their job descriptions, etc.) In addition, you can also use your Operating Model to lay out the ways you intend to manage the costs and efficiencies associated with your business, including: The  Critical Costs  that make or break your business. In the case of our coffee shop example, you might say something like, “We're estimating the marketing cost to acquire a customer is going to be $25.  Our average sale is $45.  So long as we can keep our customer acquisition costs below $25 we will have enough margin to grow with.” Cost Maturation & Milestones  that show how your Critical Costs might fluctuate over time. “If we sell 50 coffees a day, our average unit cost will be $8 on a sale of $10.  At that point we're barely breaking even. However as we scale up to 200 coffees a day, our unit costs drop significantly to $4, creating a 100% increase in net income.” Investment Costs  that highlight strategic uses of capital that will have a big Return on Investment (ROI) later. “We're investing $100,000 into a revolutionary new coffee brewing system that will allow us to brew twice the amount our current output with the same amount of space and staff.” Operating Efficiencies  explaining your capability of delivering your product or service in the most cost effective manner possible while maintaining the highest standards of quality. “By using energy efficient Ecoboilers, we're able to keep our water hot while minimizing the amount of energy required. Our machines also feature an energy saving mode. Both of these allow us to dramatically cut energy costs.” 7. Competitive Analysis Like the Market Overview section, you want to show your readers that you've done your homework and have a crazy high level of awareness about your current competitors or any potential competitors that may crop up down the line for your given business model. When writing your Competitive Analysis, your overview should cover  who  your closest competitors are, the chief  strengths  they bring to the table, and their biggest  weaknesses . You'll want to identify at least 3 competitors — either direct, indirect, or a combination of the two. It's an extremely important aspect of the business planning process. Competition Analysis Example Here's an example of how HolliBlu lays out their Competitive Analysis section for just one of their competitors, implementing each of the criteria noted above: 8. Customer Definition Your Customer Definition section allows you to note which customer segment(s) you're going after, what characteristics and habits each customer segment embodies, how each segment uniquely benefits from your product or service, and how all of this ties together to create the ideal portrait of an actual paying customer, and how you'll cultivate and manage customer relationships. Customer Definition Example HolliBlu's Customer Definition section is effective for several reasons. Let's deconstruct their first target market segment, hospitals. What's particularly successful here is that we are explained why hospitals are optimal buyers. They accomplish this by harkening back to the central problem at the core of the opportunity (when hospitals can't supply enough staff to meet patient demands, they have to resort on costly staffing agencies). On top of that, we are also told how  big  of an opportunity going after this customer segment represents (5,534 hospitals in the US). This template is followed for each of the company's 3 core customer segments. This provides consistency, but more than that, it emphasizes how diligent research reinforces their assumptions about who their customers are and why they'd open their wallets. Keep all of this in mind when you are write your own business plan. 9. Customer Acquisition Now that you've defined who your customers are for your readers, your Customer Acquisition section will tell them what marketing and sales strategy and tactics you plan to leverage to actually reach the target market (or target markets) and ultimately convert them into paying customers. marketing Strategy Example Similar to the exercise you will go through with your Revenue Model, in addition to identifying  which  channels you're pursuing, you'll also want to detail all of relevant costs associated with your customer acquisition channels. Let's say you spent $100 on your marketing plan to acquire 100 customers during 2018. To get your CAC, you simply divide the number of customers acquired by your spend, giving you a $1.00 CAC. 10. Traction This one's huge. Traction tells investors one important thing: that you're business has momentum. It's evidence that you're making forward progress and hitting milestones. That things are happening. It's one of the most critical components of a successful business plan. Why is this so important? Financial projections are great and all, but if you can prove to investors that your company's got legs before they've even put a dime into it, then it will get them thinking about all the great things you'll be able to accomplish when they do bankroll you. Traction Example In our Culina Traction section, we've called attention to several forms of traction, touching on some of the biggest ones that you'll want to consider when writing your own plan. Have I built or launched my product or service yet? Have I reached any customers yet? Have I generated any revenue yet? Have I forged any strategic industry relationships that will be instrumental in driving growth? The key takeaway here: the more traction you can show, the more credibility you build with investors. After all, you can't leave it all on market analysis alone. 11. Management Team Here's what your Management Team section isn't: it's not an exhaustive rundown of each and every position your team members have held over the course of their lives. Instead, you should tell investors which aspects of your team's experience and expertise directly translates to the success of  this  company and  this  industry. In other words, what applicable, relevant background do they bring to the table? Management Team Example Let's be real. The vast majority of startup teams probably aren't stacked with Harvard and Stanford grads. But the thing to home in on is how the prior experience listed speaks directly to how it qualifies that team member's current position. The word of the day here is relevancy. If it's not relevant, you probably don't need to include it in your typical business plan. 12. Funding Funding overview. The ask! This is where you come out and, you guessed it,  ask  your investors point blank how much money you need to move your business forward, what specific milestones their investment will allow you to reach, how you'll allocate the capital you secure, and what the investor will get in exchange for their investment. You can also include information about your  exit strategy  (IPO, acquisition, merger?). Funding Example While we've preached against redundancy in your business plan, an exception to the rule is using the Funding section to offer up a very brief recap that essentially says, “here are the biggest reasons you should invest in my company and why it will ultimately benefit you.” 13. Financials Spreadsheets and numbers and charts, oh my! Yes, it's everybody's “favorite” business plan section: Financials. Your Financials section will come last and contain all of the forecasted numbers that say to investors that this is a sound investment. This will include things like your sales forecast, expense budget, and break-even analysis. A lot of this will be assumptions, or estimates. The key here is keeping those estimates as realistic as humanly possible by breaking your figures into components and looking at each one individually. Financials Example The balance sheet above illustrates the business' estimated net worth over a three-year period by summarizing its assets (tangible objects owned by the company), liabilities (debt owed to a creditor of the company), and shareholders' equity (source of financing used to fund the assets). In plain words, the balance sheet is basically a snapshot of your business' financial status by laying out what you own and owe, helping investors determine the level of risk involved and giving them a good understanding of the financial health of the business. If you're looking to up your game from those outdated Excel-style spreadsheets,  our business planning software  will help you create clean, sleek, modern financial reports the modern way. Plus, it's as easy to use as it is attractive to look at. You might even find yourself enjoying financial projections, building a cash flow statement, and business planning overall. You've Got This! You've committed to writing your business plan and now you've got some tricks of the trade to help you out along the way. Whether you're applying for a business loan or seeking investors, your well-crafted business plan will act as your Holy Grail in helping take your business goals to the next plateau. This is a ton of work. It's not a few hours and a free business plan template. It's not just a business plan software. We've been there before. Writing your [business plan](https://www.startups.com/library/expert-advice/top-4-business-plan-examples) is just one small step in startup journey. There's a whole long road ahead of you filled with a marketing plan, investor outreach, chasing venture capitalists, actually getting funded, and growing your business into a successful company. And guess what? We've got helpful information on all of it — and all at your disposal! We hope this guides you confidently on how to write a business plan worth bragging about. Ronald Calderon Great info for feedback my current business plan! Upgrade to join the discussion. Get the Reddit app This sub is not for advertisements! Questions and answers about starting, owning, and growing a small business only. Businesses to start with 10k? The title says it all. I do not have family inheritance to bank on. I am starting from scratch. I worked my way into a good college and got into a coveted corporate job, but, I do not want to be a cog in the wheel for too long. Nevertheless, it does a great job in aiding me to build capital and teaches me business skills and human nature as I observe those around me. What business can I start with 10k? Also, what problems / software needs are small business owners still struggling with? By continuing, you agree to our User Agreement and acknowledge that you understand the Privacy Policy . Enter the 6-digit code from your authenticator app You’ve set up two-factor authentication for this account. Enter a 6-digit backup code Create your username and password. Reddit is anonymous, so your username is what you’ll go by here. Choose wisely—because once you get a name, you can’t change it. Reset your password Enter your email address or username and we’ll send you a link to reset your password Check your inbox An email with a link to reset your password was sent to the email address associated with your account Choose a Reddit account to continue Super Micro Computer plunges 27% as it delays key filing a day after scathing short-seller report Super Micro Computer stock plunged 27% Wednesday after delaying its annual 10-K financial filing. The delay follows a report by Hindenburg Research citing poor internal accounting controls. The sharp sell-off weighed on other AI stocks in Wednesay's session. Super Micro Computer stock plunged as much as 27% on Wednesday after the company delayed its annual 10-K financial filing. The sharp decline knocked nearly $150 off Super Micro Computer's stock price to around $400, its lowest level since January. The stock is down 67% from its record high reached in March. In a press release, the AI chip stack supplier said it could not file its annual report for the fiscal year ended June 30 "without unreasonable effort or expense." "Additional time is needed for SMCI's management to complete its assessment of the design and operating effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting as of June 30, 2024," the company said. Super Micro Computer stressed that despite the 10-K filing delay, it did not update its fiscal year financial results or alter its forward-looking guidance. The sharp stock-price decline in Super Micro Computer comes just one day after famed short-seller Hindenburg Research released a scathing report on the company. Part of Hindenburg's bearish thesis was based on an investigation that found poor internal controls for its accounting practices. "Our 3-month investigation, which included interviews with former senior employees and industry experts as well as a review of litigation records, international corporate and customs records, found glaring accounting red flags, evidence of undisclosed related party transactions, sanctions and export control failures, and customer issues," Hindenburg wrote in its report. Hindenburg also highlighted that Super Micro Computer paid a $17.5 million fine to the SEC due to "widespread accounting violations." "All told, we believe Super Micro is a serial recidivist. It benefitted as an early mover but still faces significant accounting, governance, and compliance issues and offers an inferior product and service now being eroded away by more credible competition," Hindenburg Research said. The sharp sell-off in Super Micro Computer on Wednesday weighed on sentiment for other AI stocks. Shares of AMD and Dell saw modest losses of about 3% on Wednesday. Shares of Nvidia dropped as much as 4% in Wednesday trades ahead of its highly anticipated earnings report before paring losses to about 2%. According to data from Bloomberg, Super Micro Computer is Nvidia's third largest customer, representing almost 9% of its revenue. Investors will better understand the state of the AI trade when Nvidia reports its second-quarter earnings results after the closing bell on Wednesday. Main content Election 2024 Entertainment Newsletters Photography AP Buyline Personal Finance AP Buyline Shopping Press Releases Israel-Hamas War Russia-Ukraine War Global elections Asia Pacific Latin America Middle East Delegate Tracker AP & Elections U.S. Open Tennis College football Auto Racing Movie reviews Book reviews Financial Markets Business Highlights Financial wellness Artificial Intelligence Social Media Supreme Court rebuffs Biden administration plea to restore multibillion-dollar student debt plan FILE - The Supreme Court is seen at sundown in Washington, Nov. 6, 2020. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite, File) Copy Link copied WASHINGTON (AP) — The Supreme Court on Wednesday kept on hold the latest multibillion-dollar plan from the Biden administration that would have lowered payments for millions of borrowers, while lawsuits make their way through lower courts. The justices rejected an administration request to put most of it back into effect. It was blocked by the 8th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals. In an unsigned order, the court said it expects the appeals court to issue a fuller decision on the plan “with appropriate dispatch.” The Education Department is seeking to provide a faster path to loan cancellation, and reduce monthly income-based repayments from 10% to 5% of a borrower’s discretionary income. The plan also wouldn’t require borrowers to make payments if they earn less than 225% of the federal poverty line — $32,800 a year for a single person. Last year, the Supreme Court’s conservative majority rejected an earlier plan that would have wiped away more than $400 billion in student loan debt. Cost estimates of the new SAVE plan vary. The Republican-led states challenging the plan peg the cost at $475 billion over 10 years. The administration cites a Congressional Budget Office estimate of $276 billion. Two separate legal challenges to the SAVE plan have been making their way through federal courts. In June, judges in Kansas and Missouri issued separate rulings that blocked much of the administration’s plan. Debt that already had been forgiven under the plan was unaffected. The 10th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals issued a ruling that allowed the department to proceed with a provision allowing for lower monthly payments. Republican-led states had asked the high court to undo that ruling. But after the 8th Circuit blocked the entire plan, the states had no need for the Supreme Court to intervene, the justices noted in a separate order issued Wednesday. The Justice Department had suggested the Supreme Court could take up the legal fight over the new plan now, as it did with the earlier debt forgiveness plan. But the justices declined to do so. “This is a recipe for chaos across the student loan system,” said Mike Pierce, executive director of the Student Borrower Protection Center, an advocacy group. “No court has decided on the merits here, but despite all of that borrowers are left in this limbo state where their rights don’t exist for them,” Pierce said. Eight million people were already enrolled in the SAVE program when it was paused by the lower court, and more than 10 million more people are looking for ways to afford monthly payments, he said. Sheng Li, litigation counsel with the New Civil Liberties Alliance, a legal group funded by conservative donors, applauded the order. “There was no basis to lift the injunction because the Department of Education’s newest loan-cancellation program is just as unlawful as the one the Court struck down a year ago,” he said in a statement. Harris campaign releases new ad to highlight plans to build 3 million homes and reduce inflation Vice President Kamala Harris has a new advertising push to draw attention to her plan to build 3 million new homes over four years WASHINGTON -- Vice President Kamala Harris has a new advertising push to draw attention to her plan to build 3 million new homes over four years, a move designed to contain inflationary pressures that also draws a sharp contrast to Republican Donald Trump's approach . Harris, the Democratic nominee for president, highlights her plan in a new minute-long ad released Tuesday that uses her personal experience, growing up in rental housing while her mother saved for a decade before she could buy a home. The ad targets voters in the swing states including Arizona and Nevada. Campaign surrogates are also holding 20 events this week focused on housing issues. In addition to increasing home construction, Harris is proposing the government provide as much as $25,000 in assistance to first-time buyers . That message could carry weight at this moment as housing costs have kept upward pressure on the consumer price index. Shelter costs are up 5.1% over the past 12 months, compared to overall inflation being 2.9%, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. “Vice President Harris knows we need to do more to address our housing crisis and that’s why she has a plan to end the housing shortage” and will crack down on “corporate landlords and Wall Street banks hiking up rents and housing costs,” said Dan Kanninen, the campaign’s battleground states director. The Harris plan would create tax breaks for homebuilders focused on first-time buyers and expand existing incentives for companies that construct rental housing. Because local zoning often restricts the supply of homes, she would also double the available funding to $40 billion to encourage local governments to remove the regulations that prevent additional construction. Although Trump made his reputation as a real estate developer, data shows that there was a shortage of available housing during his presidency that has continued. That shortage became more problematic when inflation jumped as the country recovered from the pandemic and faced higher food and energy costs after Russia's invasion of Ukraine. The high inflation damaged the approval ratings of President Joe Biden, who Republicans and some economists blamed for sparking the price runups with his pandemic aid. Mortgage rates climbed to levels that were prohibitively high for many would-be buyers. At the same time, many existing homeowners held off on listing their properties for sale in ways that compounded the inflation challenge. Trump has floated an array of ideas for lowering housing costs — including his suggestion in a June speech in Wisconsin that stopping illegal immigration would reduce demand for housing and bring down prices. “I will also stop inflation by stopping the invasion, rapidly reducing housing costs,” Trump said. There is also the possibility of opening up more federal land for home construction with the Trump campaign proposing a competition to charter as many as 10 new cities. Economists supportive of Trump's agenda have suggested — despite deficits climbing during his presidency — that Trump would get federal spending under control if he was president again, which would lower interest rates. The Trump campaign has also opposed efforts by Democrats to encourage the construction of apartments and condominiums in suburbs and cities, which could alleviate the housing shortage. Trump has said in a video that such efforts are “Marxist” and would be a “war on the suburbs” that would destroy property values. Karoline Leavitt, the Trump campaign's national press secretary, in a statement said that “Kamalanomics” is to blame for home ownership becoming less attainable, an attempt to undermine Harris' message of being a change candidate who can open up opportunities for the middle class. Trump's main play has been to claim that Harris can't pay for her housing agenda. That's even though he also attacks her for supporting tax increases and other revenue raisers proposed by Biden that could in theory offset the costs. “She has no clue how'd she paid for $25,000 to every first-time homebuyer, including illegals,” said Trump at an August 19 rally in York, Pennsylvania, claiming without clear evidence that her policy would support immigrants without legal status. The Harris campaign plans to hold housing affordability events in the Pennsylvania cities of Harrisburg, Philadelphia and Pittsburgh, as well as the Arizona cities of Phoenix and Tucson. There will also be events in the Nevada cities of Las Vegas and Reno and the North Carolina cities of Asheville and Charlotte, in addition to Savannah, Georgia. Popular Reads Trump charged in Jan. 6 superseding indictment Aug 27, 6:25 PM Ex-MLB star's daughter found after going missing Aug 27, 8:43 AM Female student at Rice University killed Aug 27, 12:11 AM Body of endangered man found under home Aug 27, 12:32 PM Pilot who tried to shut down engines shares story Aug 23, 6:10 AM ABC News Live 24/7 coverage of breaking news and live events 493 IMAGES What's The Most Profitable Business to Start with 10K? 27 Ideas in 2024! Looking For a Business to Start With 10K? 27 Great Ideas For You in 2022 10k a Month Business/Savings Plan #Goals Best 75 Businesses To Start With 10K in 2024 A Business to Start with 10K: A Guide with Top 10 Business Ideas 10K Business Model COMMENTS 10 Best Businesses To Start With $10K In 2024 Here are ten of the top businesses to start with $10,000 or less in 2024: 1. Professional Cleaning Service. From household maid services to commercial cleaning—there's a substantial demand for ... Businesses You Can Start With $10,000 These services cost about $3 per square foot, so depending on the size of the lawn, the total will be $2,000 to $10,000. Market your services with truck and lawn signage, flyers at local gardening ... 61 businesses to start with $10K or less 1. eCommerce business. Skill level needed: Intermediate Overhead investment: Under $10K Online shopping is becoming increasingly popular, so there's no better time to start an eCommerce business.Myriam Leblanc founded her cat accessory brand, Bloire, with less than $10,000, so she shared some of her wisdom with me."The phrase 'build it and they will come' is mostly a myth. The 77 Best Businesses to Start with $10K (or Less) Keep reading for more business ideas you can start for under $10K. #28 Green business consultant • Average Annual Revenue: $364K • Average Profit Margins: 6.4% • Startup Cost: $1K-$3.5M • Time to Revenue: 6-18 months • Annual Market Growth Rate: 2.2% • Best For: Experts in sustainability and green business practices Start a Business With $10K: Plus 10 Examples You Can Start With Having said that, in this section, we'll look at 10 of the best businesses to start with $10K: Here's a summary of how those options stack up: Business type. Difficulty level. Lawn care business. Low. Pressure washing company. Low. Moving company. 38 Best Businesses to Start with 10k or Less To start: Choose your niche, lease a food truck, create your menu, and rent space in a commissary kitchen. License requirements: Business license, driver's license, health department permit, food handler's permit, fire certificate, parking permit. 2. Mobile pet grooming. Average investment: Under $10K. 17 Businesses to Start With $10k Food truck. You might not be able to start a whole food truck business with just $10,000. That costs $55,000, on average, but can run $250,000 or more. Vehicles aren't cheap, after all, especially ones operating in a commercial setting with lots of materials and labor required to make a product people want to buy. 77 Best Businesses To Start W/ 10K Or Less (& how to pick one) 8. Baking Services. A small baking business doesn't have a lot of startup costs. If you're a baker, you could sell wedding cakes, cupcakes, or even bread. This is a great option to start from your home. You could sell your products via social media or try your hand at a farmer's market if there's one in your area. 52 Best Business to Start With $10K (or Less) in 2024 3. HOME-BASED FOOD MANUFACTURING. Startup difficulty: (3/5) Expected income: Around $30k to $250k per year [3] (revenue cap varies per state) A home-based food manufacturing business means you prepare, cook, and pack everything at home. In most cases, the business owner also handles the shipping and delivery. 40+ Best Businesses to Start With 10K In 2024 2. Aerial Drone Photography and Stock Images. Aerial drone photography and stock images can be an attractive business for entrepreneurs to start with 10K. By offering services to real estate agents, event organizers, and other businesses too, you can tap into a growing market. A Business to Start with 10K: A Guide with Top 10 Business Ideas Create a detailed business plan that outlines your business concept, goals, strategies, and financial projections. Allocate your $10,000 budget among various expenses, including startup costs, operating expenses, and marketing. Legal structure and registration. Determine the legal structure of your business, such as a sole proprietorship, LLC ... 14 Best Businesses To Start With $10k In 2024 This is the best business idea for you if you want to work at your own pace. You can start by cooking meals for neighbors and friends at small parties and scale up steadily. Partnering with event management startups can also lead you to more jobs. However, personal chef jobs pay only $24.39 an hour on average. Businesses to Start with 10k: Creative Ideas and Strategies for Success To start a business with $10K, leveraging creativity and efficient planning is essential. Here are some key strategies to maximize your success. Lean Business Planning. Begin by creating a concise business plan. Focus on core aspects: target market, value proposition, operational plan, and financial projections. 65 Businesses To Start With 10k (Or Less) 22. Business Plan Service. It may surprise you to know most small businesses don't have a business plan. To start such a service, you should have experience with business planning and be able to conduct the research and running projections based on real market data. Pros: Often focusing on a single area of niche expertise can help you stand ... 15 Small Business Ideas That Take Less Than $10K To Start Explore practical small business ideas under $10K, covering the essentials of low-cost startups, including market assessment, business planning, and cost-effective marketing. Discover opportunities in home-based, tech, food, personal services, and educational sectors, offering a path 55 Terrific Small Businesses To Start With $10K In 2024 Here are the best low-cost small businesses you can start with $10K this month: Overall Best - Affiliate Marketing requires no experience, low upfront cost, or you don't have to have your own products. Quick Cashflow - Start a profitable drop shipping business and scale to a full-time business. The Best Businesses to Start With 10k ZenBusiness has helped people start, run, and grow over 500,000 dream companies. The editorial team at ZenBusiness has over 20 years of collective small business publishing experience and is composed of business formation experts who are dedicated to empowering and educating entrepreneurs about owning a company. What's The Most Profitable Business to Start with 10K? 27 Ideas in 2024! Here are some business ideas to consider. 1. Aerial Drone Photography and Stock Images. Drone photography is an exciting and lucrative small business for photographers and videographers. If you can fly a drone, you can make good money taking aerial photographs or videos as well as providing editing and audio services. 30 Profitable Business To Start With 10K 1. Develop a solid business plan. Develop a thorough business plan that details your goals, market analysis, competitive advantage, financial forecasts, and growth strategy. A well-prepared business plan demonstrates professionalism and increases your chances of securing funding. 2. Determine your funding needs 11 Businesses to Start With $10K If entrepreneurs are resourceful and savvy — leveraging what they already have and shopping smart — they can likely get what they need and stay within a $10k or less budget. Here are common business expenditures: Laptop computer and internet access; Mobile phone and cellular phone plan; Website, business cards, social media accounts 100 Businesses to Start with 10K (Summary Breakdown of the Cost) According to WeCanTrack, successful website flippers achieve a 30-150% return on investment. Beginner domain flippers can earn $100 to $10,000. Part-time flippers can earn from $1,000 to $8,000 per year flipping domain names. Domain flipping is risky without a buyer but easy to start with minimal investment. How To Write A Business Plan: A Comprehensive Guide 1. Investors Are Short On Time. If your chief goal is using your business plan to secure funding, then it means you intend on getting it in front of an investor. And if there's one thing investors are, it's busy. So keep this in mind throughout writing a business plan. Businesses to start with 10k? : r/smallbusiness The great thing about starting a $10k business is most people don't have $10k so you limit your competition. For example, renting and furnishing an apartment to list on airbnb can cost $5-$10k so nearly everyone rules it out. Super Micro Computer Stock Plunges After AI Company Delays 10-K Filing Super Micro Computer stock plunged as much as 27% on Wednesday after the company delayed its annual 10-K financial filing. The sharp decline knocked nearly $150 off Super Micro Computer's stock ... Rock Hill lost one restaurant to Pineville. Now there's a spicy plan to A new, spicy chicken restaurant is on the way to Rock Hill. Dave's Hot Chicken lists 2476 Cherry Road as a "coming soon" location. That's the space vacated by Jasmine Grill after the ... Harris' economic plan is a response to voters' frustrations ... Inflation has cooled so much over the past year that even Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell is pleased with the progress. But, in poll after poll, Americans have sent a clear message: They aren't. Supreme Court rebuffs Biden administration plea to restore multibillion WASHINGTON (AP) — The Supreme Court on Wednesday kept on hold the latest multibillion-dollar plan from the Biden administration that would have lowered payments for millions of borrowers, while lawsuits make their way through lower courts.. The justices rejected an administration request to put most of it back into effect. It was blocked by 8th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals. Supreme Court rebuffs Biden administration plea to restore multibillion The plan also wouldn't require borrowers to make payments if they earn less than 225% of the federal poverty line — $32,800 a year for a single person. Last year, ... Trump plan has steep price tag Welcome to The Hill's Business & Economy newsletter {beacon} Business & Economy Business & Economy The Big Story Trump plan has $4 trillion price tag: analysis Former President Trump's ... Harris campaign releases new ad to highlight plans to build 3 million WASHINGTON -- Vice President Kamala Harris has a new advertising push to draw attention to her plan to build 3 million new homes over four years, a move designed to contain inflationary pressures ... essay homework paper phd project resume review speech study thesis